Федеральное агентство по образованию
Омский государственный университет им. Ф.М. Достоевского
С23
Рекомендовано к изданию
редакционно-издательским советом ОмГУ
Рецензенты:
О.В. Гоголь, О.К. Сургутская
Cоставители:
Э.В. Акаева. О.Н. Глазер, С.Н. Голерова, Т.Н. Дорофеева,
Ю.Б. Дроботенко, Р.Р. Мавлиева, Б.А. Мартынов, И.Г. Оконешникова,
С.Д. Оськина, М.Х. Рахимбергенова, Э.К. Сопелева
СБОРНИК
ГРАММАТИЧЕСКИХ УПРАЖНЕНИЙ
ПО АНГЛИЙСКОМУ ЯЗЫКУ
С23
Сборник грамматических упражнений по английскому языку: для студентов I и II курсов дневного и заочного отделений юридического факультета / сост: Э.В. Акаева. О.Н. Глазер, С.Н. Голерова
и др. / под ред. С.Д. Оськиной. – Омск: Изд-во ОмГУ, 2005. – 276 с.
ISBN 5-7779-0595-1
для студентов I и II курсов
дневного и заочного отделений
юридического факультета
В краткой и доступной форме изложены основные структуры
английской грамматики с целью развития у студентов умений и навыков чтения, перевода, письма и говорения на основе юридической
лексики. Сборник может быть использован для аудиторных и внеаудиторных занятий.
Для студентов и аспирантов юридических факультетов, изучающих английский язык.
ISBN 5-7779-0595-1
Изд-во ОмГУ
Омск 2005
© Омский госуниверситет, 2005
ПРЕДИСЛОВИЕ
Part I
Сборник упражнений представляет собой практикум по основным формам и структурам грамматики английского языка и включает
в себя разнообразные упражнения и задания аналитического, тренировочного и коммуникативного характера. Упражнения помогают не
только закрепить и активизировать полученные знания по грамматике
английского языка, но и овладеть определенной юридической лексикой.
Сборник состоит из двух частей.
В I часть включены упражнения и задания по следующим разделам:
♦ Артикли
♦ Имя существительное
♦ Прилагательные и наречия
♦ Глагол
ƒ Действительный залог
ƒ Страдательный залог
♦ Модальные глаголы
♦ Косвенная речь
II часть содержит:
♦ Неличные формы глагола
ƒ Инфинитив
ƒ Герундий
ƒ Причастия
♦ Условные предложения
♦ Относительные предложения
В начале каждого раздела даются объяснения на английском
языке, а для студентов с базовым уровнем знания языка в конце пособия даются объяснения грамматических форм и структур на русском
языке.
Каждый раздел заканчивается итоговым тестом для осуществления контроля за освоением данного лексико-грамматического материала.
При составлении сборника учтены уровни знания учащихся. Задания отличаются по степени трудности.
The Article
3
The article is a structural part of speech used with nouns.
There are two articles in Modern English:
- the indefinite a/an used only with nouns in the singular (a person, an
outstanding detective), and the definite the used with nouns both in the singular
and in the plural (the right, the words).
The Indefinite article is used:
1. with countable nouns in the singular
Have you got a car?
2. with a countable nouns mentioned for the first time
He was a witness at that trial
3. to talk about someone’s job
He works as a solicitor
4. with a noun in general case (has the meaning of every, any)
A drawing man catches at a straw
5. in the meaning of one
Wait a minute!
6. after the construction: there is…/ was; it is… This is…
There is a letter on the table
It is a problem
This is a document
7. after the words: such, rather, quite
What…..! (exclamations)
This is such a dangerous case
What a strange person!
8. with a noun modified by the adjective in the positive degree
Are you a good barrister?
9. a/an + ordinal numeral has the meaning “еще один”
There was a second part of a legal problem
10. also with a dozen, a hundred, a thousand, a million, a pound, a
week, an hour, a mile – in the meaning “one”
We have trials twice a week.
11. in some expressions:
a lot of, as a result, as a matter of fact, as a rule, it’s a pity, it’s a pleasure, in a hurry, to go for a walk, to have a good time/rest, to take a shower, to
have a smoke, to give a call, for a while, to tell a lie, what a shame, in a week,
a knife and fork, to catch (a) cold.
4
The definite article is used:
1. with a noun when it is clear in the situation which thing or person is
meant, or with the noun mentioned before.
Will you pass me the paper, please?
The policeman stopped at a village.
The village was old but nice.
2. also the police, the army, the fire brigade, the bank, the post office,
the doctor, the dentist.
The police are looking for the thief.
3. when the noun denotes a thing unique (the sun, the earth, the moon).
The earth goes round the sun.
4. with the adjectives: following, next, last, same, very.
Where is the next witness?
5. also: the sky, the sea, the ground, the world, the government, the radio (but television)
I’ve heard this news on the radio.
6. the + adjective: the rich = rich people in general. These expressions
are always plural!
The unemployed, the young, the blind
7. the + nationality words: the French = the French people, the English,
the Irish.
8. with the names of the oceans, seas, rivers, canals, mountains, deserts.
The Atlantic Ocean, The British Isles, The Ontario.
9. We say the with the names of the countries which include words like
republic, union, state, kingdom.
The United Kingdom,
The United States
10. also: the Crimea, the Caucasus, the Congo; The Hague, the High
Street.
11. We say the before the names of the hotels, theatres, museums, cinemas, newspaper, ships, also before the names with of:
The Hilton (Hotel), the British Museum, the Washington Post, ships:
Queen Elizabeth, the Houses of Parliament.
– with the names denoting the whole family: The Simons, The Smiths.
– With the date (in speech):
On the fifth of May
On May the fifth
– with the organizations, official title, documents
The United Nations, The President, The Constitution
– in some expressions:
♦ at the same time
5
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
in the original
on the whole
the other day (refers to the past)
the day after tomorrow
the day before yesterday
in the morning/ afternoon, evening
at the seaside
on the train
in the rain
at the weekend
in the 1990s
at the end of
in the singular/ plural
in the past / future
by the way
just the same
to tell the truth
out of the question
in the dark
in the sun
There is no article:
1. before the nouns modified by the pronoun:
= possessive: my, his, her, our…
= demonstrative: this, that, these…
= interrogative: what, which, whose and indefinite: some, any, each, every.
My friend, our holidays, this book.
What question have you discussed?
2. before the names of a person, streets, towns, sciences, subjects, stations, planets, etc.
Oxford Street, Hyde Park.
He is fond of criminalistics.
3. with the names of countries and continents:
Europe, Asia, Poland
4. with the names of meals:
breakfast, lunch, dinner, supper.
I have breakfast at 8.
6
5. with the nouns – school, college, bed, joil, prison, church.
To be in prison = to be a prisoner
6. in some expressions:
• for ages, at first
• at home, to go home
• at school
• at table
• by chance
• by heart
• by name
• by mistake
• to go to bed
• to go by bus/ train etc.
• to ask permission
• at night
• by day
• early morning
• from morning till night
• at Christmas
• at Easter.
TASKS
I. Match the words on the left with the correct definition on the
right: Explain the articles usage in the definitions.
Jurisprudence law dealing with private rights of citizens, not with crime
Criminal law
punishment for wrongdoing
Civil law
the branch of law dealing with crimes and their punishment
Felony
recognized and permitted by the law
Misdemeanor
accuse
Murder
violent and sudden attack
Penalty
the study of law and legal philosophy
Assault
major serious crime, e.g. murder, armed robbery, arson
Responsibility legal offence less serious than a felony
Charge
prosecution of a claim in a law court
Lawsuit
unlawful killing of a human being on purpose
Legal
duty
7
II. Put a/an/the in each space, or leave the space blank.
Trial by Jury
……. jury is …… selected group of laymen that hears …….. witnesses
in …….. legal disputes and decides ………. facts. ………. courtroom trial in
which ……… jury decides ………. facts is called ……… trial by jury.
Before each court term, ……… jury commissioner or another public officer prepares ………… panel, or large initial list, of qualified jurors. For each
trial, jurors are selected by ………… lot from this panel.
Before ………… trial begins, ………. Jurors swear to decide
…………facts fairly. They hear ………… testimony given by ……….. witnesses for both sides, including cross-examinations. Then counsel for each side
sum up, or summarize case, and …………. judge explains ………….. applicable law in his instructions to ……….. jury.
In civil suits for financial damages, ………… jury must decide who is
at …………. fault and must determine …………. amount of money to be paid.
In criminal cases, …………... jury must decide whether or not …………. accused is guilty “beyond a reasonable doubt”, and then either return ………….
verdict of guilty, or acquit ………….. defendant by ………….. verdict of not
guilty. If verdict is guilty, …………. judge imposes …………. sentence, or
punishment, within limits that have been fixed by ………….. legislature.
III. Translate the sentences from Russian into English paying attention to the usage of articles.
1. Если вы являетесь подозреваемым, то давать показания – это
ваше право, но не обязанность.
2. Свидетель имеет право на защитника.
3. Апелляционный суд оставил в силе решение суда присяжных.
4. Ежегодно в Москве десятки водителей штрафуют за вождение в
нетрезвом виде. Часто это заканчивается лишением прав.
5. Свидетелю вменили в вину, что он лгал под присягой.
6. Чтение обвинительного заключения заняло несколько часов.
7. В случаях правонарушений, не столь опасных для общества,
применяется условный приговор.
8. Малолетние преступники обычно предстают перед специальными судами по делам несовершеннолетних.
9. В результате удачной операции полиции был задержан опасный
рецидивист.
10. Если у подозреваемого нет средств на оплату услуг защитника,
они могут быть предоставлены государством.
11. Апелляционный суд оставил в силе решение суда присяжных.
8
IV. Supply the articles where necessary.
1. Accused was sentenced to five years in prison.
2. Prosecution will be opposing bail.
3. Best lawyer in country won case for her.
4. Jury found him innocent.
5. Vandalism is problem of society throughout Europe.
6. Ignorance of law is no excuse.
7. Court ordered him to pay fine of £100.
8. Victim had been killed with bread knife.
V. Translate the sentences explaining the usage of the definite article.
1. The gang were chasing him again.
2. The police received a bomb-threat at 6.15 p.m., and arrived at the
scene six minutes later. The cinema had already been evacuated and the adjoining streets cordoned off.
3. The factory was closed because of staff strike.
4. The police caught the thief red-handed.
5. The detective stood motionless behind the door waiting for the assailant.
6. The politician didn’t answer the reporter’s question as it was too personal.
7. There have been two main theories in the study of international law:
the natural law approach and the positivist movement.
8. The witness claimed he hadn’t seen the accused before.
9. At the very moment the suspect is being interviewed by the police.
VI. Articles have been removed from the following text. Supply the
articles where necessary.
Crime
Crime violates laws of community, state or nation. It is punishable in
accordance with these laws. Definition of crime varies according to time and
place, but laws of most countries consider as crimes such offences as arson,
bigamy, burglary, forgery, murder and treason.
Not all offences against law are crimes, laws that set down punishment
for crimes form criminal law. This law defines as crimes those offences considered most harmful to community. On other hand, person may wrong someone else in some other way that offends civil law.
Common law recognizes three classes of crime: treason, felony, and
misdemeanour. Death or life imprisonment is usual penalty for treason. Laws
in United States, for example, define felony as crime that is punishable by term
9
of one year or more in state of federal prison. Person who commits misdemeanour may be punished by fine or jail term of less than one year.
VII. Correct the erros in these sentences by adding or removing
a/an/the.
1. Military jury was created according to a Resolution
2. New law comes into the force on May 15
3. At an end of trial he was convicted of murder
4. All prospective barristers are expected to study at Inns of Court
5. Judge will hear next case after lunch
6. A driver admitted that accident was partly his own the fault
7. A judge sentenced an accused to 15 year in the prison
8. To protect the victims of the blackmail their names are often not
given in a court
9. A judge was very hard on the pickpockets
10. If you break law, you will be in the trouble
11. High court judge will pass sentence the next week
12. Youth involved in disturbance at a demonstration made statement to
police.
VIII. Translate from Russian into English.
Вопрос “Что такое право?” волновал людей издавна. Ответить на
него помогает юриспруденция (исследование закона права и философии
права). Существует много определений понятия права. Всякое общество,
которое когда-либо существовало, признавало необходимость законов. На
формирование системы законов влияют традиционные взгляды общества
на добро и зло. Законы опираются на моральные, экономические, политические и социальные ценности. Многие законы отражают одновременно
различные ценности общества. При составлении законов необходимо соблюдать равновесие между правами и обязанностями, волей большинства
и правами меньшинства, необходимостью порядка и соблюдением основных свобод. С течением времени социальные ценности могут меняться,
вслед за этим происходит и смена законов.
Test yourself
IX. Fill in the blanks with articles where necessary:
1. They fitted ….….. security locks to make it more difficult for ………
burglar to break in.
2. She was caught trying to buy ……….. video recorder with forged
money.
10
3. If more offenders did ……….. community service, this would benefit
…….. local people and reduce overcrowding in prisons.
4. He was put on …………. probation as it was his first offence.
5. ………..phone box had been vandalized so I looked for another one.
6. One witness was able to give ………….. good description of thief
7. In area of high unemployment, ………… shoplifting can be ………
problem, especially from ………… supermarkets.
8. He was fined £400 and banned from driving for …………… year.
9. If you plead guilty, …………. judge might give you ……… lighter
sentence.
10. They finally got her to admit that she had forged her ……… employer’s signature on ………. form.
11. This is ………… complex case so ………. jury may take ………
time to reach ………… verdict.
12. In some countries you can be executed for smuggling ……… drugs
like ……… cocaine.
13. There isn’t enough ………… evidence to prove that he committed
………. crime although we’re sure it must have been him
14. …………. Police appeared and started to arrest …………. demonstrators.
15. There’s no …………. death penalty in this country so he’ll probably
be sentenced to ………. life imprisonment.
16. He may be ……….. terrorist to you but to ……… other people he’s
……… freedom fighter.
Nouns of material and abstract nouns: gold, water, courage, fear, etc.
Nouns can be countable and uncountable.
Countable nouns (that can be counted) have two numbers: the singular
and the plural:
a girl – girls, a river – rivers, a son – sons, etc.
Before countable nouns we can say a / an / the / some / any / a lot of /
few / a few / this / my / his, etc.
He decided to take his way to Paris for their anniversary.
He get on a train and found a seat and stared out of the window.
Uncountable nouns (that, we, cannot count) are always singular and are
not used with a / an (music, blood). Before uncountable nouns we can say:
some / any / no / much / a lot of / little / a little / this / his, etc. Also: a bit of / a
slice of / a piece of, etc.
A bit of news
A piece of advice
A cake of soap
A sheet of paper
A bar of chocolate
A slice of bread
I don’t want (any) advice or help.
Music enriches our life.
Many nouns can be used as countable or uncountable nouns.
She had beautiful hair.
There is a hair in my soup.
I bought some paper.
I bought a paper.
We drink wine.
But: We enjoy a good wine.
The Singular and the Plural
The Noun
The noun is a word expressing substance in the widest sense of the
word.
Nouns fall under two classes:
1. Proper nouns: Mary, London, Nelson, France, Mr. Manson, Mrs.
Bush.
2. Common nouns: dog, woman, man, wind, table, snow, beauty, etc.
There are three groups of common nouns:
Class nouns: a shop – shops, a forest – forests, a house – houses, a boy –
boys.
Collective nouns: money, police, crowd, linen, furniture, team, staff,
etc.
11
The general rule for forming the plural is by adding the ending -s (es) to
the singular.
a flower – flowers [z], a hat – hats [s], a bridge – bridges [iz]
If the noun ends in -s, -ss, -x, -sh, -ch, -tch, the plural is formed by adding -es to the singular.
bus – buses
box – boxes
bench – benches
glass – glasses
brush – brushes
match – matches
If the noun ends in -o preceded by a consonant, the plural is generally
formed by adding -es.
hero – heroes
pino – pianos
potato – potatoes
But: photo – photos
volcano – volcanoes
stereo – stereos
tomato – tomatoes
kilo – kilos
echo – echoes
radio - radios
12
If the noun ands in -y preceded by a consonant, -y is changed into i before -es.
army – armies
day – days
in proper names:
but:
lady – ladies
boy – boys
Mary – Marys
The noun ending in -f (in some cases followed by a mute e) change it
into -ves.
thief – thieves wife – wives
roof – roofs
Serf – serfs
leaf – leaves shelf - shelves but: belief – beliefs Safe – safes
knife – knives wolf – wolves
chief – chiefs
handkerchief –
handkerchief
life – lives
half – halves
proof - proofs
NOTE: The noun scarf, hoof, wharf take either -s or -ves in the plural.
Some words borrowed from Latin or Greek keep their original plural
forms:
datum – data
basis – bases
crisis – crises
thesis – theses
criterion – criteria
Phenomenon – phenomena
formula – formulae – formulas
Memorandum – memoranda – memorandums
There are seven nouns which form the plural by changing the root
vowel and two nouns in the plural end in -en.
man – men
goose – geese
ox – oxen
woman – women
mouse – mice
child – children
foot – feet
louse – lice
tooth – teeth
In some nouns the plural form does not differ from the singular.
deer - deer
fruit – fruit (fruits = kinds of fruit)
sheep - sheep
fish – fish (fishes – kinds of fish)
swine - swine
salmon – salmon
aircraft - aircraft
cod – cod
Other nouns add -s: crabs, herrings, sardines, sharks, lobsters, eels.
We can say: one fish, two fish; one deer, two deer.
Also: All the fishes in the sea. (= the different varieties of fish).
This is a fine cheese. (= a fine variety or type).
These cheeses are produced in Italy. (= these types)
13
Some uncountable are used only in the singular:
linen
money
progress
Food
furniture
business
traffic
Sugar
knowledge
information
hair
feet
advice
trouble
scenery
Music
luggage
accommodation
wood
Bread
permission
luck
weather
Spaghetti
death
equipment
sand
Macaroni
chaos
machinery
behavior
failure
fear
The following nouns ending in –s are usually treated as singular:
the word: news;
the subjects: economics, mathematics / maths, physics, statistics;
the games: billiards, dominoes, darts, bowls;
the activities: gymnastics, athletics;
the words: politics, tactics, optics;
the illness: measles, mumps, rickets, shingles.
Mathematics is an exact science.
The news is interesting.
Words for drinks are usually uncountable. This means we use no article
or we use some / any.
Is there any coffee?
Will you have some tea?
However, when we are ordering or offering drinks we normally treat
them as countable nouns.
I’d like a coffee, please.
or I’d like a cup of coffee.
Two teas, please.
Two teas and a glass of milk, please.
Some nouns are uncountable when they refer to single items or to an object made from that material.
Would you like some chicken?
We ate a whole chicken?
Glass is made from sand and lime.
I’ve broken a glass.
The following collective nouns are usually singular:
family
crowd
congress
Majority*
team
jury
government
Minority
group
public
committee
Audience
staff
army
media
Company
But in some cases these nouns are plural if the sentence indicates that
the individual members are acting separetly (when we think of them as members of a group (“they”), not as a single unit (“it”). = The government wants
(want is also possible) to reduce taxes.
14
*If the word majority is used alone it is usually singular. If it is followed
by a plural noun, it is plural.
Majority believes that we are in no danger. The majority of the students
have passed the exams well.
Some nouns are used only in plural:
sights
contents
spectacles
goods
customs
opera-glasses
Congratulations
sweet
savings
binoculars
Surroundings
arms
outskirts
lodgings
Clothes
holidays
shims
poultry
Trousers
riches
wages
gentry
Jeans
people
stairs
cattle
Shorts
police
scissors
Tights
These clothes are expensive.
Where are the seisors? – They are on the table.
NOTE: We cannot use a/an or a number with a pair noun (a thing made
of two parts). We use some or a pair of …
I need some jeans. or I need a pair of jeans.
She bought a pair of jeans and two pairs of tights.
In the expression a pair of + a pair noun the verb is singular if it is in the
same clause; and plural if it is in a relative clause.
This pair of trousers is expensive.
I’ll buy a pair of trousers which are cheaper?
As singular and plural may be used the nouns:
means
a means of transport – various means of transport
series
a television series – many television series
species
a species of birds – different species of birds
works / factory
The steel works has / have closed down.
Sometime we use a plural noun with a singular verb. We often do it
when we talk about a sum of money, a period of time, a distance, etc.
Five thousand pounds form their plural in different ways. As a rule a
compound noun forms the plural by adding -s to the headword. If there is no
noun-stem in the compound, -s is added to the last element.
brother – in – law
brothers – in – law
forget – me – not
forget – me – nots
merry – go – round
merry – go – rounds
But: man (woman) – driver
men (women) – drivers
15
Case
Nouns denoting living beings: people and animals (and some nouns denoting lifeless things), have two cases: an uninflected form called the common
case (pen, student, etc.) and the possessive case … ‘s (apostrophe ’s).
the plural
the singular
man’s dream
the children’s toys
the girl’s name
the girls’ names
the butcher’s (shop)
The eagles’ nests
Dickens’s novels
or
Dickens’ novels
After a singular noun we use ‘s. After a plural noun we use only an
apostrophe (‘).
The possessive case expresses possession and answers the question
whose? The syntactic function of the nouns used in the possessive case is that
of an attribute.
Besides nouns denoting living beings we can use ‘s when a first noun is:
1) an organization (=a group of people), ships and boats names of people to mean’ house:
the government’s decision
the company’s success
the ship’s captain
we met at Bill’s
2) the place: town, city, country, river, ocean, world, names of the
countries:
the city’s new center
the world’s population
Britain’s government
Russia’s exports
3) time and distance:
an hour’s rest
two hours’ drive
five minutes’ walk
month’s holiday
night’s sleep
in two years’ time
4) time words:
tomorrow’s meeting
today’s newspaper
yesterday’s talks
sunday’s dinner
We can say: ten minutes’ break or
a ten-minute break.
Also with the nouns: the sun, the moon, the earth, the ship; and ‘s can be
used after more than one noun. The possessive sign is put to the latter.
Jack and Jill’s wedding.
William and Mary’s reign.
16
Proper names are generally used in the possessive case:
Jane’s hobby is drawing.
This is Tim’s car.
NOTE: You can use ‘s without the following noun: a / the baker’s /
butcher’s / chemist’s, etc. It means a / the baker’s shop, etc.
Tom’s report is much more interesting than Ann’s.
It can also be used after the initials and the names of the owners of some business: the PM’s secretary, the MP’s briefcase, selfridge’s, Claridge’s, Sotheby’s
(some names drop the apostrophe: Harrods, Foybes).
In compounds and names consisting of several words the last word
takes apostrophe ‘s:
My sister-in-law’s guitar
Henry the Eight’s wives
My father-in-law’s son
The Prince of Wale’s plane
NOTE: When the possessive case is used the article before the person
or thing “possessed” disappears: the question of the teacher = the teacher’s
question.
of + noun is used for:
1) things, ideas etc.:
the roof of the house, the title of the book, the owner of the cafe.
We can say the daughter of the politician or the politician’s daughter,
the plays of Shakespeare or Shakespeare’s plays.
We normally use of with the beginning / end / top / bottom / front /
back, etc.
The back of the car
The beginning of the year
In the middle of the room.
2) We can use of or ‘s after an organization:
the decision of the government
or government’s decision
3) of is used: when the possessor noun is followed by
a) phrase or clause
I took the advice of the policemen I met at the station
b) with the words denoting quantity: part, piece, slice, bit, etc.
a piece of cake
a slice of bread
a pound of butter
a bit of news
17
NOTES:
a) However, we often prefer to use a compound noun instead of ofphrase: the river bank, the car keys, the town parks, etc.
b) British nouns render the meaning of Russian cases by means of
the prepositions of, to, for, by, with, about with the nouns in the
common case and the word order in the sentence:
What caused the explosion at the station?
What was the cause of the explosion?
Live these papers to the secretary, please.
Mrs. Green often makes cakes for her children.
The program was watched by millions of people.
The door was opened with a key.
We talked about the entrance examination.
Gender
In Modern English there is no grammatical category of gender. But according to their lexical meaning all nouns denoting living beings are of either
the male or female sex: man – woman, poet – poetess, etc.
The nouns that denote female beings are considered of the masculine
gender.
The nouns that denote male beings are considered to be of neuter gender.
Names of lifeless things and abstract notions are of the neuter gender: a
book, a pen, a room, kidness, friendship.
A ship is always spoken as she.
Collective nouns are also considered to be of neuter gender.
There are three ways of forming the feminine of nouns:
1) by using an entirely different words, as father – mother, sister –
brother, bull – cow, king – queen, etc.
2) by ending the syllable (-ess, -ine, -a, etc.): actor – actress, hero –
heroine, heir – heiress, signor – signora, tzar – tzarina, etc.
3) by placing a word before or after, a: man – servant – maid – servant; land lord – lady.
Functions:
The main syntactical functions of the noun in the sentence are those of
the subject and the object: they may be also used in the functions of a predicative, an attribute and a adverbial modifier.
Grammar is the art of putting the right words in the right places.
King George VI was the ruler of Great Britain before Queen Elizabeth II.
According to the morphological composition we distinguish simple
(room, house), derivative nouns (which have prefixes or suffixes: misunder18
standing, inexperience) and compound nouns (built from one or more stems or
words: noun + noun: sunglasses, time – table, bus – stop).
adjective + noun: fast food, first aid, youth hostel
verb + preposition: checkout, breakup
three words: ready – made meal, air traffic control
gerund + noun: swimming pool, driving license
noun + gerund: coal mining, weight lifting
NOTE: There are no exact rules about whether we join the words or not
(if you are not sure, it is usually safe to write two separate words).
Noun-forming suffixes and prefixes:
a) -er, -or
teacher, actor
-ist
scientist, artist
-ess
actress, hostess
-ment
movement
-ance
importance, distance
-(t)ion
translation
-ity
majority, complexity
-y
difficulty, energy
-ian
musician, politician
-hood
childhood
-ship
friendship, leadership
-age
marriage, passage
-ism
heroism
-ant
assistant
-ence
conference
-ty
cruelty
-ing
building
-dom
freedom
-ion
discussion
-sion
revision
-ness
happiness
-ure
pressure
-ness
backwardness
b)
recodismisinimunil-
reconstruction
coexistence
disarmament
misunderstanding
information
impossibility
unemployment
illiteracy
19
TASKS
I. Form nouns from the following words:
to forge
(подделывать)
+ er → forger
useful
(полезный)
+ ness → usefulness
action
(действие)
in + → inaction (бездействие)
polite
(вежливый)
to dispute
(оспорить)
to arrest
(арестовать)
to challenge
(бросать вызов)
to hear
(слышать)
compliance
(соблюдение)
representation
(представление)
hearing
(слушание)
II. Match the English and Russian equivalents:
1. justification
1. справедливость
2. just
2. обоснование
3. legality
3. признание законной силы
4. legalization
4. незаконность
5. illegality
5. законность
III. Translate into Russian:
lawyer
legatee
legislator
legislation
IV. Translate into English:
закон
законодаельсво
законодатель
законник
законность
V. Form abstract nouns from the following:
a) adjectives:
b) verbs:
c) common nouns:
true
live
author
free
know
hero
young
hate
agent
poor
punish
patriot
just
protect
man
advise
20
VI. Write down with what suffixes how the following English nouns
are formed:
opposition (противодействие)
to oppose + tion
accusation (обвинение)
_____________
infringement (нарушение)
_____________
persecutor (преследователь)
_____________
employer (работодатель)
_____________
employee (работник)
_____________
complaintant (истец, жалобщик)
_____________
VII. State the number of the following nouns and write down the
corresponding singular or plural, if any:
money
man
editor in chief
news
woman
phenomenon
advice
child
evidence
police
foot
proof
riches
family
VIII. Choose the correct form, singular or plural:
- The police want/wants to interview me about robbery.
- Fortunately the news wasn’t/weren’t as bad as we had expected.
- Does/do the police know about the stolen money?
- The fear of the murder and robbery has/have caused many people to
leave big cities.
- The barrister accompanied by his wife and daughter is/are arriving
tonight.
- The solicitor and his assistant have/has already finished their work
today.
- The majority of the people believe/believes him to be innocent.
- The mass media, TV and the press have/has enormous power in any
society.
- The police have/has weighed all the evidence and have/has found
the accused guilty.
- The Bill of Rights contains much/many useful information/informations.
- Statistics is/are an easy subject, but economics give/gives me problems.
IX. Explain the meaning of the following nouns:
1. Crime – criminal – criminalist
2. fine
21
3. offence
4. killer – killing
5. murder – murderer – murderess
6. burglar – burglary
7. thief – theft
8. prison – prisoner – imprisonment
9. suspect – suspicion
10. robber – robbery
11. shoplifter – shoplifting
12. kidnapper
13. hacker
14. pickpocket
15. hijacker
16. blackmail
TEST YOURSELF
X. Use the nouns in singular or plural form:
(Thief) have been around for (century), probably for as long as (human),
but armed (robbery) is a more recent (phenomenon).
Unfortunately (woman) always have been (victim) of rape and domestic
violence. (Forgery) has been around ever since printing has been used to make
(money) or produce (document). Rich people or their (child) are sometimes
kidnapped and are not set free until a ransom has been paid.
The twentieth (century) saw the appearance of many organized (crime)
such as hijacking and drug-smuggling or drug-trafficking. Statistics show an
allowing rise in the rate of violent (crime) and (crime) to do with the illegal
sale of arms across the world. Perhaps the most recent Crime of all is hacking
(computer) to access (information) that helps (competitor) in industry. This
increase the international (crime) makes one wonder whether it is still true to
say “(Crime) doesn’t pay!”
XI. Live Russian equivalents to the following English proverbs.
- No news is good news.
- Caesar’s wife must be above suspicion.
- Time is money.
- Business is business.
- Business is first, pleasure afterwards.
- Misfortunes never come singly.
22
XII. Translate the following words:
- самозащита
- наказание
- законная, правомерная деятельность
- вор
- гражданское дело
- брак
- законодатель
- юридическое лицо
XIII. Find the meanings of the following words in the dictionary.
Fill in the blanks with the proper words:
- judge
- justice
- witness
- plaintiff
- accomplice
- prosecutor
- criminal
- victim
- the accused
- suspect
- fury
- dependent
- prisoner
- smuggler
- robber
- killer
A person who
= conducts a trial and passes the sentence is called …
= has a first-hand knowledge of the event and gives evidence under oath
in court …
= brings a suit against another person …
= helps in a crime or who keeps a crime secret …
= acts for the state in prosecuting criminals …
= breaks laws …
23
Adjectives and adverbs
Adjectives describe nouns.
Adjectives have the same form for singular and plural. They do not
change for male and female. Most adjectives are used in front of nouns.
A difficult case, a guilty person.
Adjectives can be used on their own after these verbs: be, become, feel,
look, appear, seem, taste, smell, sound.
I feel terrible!
She has become happy.
Our wants are very complex.
Adverbs describe actions.
Most adverbs are formed from adjectives by adding -ly: slow – slowly,
quick – quickly, careful – carefully.
Some adverbs have the same form as adjectives.
The trial was very fast (adj.)
The judge decided the case fast (adv.)
Some adverbs have the same form as adjectives and a different meaning
for the -ly form.
hard – hardly
near – nearly
late – lately
free – freely
We worked hard (adv.)
I could hardly stand up (= almost not)
She gave her time free (= for no money)
She gave her time freely (= willingly)
I arrived late for the trial.
I haven’t seen John lately (= recently)
He was standing near the court (= next to)
It is not nearly as late as I thought (= almost)
24
The Degrees of Comparison
The Positive
Degree
long
fine
busy
serious
good
well
little
much
many
bad
badly
far
late
old
The Comparative
Degree
longer
finer
busier
more serious
better
better
less
more
more
worse
worse
further, farther
later
older, elder
The Superlative
Degree
longest
finest
busiest
most serious
best
best
least
most
most
worst
worst
furthest, farthest
last (final), latest (most recent)
oldest, eldest
We usually add the ending -er to one syllable adjectives and adverbs to
make their comparative forms and -est to make their superlative form: hard –
harder – hardest.
For adjectives with three or more syllables we usually add more /less
and most /least. Two-syllable adjectives some adding in -er, -y, -ly, -w, -ple,
-tle. add -er or -est to the base form: clever – cleverer - cleverest. Two syllable
or compound adverbs take more /most: effectively – more effectively – most
effectively.
We use the comparative to compare one person or thing with another.
She is taller than me.
After a comparative we often use than. In an informal style we use object pronouns: me, him, after.
You are a wiser consumer than me.
In a more formal style we use a subject pronoun: I, he + verb.
You are a wiser consumer than I am.
If we compare two objects we use the + comparative.
He is the cleverer of the two lawyers.
25
Types of Comparisons
Special Points
• as …(positive degree) …as
She’s as clever as her sister
• Not so /as … (positive degree) … as
She is not as patient as Beth
• twice /three times etc. /half as …(positive degree) …as
She’s got twice as much money as I have
• the + comparative …, the + comparative
The sooner, the better
• very + adj /adv of positive degree
He is very practical.
It is very early.
• (very) much, a lot, a little, rather, even, far, a bit + adj /adv of comparative
degree.
It is even /much /far /a bit hotter than it was on Monday.
• Most + adj /adv of positive degree = very
She is most helpful with the customers
• Any + adj /adv of comparative degree (used in negations and questions).
Is he working any harder?
• comparative + and + comparative
Computers are becoming more and more important in our lives.
• By far, easily + adj /adv of superlative degree
By far the cheapest, easily the most attractive.
= Note that further (but not farther) can mean “more” or “in” addition.
Stop doing it if you have any further complaints (= any more complaints)
= We use older /oldest but not elder /eldest in comparisons.
My sister is older than me.
We use elder /eldest (often before a noun, e.g. sister, son … etc.) mostly
to talk about members of a family.
my elder sister
• Before a superlative we use the
the most reasonable act.
The superlative is used in the following structures:
- With prepositions.
This act is the most reasonable of all
He is the best lawyer in our city.
- With clauses.
This agency is the best I’m likely to find.
Note: most of all, best of all, least of all, etc.
- Without the.
26
TASKS
I. Answer the questions using the list of punishments for crimes:
1. What are the least serious punishment?
2. What are the most serious punishment?
(capital punishment – life imprisonment – community service order –
probation – fine – suspended sentence – corporal punishment – imprisonment)
3. What are the most serious crimes?
4. What are, the least serious crimes?
(murder, theft, burglary, drunk-driving, hijacking, drug dealing, battery,
robbery, bribery, smuggling)
5. What is the highest judicial organ in Great Britain?
6. Does the Supreme Court consider the most serious cases?
II. Choose an adjective or an adverb:
1. He seems to be (honest /honestly).
2. Tell me all (honest /honestly).
3. The question is quite (simple /simply).
4. She explained it quite (simple /simply).
5. Do you (seriously /serious) want to go the trial as a witness?
6. It is a very (serious /seriously) thing.
7. His answer was quite (clear /clearly).
8. These figures (clear /clearly) show the development of our country.
9. I don’t know (exact /exactly) where a police station is.
10. I don’t know the (exact /exactly) time of the trial.
11. The audience was (happy /happily) to hear a fair sentence.
12. He had an accident because he was driving too (fast /fastly).
III. Choose the correct word:
1. Of the four articles I like the first one (better /best).
2. Does the judge feel (weller /better) today than he did yesterday?
3. Jane is the (less /least) careful of all the drivers.
4. Your heritage is (different from /different than) mine.
5. The more evidence we have, (easier /the easier) we win a case.
6. This juror is (far /more) friendly than that one, but that juror is (much
/very) more patient than the former.
7. Taxi fares are (far /very) expensive in Rome, but they are (any /even
more) expensive in London.
8. As she gets older, she becomes (the /more) experienced.
9. Nothing is (worse /worst) than being stuck in a traffic jam.
10. That test wasn’t (as hard as /hard as) I thought.
27
11. You’re not a safe driver! You should drive (more /most) slowly.
IV. Complete these sentence in any appropriate way using the pattern the more … the better. Translate these sentences:
1. The later the general election, … the … (good) it will be for the Government.
2. The … (well) we study, the better we know laws.
3. The … (long) I listened to the speech of the barrister, the … (much) I
liked it.
4. The general rule is that the … (high) is the status of the judge, the …
(much) serious cases he tries.
5. The … (hard) we study, the … (successfully) we take exams.
6. The … (much) important the purpose of the activity complained
about, the … (great) the tendency to grant effective authorization of the nuisance by legislative fiat.
7. The … (much) we discuss this case , the … (little) I understand it.
8. The … (long) I sit here, the … (little) I feel like leaving the courtroom.
9. The … (many) he did, the … (much) was expected of him by the village community.
10. The … (long) I study English, the … (much) I realise what an interesting language it is.
11. The … (soon) he comes to the lawyer … the … (quick) he gets the
necessary information.
12. The … (long) the lawyer made his speech, the … (difficult) was to
understand him.
V. Define the degrees of comparison of adjectives and adverbs and
translate the following words and word combinations:
high crimes, worse, less archaic laws, civil officers, badly, more complicated, the least serious crime, criminal proceedings, a corrupt President, easier, the latest report, constitutional duties; the most dangerous criminal statutory crime, better, most essential, more attentive.
VI. Fill in the comparative and superlative form of each adjective as
in the example:
High – higher – the highest
Legal – more legal – the most legal
28
Positive
tall
good
intelligent
far
heavy
much
little
hungry
loud
bad
essential
attentive
lawful
privy
late
competent
just
Comparative
Superlative
VIII. Match the English and Russian equivelents:
most powerful
most famously
safely
notorious
putative
worse
mutual
unsuspecting
more prudent
lately
the latest
the most efficient
badly
further
the justest
initially
VII. Fill in the gaps:
as … as; not as … as; (not) so … as; the same (as); as; than
1. He is … clever … he seems.
2. It’s rather more complicated case …that.
3. This witness looked … he did yesterday.
4. Tom works … a slave. He is regarded … the hardest-working employee in the company.
5. Ben’s car is faster … mine.
6. My brother spent half … much on his trial … I did.
7. Her CV was more impressive … the other applicant’s.
8. This criminal case is not … serious … that one.
9. Probation is not … severe … imprisonment.
10. This investigator is more experienced … that one.
11. The speech of his barrister was not … long … I expected it to be.
12. This lawyer is not … old … he looks.
13. Yes, don’t worry about a thing. I’ve got a lawyer who’s …… clever
……. a fox.
29
печально известный
самый сильный
возможный
наиболее изветно
спокойно
в начальной стадии
самый сильный
ничего не подозревающий
недавно
более благоразумный
самый подготовленный
недавний
самый справедливый
плохо
дальнейший
хуже
IX. Put the words in brackets in the right forms. Alternatives are
possible.
THE CHAMP
The two men were sitting at the bar. The one (near) … to me was the
(big) … and (strong) … man I have ever seen. The one (far) … from me was
the (small /little) … and (weak) … . They were having the (violent) … argument I had ever heard. Suddenly the little man said, “It’s a case of the (small)
… brain in the world fitted into the (big) … head!” They were his (last /latest)
… words. The little man didn’t know what hit him as he fell to the floor.
“When Shortie wakes up, tell him that was my (better /best) … Karate chop,”
the big man told the barman as he left. The next evening, King Karate was at
the bar as usual when Shortie crept quietly, swung his arm and the champ fell
to the floor. “When Karate wakes up,” Shortie said, “tell him it was my (oldest
/eldest) … Land Rover starting handle.”
X. Read the sentences, find adjectives and adverbs and define their
degrees of comparison:
1. The evidence of the witness should be examined carefully.
2. We should have less delinquency if people married more wisely, if
parents knew better how to deal with their children’s personal problems.
3. The judge said that the witness would be interviewed as soon as possible.
30
4. This article is directly related to the information we are looking for.
5. The more correct information is stored in a computer, the more precise data we get.
6. I bought the latest edition of today’s paper and read about these most
terrible crimes.
7. Her illness was more serious than we at first thought.
8. He is the cleverest lawyer I know.
9. Here it is, the latest news from the middle East. The situation there
hasn’t got much better, has it?
10. The day that Christopher Roberts entered prison for a crime he had
never committed was the worst day of his long and eventful life. Fortunately,
he was eventually found innocent and set free.
11. The pollution in our town isn’t bad as it used to be, and crime and
corruption have become less serious problems; things are getting better.
12. People are not always so good as they appear – isn’t that true, Mr.
Nero?
13. The police are not always the most honest people in town, are they?
14. With taxes the way they are these days, it seems the more money I
make, the less I have.
XI. Translate the following sentences into English:
1. Ее голос становился все громче и громче.
2. Эта проблема не такая серьезная, как вы думаете.
3. Покажите мне, пожалуйста, кратчайший путь к полицейскому
участку.
4. Он совершил аварию, потому что ехал слишком быстро.
5. Жизнь становится тяжелее и сложнее с каждым днем.
6. Это был самый печальный опыт в моей жизни.
7. Чем больше я читаю о налоговой реформе, тем меньше я ее понимаю.
8. Они принялись за работу без дальнейших комментариев.
9. Он считает, что чем старше он становится, тем меньше он в чемлибо уверен.
10. Свидетель, говорите немного тише и менее агрессивно.
11. Если эти средства будут признаны незаконными, они будут
конфискованы.
12. Этот человек незаконно прошел в здание.
13. Приговор магистратского суда не такой суровый, как приговор
уголовного суда.
14. Защитник обвиняемого был менее опытным, чем судья.
31
15. Чем больше он изучал доказательства, тем лучше он понимал
обстоятельства дела.
16. Это дело не такое серьезное, как то.
17. Показания свидетеля обвинения были не такими важными, как
показания свидетеля защиты.
18. Думаю, что это наиболее подходящее для нас предложение.
XII. Translate these sentences into Russian, paying attention to the
comparative constructions:
1. Let’s take this way, it’s a mile shorter than that one.
2. Now the road seemed many times as long, which always happens
when you are dead tired.
3. Jane was as nervous as I once had been before the interview.
4. Kate works reasonably hard but she used to work much harder.
5. The more we know about law the more control we get over it.
6. This code costs twice as much as the other one.
7. The biggest Cali bosses appear to be safely behind bars.
8. The agents were further charged with conspiracy to commit arson.
9. A very large majority recognized the need for an effective punishment, called for the return of corporal punishment and asked for firmer discipline in schools.
10. It is now clear that, since the 1970s, drugs trafficking has become
the most organized, most professional and most profitable of all illegal activities.
11. We were dealing with a larger number of criminals and prisoners
were very often violent.
12. Although Mr. Pickering received a retirement pension based on his
contributions over more than 20 years, it was considerably less than the entitlement of an officer disabled at work.
13. The decisions will lead to higher pension.
14. Prosecutors were certain they had more than enough witnesses to
back up the charge.
15. One of the most effective ways of tracing missing people is publicity.
16. Jane was as nervous as I once had been before the interview.
17. The solution of this problem is twice as simple as they think.
18. The longer I listened to the speech of the barrister, the more I liked it.
XIII. Use an adjective or an adverb in an appropriate degree of
comparison. Translate these sentences into Russian:
1. John is a good lawyer, but I don’t know a (good) lawyer than Nick.
2. She is the (clever) person in our family.
32
3. I have (little /few) interest in politics.
4. Jim isn’t as (good) advocate as Mark.
5. The (difficult) thing about learning English is grammar.
6. She is much (good) at civil law than her friend.
7. This is a (difficult) problem than we have seen.
8. Your reporter must be as (short) as possible.
9. He works the (hard) but earns the (little).
10. I’ve never come across a (annoying) person than James.
11. What is the (late) news?
12. He finds it (easy) to talk about work than to do it?
13. Where is (near) police station?
14. His job is (important) than his friend’s.
15. The Browns felt (bad) than the Smiths about losing the case.
XIV. Choose a correct variant:
1. You must be ___________ when crossing the street.
a) careful
b) late
c) careless
d) latest
2. He should spend as ___________ time as possible to study this case.
a) more
b) most
c) much
d) the most
3. Honesty is ____________ policy.
a) the best
b) better
с) more better
12. That was _____________ case in his practice.
a) the least difficult
b) the less difficult
d) the quickest
6. What’s ____________ news of today?
a) later
b) the latest
c) last
7. If you require ____________ information or assistance, ask at your
local police.
a) further
b) farther
c) furthest
13. Is there _____________ work for you to do every day?
a) many
b) little
c) few
14. Sometimes _____________ gain is to be a loser.
a) the greater
b) the greatest c) the most greatest
15. Don’t worry, he is ____________ on the danger list.
a) no more
b) not longer
c) no longer
16. There is not a passion ____________ strongly rooted in the human
heart __________ envy.
a) so … as
b) not so … as c) as … than
17. The witness gave the _____________ answer.
a) brief
b) briefer
c) briefest
18. This trial is twice as ___________ .
a) long
b) longer
c) longest
20. The Parliament is ______________ influential than the President.
a) less
b) least
c) more
21. A lawyer waited enough, ______________ than he had promised.
a) longest
b) long
c) longer
22. “ The ______________ you go, the better!” – he shouted in a rage.
a) soon
b) sooner
c) soonest.
8. You must be ___________ if you don’t want to lose your things.
a) careful
b) most careful c) more careful
9. Actions speak ____________ than words.
a) more louder
b) the loudest
c) louder
10. The court costs are becoming ____________ nowdays.
a) more expensive
b) the most expensive
c) expensiver
33
c) the difficulter
19. The people needed business skills so that they could manage themselves _____________ .
a) more efficiently
b) most efficiently
c) much efficiently.
4. Of two evils choose the ___________ .
a) less
b) little
c) least
5. We must act ____________ in critical situations.
a) quicker
b) quickest
c) quickly
11. The damage to the car could be ____________ than we expected.
a) the worst
b) bad
c) worse
34
The Verb
The Active
3. to express a fact which is true for a long time (permanent situation).
She works in a bank.
I live in Oxford.
Present Simple
Form:
I
We
You
“+”
They
“- “
He
She
It
I
we
Do you
they
he
Does she
It
“?”
Where do
Where
does
4. to express an action with a future meaning (timetables, programmes).
Tomorrow is Wednesday.
The plane for Glasgow leaves at 10.05 on Tuesday morning.
live
do not live
near here
lives
does not live
TASKS
live
near here?
live
I
we
you
they
she
it
live?
live?
Short answer:
“Do you like Peter?” – “Yes, I do.”/ “No, I don’t.”
“Does she speak Spanish?” – “Yes, she does.”/”No, she doesn’t.”
Use:
The Present Simple is used
1. to express a habit or when we talk about things that happen on a
regular basis.
I leave work at 5.30 most days.
Usually muggers attack people in the streets.
2. to express a fact which is always true.
Poverty drives people to crime.
Burglars think that the bigger the house, the richer the owners.
Criminals don’t obey laws.
35
Indicators of time:
Never; rarely; not often; sometimes; often; usually; always; every
night/ week/ month/etc.
e.g. Burglars usually break in so-called “burglar-friendly” houses.
I. Complete the sentences with the verbs given, using the Present
Simple:
a. The police … (to investigate) crimes.
b. The judge … (to sentence) people.
c. Prisoners … (to live) in cells.
d. The jury … (to decide) if someone is innocent or guilty.
e. Barristers … (to defend) people and … (to present) evidence.
f. Criminals … (to commit) crimes.
g. When someone … (to break) the law the police … (to try) to find
out who is responsible.
h. The defendant … (to provide) facts to show something is true.
i. Shoplifters … (to steal) things from shops.
j. The manslaughter is that who … (to kill) somebody by accident.
k. Policemen … (to carry) guns.
l. People … (to install) a burglar alarm so that to protect their
property.
II. Make up questions to the following sentences and answer them
correcting the statements:
a. An arsonist steals from shops while acting as an ordinary customer.
b. Offenders always break the law.
c. A shoplifter sets fire to property illegally.
d. Stowaways buy and sell drugs illegally.
36
e. A bigamist takes control of a plane by force and makes the pilot
change course.
f. A traitor gets secret information from another country, organization or person.
g. A drug – dealer hides on a ship or plane to get a free journey.
h. Hijackers marry illegally, being married already.
i. Accomplices help a criminal in a criminal act.
j. A forger runs away from the army.
k. Spies betray his or her country to another state.
l. A deserter makes counterfeit money or signatures.
n. When Parliament … (to pass) a new law, it has to be examined
very carefully to make sure that it … (not to contradict) previous
law unless there is full and clear intention to do so.
o. The law … (to set out) the arrangements for marriage, divorce
and custody of the children of divorced couples.
p. Often we … (to feel) irritated or embittered by obvious stupidities in the law which … (not to take) proper account of a modern
situation.
IV. Fill in the gaps with the most appropriate verbs in the Present
Simple (each verb should be used only once) and translate the text from
English into Russian:
The instance in which speech may be punished 1)… where the speech
2)… the ability of the judicial system to operate. The administration of law
3)… the ability of a court system to operate impartially. The publisher of a
newspaper which 4)… to influence the judge or jury in a particular case may be
punished for contempt of court. This 5)… that a judge is free from criticism.
Newspapers in the United States 6)… great freedom to comment on a pending
trial. A majority of the Supreme Court 7)… the view that a newspaper is free to
attack a court so long as that attack 8)… an “imminent threat to the administration of justice”. A court’s decision may be called “outrageous”. And a newspaper which 9)… an unfair report of a pending case and 10)… a judge with being
“high handed” and committing a “travesty on justice” was unanimously held
by the Supreme Court to be immune from punishment for having said so.
III. Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple and translate
the sentences from English into Russian:
a. Unlike the police in most of the world, British police … (not to
carry) guns.
b. The ordinary policemen still … (to wear) helmets though officers
… (to have) caps, but the popularity of the police with general
public has declined.
c. Surveys … (to show) that people … (to prefer) this kind of policing, even if it … (not to catch) so many serious criminals.
d. This problem … (to concern) the conduct of all our courts.
e. Magistrates are volunteers who … (to work) at other jobs and …
(to sit) in the courts for, say, two days.
f. Nevertheless more thefts, more violence, more vandalism, more
fraud … (to exist) than did the years ago.
g. Also some crime … (to become) suddenly fashionable.
h. Not anybody … (to know) whether it really happened rarely or
whether people who had been robbed hesitated to come to the
police station.
i. It is generally considered to be an activity which … (to make)
money for lawyers rather than anything else.
j. On the other hand, the British unlike the Americans … (not to
spend) their time suing each other.
k. It … (to decide) how you may distribute your goods when you
die, … (to impose) limits on how fast you may drive your car, …
(to say) what breeds of dogs you may own.
l. Ministers … (to change) their minds, of course, about emergency
regulations. It … (not to affect) law.
m. Secondly, it … (to stop) “law by decree” in which someone with
power, either political or administrative … (to claim) that this or
that is a good idea and should therefore be enacted.
V. Translate from Russian into English, using the Present Simple
and its indicators:
a. Он старается никогда не нарушать правила при управлении
автомобилем: пользуется ремнём безопасности (to wear seat
belt) и не превышает скорость.
b. Карманники крадут деньги и вещи из карманов и сумок людей, как правило, в переполненных общественных местах.
Следите за своими вещами.
c. Контрабандисты переправляют через границу запрещённые
товары, наркотики и оружие. Они постоянно придумывают
самые изощрённые (bewildering) способы перевозки. Таможенной службе не всегда удаётся помешать им.
37
38
to be
to depend upon
to make
to have
to seek
to injure
to support
not to mean
to charge
not to constitute
d. Люди устанавливают сигнализацию в своих домах, квартирах и машинах для того, чтобы уберечь их от взломов и
краж. По статистике существуют так называемые “привлекательные для воров” дома и машины. В них воры проникают до пяти раз. Часто люди жалуются на своих шумливых
соседей, но нет лучшего способа остановить “домушника”
как иметь внимательных и хорошо расположенных к вам соседей.
e. Детективы расследуют преступления и ловят преступников.
Они редко отдыхают и поэтому не всегда удачны в личной
жизни. Они полностью посвящают себя работе.
f. Закон пронизывает все сферы нашей жизни. Парламентарии
стараются совершенствовать законы. Согласно имеющимся
данным, британцы считают себя очень законопослушными
гражданами.
g. Кроме адвоката обвиняемый имеет ещё одного защитника –
суд присяжных. Суд присяжных состоит обычно из 12 человек, и только он решает, виновен обвиняемый или нет. Хотя,
конечно, иногда суд присяжных допускает ошибки.
VI. Find out the mistakes and correct them:
Ian Stephen, who work with the Scottish prison service, believe that
you’re more at risk if your house look nice. “Window – boxes, nice curtains
and beautifully painted walls all tells the burglar that you is proud of your
home and cares about your possessions and is more likely to have nice things
in your house,” he say. He advise people to try to make their homes looks as
plain as possible and not to draw attention to any new things they buys by leaving the empty boxes next to the dustbin.
Present Continuous
Form:
I
“+”
“-“
He
She
It
We
You
They
Am
Is
Are
“?”
Where
am
am not
is
is not
working
are
are not
I
he
she
it
we
you
they
am I
he
is
she
it
we
are you
they
working now?
Short answer:
“Are you reading now?” – “Yes, I am. // No, I’m not.”
“Are we/ they reading now?” – “Yes, we/ they are. // No, we/ they
aren’t.”
“Is he/ she / it reading now?” – “Yes, he/ she/ it is. // No, he/ she/ it
isn’t.”
Note: I’m reading now, am I?
I’m reading now, aren’t I? (= am I not)
Use:
The Present Continuous is used
1. to express an activity happening now.
They are following the criminal now.
She can’t answer the phone because she is interrogating the criminal.
39
40
2. to express an activity happening around now, but perhaps not at the
moment of speaking.
He is studying Law at the University.
I’m reading a good book by Sidney Sheldon “Rage of Angels”.
3. to express a temporary or repeated activity.
Peter White is a student, but he’s working as a barman during the holidays.
I’m living with friends until I find a place of my own.
4. to express a changing situation (verbs describing change and development).
Things are getting worse.
More and more people are giving up smoking.
The population of the world is rising very fast.
5. to express complaints about bad habits or to criticize smb.
(usually with: constantly, always, continually, forever)
She is constantly finding fault with me.
Please be quite! You are continually interrupting.
6. to express a planned future arrangement.
We’re meeting at 1.00 outside the restaurant.
They are seeing tomorrow to discuss the further steps of the operation.
Indicators of time:
Now; at the moment; at this period; etc.
e.g. I’m learning to drive a car now.
TASKS
j. However, in most industrialized countries, the legal differences
between the married and unmarried … (to decrease).
k. More and more criminals … (to become) high – proficient.
l. He … (to divorce) his wife next month.
m. She … (not to plan) to live in this house.
n. At this moment the investigator … (to inspect) the scene of the
crime.
o. They … (to discuss) the information they have just received.
p. He … (to participate) in elections and may be elected deputy of
the State Duma.
II. Expand one of the sets of notes below to complete each dialogue:
* constantly / to increase
* always / to miss / him
* forever / to criticize/ driving
* continually / to change mind
* apparently / to get worse and worse
* more and more people / to own
cars
e.g. A: I can’t read this!
B: You’re always complaining about my reports.
a. A: Have you heard that the criminal escaped from the prison?
B: They’re …
b. A: What can you say about the crime rate for the last three months?
B: It’s …
c. A: That was a dangerous thing to do!
B: You’re…
d. A: He doubts about their didactic abilities!
B: He’s …
e. A: John is so rude!
B: His behaviour’s …
f. A: Don’t you think that there’s a lot of traffic at this time of day?
B: Yes, it’s because …
I. Complete the sentences with the verbs given, using the Present
Continuous:
a. It’s 5.00 already. Now they … (to enter) the bank.
b. Don’t you know? At the moment she … (to testify) against her
husband in court.
c. Now they … (to consult) with other jurors.
d. The judge … (to instruct) the members of the jury.
e. As a juror, you should never go to the scene of any event that is
part of the case you … (to hear).
f. The foreman … (to conduct) the deliberations on the verdict now.
g. At the moment the lawyers … (to give) closing arguments.
h. The lawyer … (to try) to convince the jury in her guiltiness.
i. Tom Watson, himself, … (to investigate) this case.
III. Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Continuous and
translate the sentences from English into Russian:
a. They … (to resort) to Cold War espionage techniques and science to fight drug and alcohol abuse, which many turned into a
way of life during their hippy days a generation ago.
b. Terrorism … (to become) more menacing than ever before.
c. I … (to write) to you to report the loss of my sun – glasses and
case.
41
42
d. The black Canadian, born in Jamaica, Ben Johnson … (to try) to
have a life ban overturned in the courts. He … (to sue) the Canadian Centre for Ethics in Sport.
e. Over the past 10 years, the number of arrests of girls for violence has more than doubled and juvenile crime … (to increase)
at a faster rate among girls than boys.
f. Girls … (to turn) to violent crime.
g. American parents … (to bug) their children’s telephones, … (to
install) secret cameras in clock radios and … (to send) strands of
hair retrieved from pillows for analysis at drug laboratories.
h. Parents … (to hire) companies with sniffer dogs to track down
traces of dope in their homes.
i. The District Attorney … (to attempt) to lead the witness.
j. He … (to claim) that Mr. Irvine threw acid on Mr. Taska’s
truck.
k. “All students know we are an anti – smoking establishment and
what we … (to say) is that when we say something we mean it.
So, anybody has to face the consequences”, added Mr. Brown.
l. Mr. Milosevic … (to conduct) his own defence.
IV. Fill in the gaps with the verbs below, using them in the Present
Continuous and translate the text from English into Russian:
Terrorism can take many different forms and terrorists
1) … new ways to terrorize people. The most common methods have
been bombing, assassination, kidnapping and hijacking, but terrorists 2) …
along with technology. They 3) … more sophisticated and 4) … use of technological advances. Even the most common methods, such as bombing, 5) … due
to the latest developments like remote control and undetectable plastic explosives. The growth in the use of poisonous substances and gases, and the possibility of terrorists obtaining a nuclear bomb are horrifying.
to become
to evolve
to make
to change
to think of (constantly)
V. Translate from Russian into English:
a. Сейчас Майкл знакомится с материалами дела, которое ведёт Том. Том считает, что Майкл постоянно к нему придирается. Их отношения становятся всё хуже и хуже.
b. В данный момент криминалисты осматривают место преступления и делают необходимые замеры. Следователь опрашивает свидетелей и пока отказывается комментировать
43
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
или делать какие-либо заявления относительно этого происшествия.
Мы слышим, как пресс-секретарь делает заявление. По
только что полученной информации, угонщики удерживают
заложников внутри самолёта и угрожают взорвать его, если
не будут выполнены их требования.
Согласно статистическим данным, все больше и больше девушек становятся соучастницами жестоких преступлений. В
целом растёт и число преступлений среди несовершеннолетних. В момент совершения преступлений почти 2/3 из
них находятся под действием алкоголя или наркотиков.
Сейчас адвокат пытается убедить суд присяжных в виновности обвиняемого и намеривается подвергнуть перекрёстному
допросу главного свидетеля. Мы знаем, что подсудимый не
признаёт себя виновным.
Мы планируем встретиться завтра и обсудить показания
очевидцев. Все они очень противоречивые, более того, некоторые свидетели постоянно их меняют.
Я сам защищаю себя в суде, т.к. не нашёл подходящего адвоката.
Террористы становятся всё более “профессиональными” и
используют последние достижения техники.
Полиция всегда упускает этого преступника. Вот и сейчас он
сбежал из тюрьмы.
В данный момент он даёт показания против своей жены.
Его родители находятся сейчас в полном отчаянии! Они
следят за ним и прослушивают телефон!
VI. Correct the mistakes in the usage of the Present Continuous if it
is necessary and explain them:
Alistair: Have you ever done any jury service?
Elena: No, I haven’t. Why do you asking?
Alistair: Oh, nothing … just that I am make a report about how more
and more people trying to get out of it if they can.
Elena: Really? I’d have thought it’d be quite interesting.
Alistair: Yes, so would I, but it seems that there’s a problem when you
is taking time off work.
Elena: Yes? What, like their bosses won’t give them time off?
Alistair: No, no, that’s not the problem, I mean your employer has to let
you off, but they don’t actually have to pay your wages when you are participate in jury service …
44
Stative Verbs
to feel –
Classification:
Stative verbs express a permanent state rather than an action and don’t
have continuous forms.
These are:
So, it is necessary to make a conclusion: when the verbs express a
state, they are used in the form of Present Simple; when they express an event,
they are used in Present Continuous.
Verbs
of
senses
appear; hear;
see;
look(=seem);
seem; smell;
sound; taste;
resemble; etc.
Verbs
of feelings and
emotions
adore; detest;
dislike; enjoy;
forgive; hate;
like; love; prefer;
want; wish; etc.
to look –
to smell –
Verbs of opinion
Other verbs
agree; believe;
understand; doubt;
guess; know;
mean; realize;
remember; suppose; recognize;
imagine; etc.
belong; depend; fit;
include; need;
own; possess; require; concern;
consist; contain;
depend on; deserve; involve;
lack; matter; owe;
have; etc.
Peculiarities:
Some stative verbs can have continuous forms but there is a difference
in meaning. Compare the following sets of sentences:
to think –
* “думать; полагать”
I think it is a serious crime.
* “обдумывать”
What are you thinking about?
to see –
* “видеть; понимать”
I see what you mean.
I see there is a problem in representing facts.
* “встречаться”
We’re seeing Jenny tonight to decide the case in an
impartial way.
to hear –
* “слышать”
They hear him giving evidence in the courtroom.
* “получать известие”
The witness is hearing from anyone who might have
seen the accident.
45
to taste –
* “понимать; чувствовать”
I feel that something goes wrong.
* “ощущать; чувствовать себя …”
“What’s the matter with you? Are you feeling well?”
* “выглядеть”
The policeman has worked all the night long. He looks
very tired.
* “смотреть”
The investigator is looking at the suspects’ photos.
* “иметь запах”
It smells of burnt paper here.
* “нюхать”
“Why is he smelling the bottle of perfume?
Is it the same scent we felt at the place of crime?”
* “иметь вкус”
The meal tastes wonderful.
* “пробовать”
They are tasting the meal.
TASKS
I. Examine the other examples of stative verbs and the differences
in their meaning depending on their use in Present Simple or Present Continuous. Classify the sentences into two groups and explain your choice:
State
Event
……
……
a. I really admire Mary. She’s an excellent police officer.
b. “What are you doing here?” – “I am just admiring this unusual
graffiti. I can’t call it a mess.”
c. This bag weighs a ton!
d. We are weighing this bag.
e. “What’s that terrible noise? I’m going to call the police!” – “It’s
not necessary! Our neighbours are only having a party!”
f. The suspect has a cottage in Brighton and it is a fifteen - minute
ride from that place.
46
II. Choose the most appropriate variant from the given choice and
translate the sentences from English into Russian:
a. The UK Government thinks / is thinking about a proposal to allow thousands of prisoners to have televisions in their cells.
b. The woman who has been badly hurt in the accident is feeling /
feels worse and worse.
c. In England and Wales there is a jurisdiction system where defendants have / are having the rights to choose their courts.
d. Mr. Straw is hearing / hears the jurors discussing the verdict.
e. The prosecuting attorney feels / is feeling that the witness for the
defence is telling a lie.
f. So that to identify this person the officers look through / are
looking through the files of the criminals caught for the last two
months.
g. The dog is smelling / smells out drugs in the container.
h. The man walking south along the street is looking / looks like a
wanted gangster.
i. It is smelling / smells danger.
j. This drink tastes / is tasting like sherry we had in the evening of
murder.
k. Most of juveniles are feeling / feel depressed because they depend / are depending on their parents.
l. They are seeing / see what the detective is driving at.
m. The experts see / are seeing in some days to decide whether it is
an important amendment to the Rules or not.
n. The judge is thinking / thinks that violent crimes committed by
electronically monitored offenders are rare.
III. Fill in the blanks in the text using the verbs from the table in
the most appropriate form:
to see
to smell
to hear from
to have
to feel
to appear
to think about
to look
“electronic monitoring”. The experts … that it will yield some benefits to the
society. It … a sensation. The overriding rationale in favour of electronic monitoring … to centre on its potential to alleviate both prison overcrowding and
the financial burden of incarceration.
IV. Translate the sentences from Russian into English using the correct form of the stative verbs:
o. Алан обдумывает перспективы защиты обвиняемого в суде.
Он полагает, что его подзащитный невиновен. Сейчас он
просматривает материалы дела, а вечером встречается со
следователем, чтобы уточнить детали.
p. Все с нетерпением ждут результатов экспертизы, т.к. уверены, что отпечатки пальцев принадлежат подозреваемому.
Хотя у полицейских мало улик, они, кажется, не сомневаются в личности преступника.
q. Офицер выглядит усталым после ночного дежурства. Операция по задержанию налетчика закончилась удачно и полицейские заслуживают награды.
r. Поджигателем оказался несовершеннолетний. Он полностью
зависит от своих родителей, и они будут возмещать ущерб.
s. Сейчас эксперты обследуют место пожара. Здесь пахнет гарью.
t. Детектив пробует вино. Оно той же марки, что было обнаружено на месте преступления.
V. Correct the mistakes in the usage of the stative verbs if it is necessary and explain them.
CNN NEWS:
… Hello, I’m Jane Utterson with some breaking news for you. I’m
standing in front of the Midwest bank and as far as I’m hear two men are demanding a cashier to open the safe and put all money in a bag. The policemen
is consider them to be quite nervous because three hostages have been already
wounded by them. One of the wounded woman feel worse and worse. The officers is think about the further steps. They are looking very tired after some
hours of unbearable tension. Stick around and follow our forthcoming news! …
Many countries with very high prison populations … very high crime
rates. So, the Governments … the alternatives to prison. The public is looking
forward to … the group of experts who … in three weeks at a four-day conference on “The Problem of Alternative Ways to Imprisonment” in Glasgow. It …
like an attempt to present the newest community – based sanctions such as
47
48
TEST YOURSELF
I. Check your knowledge and decide which answer a, b, c or d best
fits each blank:
1. I’m sure the police … the suspects at the moment.
a) is questioning b) are questioning c) questions d) question
2. Dave … his further promotion.
a) are thinking about b) thinks of c) is thinking about d) think over
3. We … to punish an innocent person.
a) wants b) don’t want c) are want d) aren’t want
4. She always … walking along the dark streets.
a) avoid b) is avoiding c) to avoid d) avoids
5. Tom … trouble at work! It is so disturbing!
a) always causes b) is always causing
c) don’t cause d) doesn’t always causes
6. They … the scene of the crime for clues.
a) are searching b) search c) doesn’t search d) isn’t searching
7. We … a “Law Rights” seminar on Monday.
a) attends b) attend c) are attending d) don’t attends
8. The criminals have been announced to drive in the direction of the
airport. We must be in a hurry, their flight to Paris … at 8.10, as I know.
a) is taking off b) takes off c) take off d) taking off
9. “… within the speed limit?” – “As far as I can judge, oh…”
a) Do you driving b) Does he drives
c) Is he driving d) Are they drive
10. The crime rate … steadily.
a) growes b) are growing c) is growing d) begin to grow
11. The officer of the Scotland Yard … this case.
a) investigates b) has investigating c) is investigating d) investigate
12. The suspect … staying in prison until the facts about his innocence
are found.
a) is keeping b) keeps c) are kept d) are keeping
13. Mary and Jack … in police.
a) are working b) work c) decides to work d) are worked
14. … they wear seat belts while driving?
a) Does b) Are c) Have d) Do
49
15. … believe he is involved in smuggling.
a) He don’t b) I don’t c) They aren’t d) She isn’t
16. I … Mr. Guntry. He is a hard-working and dedicated policeman.
a) am admiring b) am admire c) admire d) am not admiring
17. She … the state in court.
a) is represent b) don’t represent c) represent d) doesn’t represent
18. Unemployment … many people to crime as an easy way of getting
money.
a) turns b) is turning c) turn d) doesn’t turns
19. He … a special talent to solve complicated cases.
a) is having b) has having c) has d) have
20. The clothes … the perfume found in the suitcase of the suspect.
a) is smelling b) smell of c) smells of d) are smelling of
II. Give at least one example from the test to illustrate the following
points:
1. temporary situation;
2. permanent state;
3. repeated / habitual actions;
4. timetables / programmes with future meaning;
5. truths or laws of natures;
6. changing or developing situation;
7. complaints about bad habits;
8. planned future arrangement(s);
9. action(s) happening now;
10. action(s) happening around the time of speaking.
50
Present Perfect
Form:
I
We
You
“+”
They
“-“
He
She
It
Have
“?”
Has
have (‘ve)
have not (haven’t)
recognized the criminal.
caught the criminal.
has (‘s)
has not (hasn’t)
I
We
You
They
He
She
It
recognized the criminal.
caught the criminal.
Short answer:
“Has she ever worked in police?” – “Yes, she has. / No, she hasn’t.”
“Have you ever been to Egypt?” – “Yes, I have. / No, I haven’t.”
Use:
The Present Perfect is used
1. to express an action in the past. We are interested in the experience
as part of someone’s life.
They have lived all over the world.
She has travelled a lot in America.
2. to express an action or state which began in the past and continues to
the present.
I have known Mike for six years.
How long have you worked as a policeman?
3. to express a past action with a result in the present.
I have lost my wallet.
She has just passed her driving test.
Indicators of time:
For; since; already; so far; yet (“-“, “?”); just; etc.
They have already caught the criminal.
He hasn’t got any information yet.
51
TASKS
I. Complete the sentences with the verbs given in the brackets and
translate them from English into Russian:
a. During the past few years, I … (to see) legal medicine grow considerably in stature, and there …(to be) an increasing understanding of
its importance on the part of the public.
b. Collins, best known for playing the sceming alexis Carrington in the
television series Dynasty, … (to countersue) Random House for $3.6
million she claims the publishing house still owes her.
c. The defendant … (to plead) not guilty and you should presume the
defendant’s innocence throughout the entire court.
d. So many times I … (to find) it to be true that the wife and family of
a forensic pathologist forego social life, become accustomed to telephones ringing at all hours of night, and can only “look forward” to
Saturdays and Sundays as no different from any other day except
that the death toll is heavier on those days.
e. But getting back to Dr. Jachimczyk, perhaps of the cases he … (to
handle) would serve as a better illustration of what I mean than any
amount of general discussion.
f. The court initially heavily criticised for incompetence, … now … (to
pass) three jail sentences against genocide convicts.
g. Embassies in Moscow … (to receive) ominous emails from a skinhead group, warning non-Russians to leave the country or face the
consequences.
h. Mr. Steele … (to commit) no crime and poses no danger to the public.
i. The bomber … (to breach) security by hurling his dynamite from a
roof overlooking the building.
j. The Board … (to ban) the film on the ground that it contravenes
criminal libel laws.
II. Fill in the gaps with the most appropriate verbs in the Present
Perfect (each verb should be used only once):
have made
have gone
have picked up
have ended
has ransacked
has hurt
has made
a. It is difficult for people to forgive someone who … them.
b. Some people who are not guilty … to prison by mistake.
c. The victims of murder are gone forever. Their hopes and plans … .
52
d. Sometimes people kill because of anger, misunderstanding, or fear.
All people … mistakes because of such feelings.
e. Police … a suspect, at least for questioning, in connection with a
murder which took place last night.
f. Somebody … her apartment over the weekend.
g. He is such a kind of men who … big money out of gambling, bookmaking, numbers, and perhaps a little smuggling.
III. Look at the diaries and ask Fiona what she has managed to do
today and what she has not:
Monday 19 January
Tuesday 20 January
ƒ Go shopping with Helen at
12.00 (+)
ƒ Go to dentist at 15.00 (+)
ƒ Have dinner with Whites at
18.00 (+)
ƒ Go to the theatre with May (-)
ƒ Pick up car from garage (+)
ƒ Take dog to vet (-)
ƒ Take the children to the
ƒ zoo (+)
ƒ Phone to the tour agency (+)
IV. Find out the mistakes in the use of the Present Perfect and correct them:
1. “Did you seen the morning papers?”
“No.”
“There’s a photograph of the victim in the morning paper,” Mason
said. ‘They has photographed the features and retouch the eyes so
as to give the corpse a lifelike appearance. They feel that someone
is certain to recognize him.”
fle?” “Yes. Things were all pretty much of a whirl in my mind, but
I’m quite certain I picked it up.”
V. Translate from Russian into English, using the Present Perfect
and its indicators:
a. Французкие учёные приступили к разработке детектора запаха
– прибора, который позволит обнаруживать преступников с
такой же точностью, как по отпечаткам пальцев. Криминалисты выразили мнение, что это “подпись”, которую невозможно подделать, она уникальна для каждого человека.
b. Мистер Брейк явился свидетелем аварии, в результате которой пострадали люди. Сейчас он даёт показания полицейским.
c. Полиция задержала давно разыскиваемого преступника. Он
побывал во многих странах, скрываясь от преследования. Он
только что признался в ограблении нескольких банков.
d. В мире существует много нелепых законов. Так, например,
киргизкие законотворцы приняли закон, по которому все дорожные полицейские обязаны сообщать начальству о полученных за день взятках.
e. Детектив Ирвинг раскрыл преступление и установил убийцу.
Чарльз Ирвинг провёл много часов в полицейских архивах,
просматривая похожие случаи.
2. “Have you meet him before?”
“No.”
“Have you thinks of anything, any clue which would enable us to
locate him?”
“No. I have been trying. There was nothing I could put my finger
on. I can’t remember anything except what I has told you already.”
3. Mason nodded. “I’m inclined to think they do. However, the police
haven’t announce it. They’re acting on the assumption that the
identity of the murder victim is a mystery. Now, there’s another
thing. They has found the murder weapon was the .22 rifle that
was lying on the floor of the bedroom. Have you pick up that ri53
54
Past Simple
Form:
The form of the Past Simple is the same for all persons
I
He
escaped.
She
went away.
“+”
It
disappeared.
We
You
They
I
He
escape.
She
didn’t
go away.
“-“
It
(did not)
disappear.
We
You
They
I
He
Did
She
escape?
When did
It
go away?
“?”
How did
disappear?
We
Etc.
You
They
Short answer:
“Did it disappear yesterday?” – “Yes, it did.”
“Did he escape a week ago?” – “No, he didn’t.”
Use:
Past Simple is used:
1. to express a finished action in the past.
I worked in London police from 1984 to 1997.
Eric left two minutes ago.
2.to express actions which follow each other in a story.
… The elevator eased to a crawl for the last few feet of its climb, then came to
a stop. The door slid back, Mason entered a small vestibule. On one side was a
door bearing the sign “Roof”. On the other side a door had the number 46A.
55
Mason pressed the mother-of-pearl button and heard chimes on the inside of
the apartment. …
3. for a past habit or state.
Susan spent holidays in these parts when her grandmother lived here.
He felt happy when his wife was alive.
4. In news reports and conversations you will often read or hear events
introduced with the Present Perfect, and then the Past Simple is used to give
the details:
…Switzerland and Russia have signalled their readiness to co-operate in the
money-laundering investigations.
The Russian mafia said to have illegally channelled billions of dollars through
accounts at Bank of New York…
Indicators of time:
Last year, last month, etc.; five years ago; yesterday; in 1975; always; etc.
She always went there alone without fear.
They graduated from the University in 2001.
TASKS
I. Put the verbs in brackets into the Past Simple and translate the
sentences from English into Russian:
a. Suddenly and without notice she … (to have) a convulsive seizure
and … (to die) shortly afterward.
b. Still he … (to give) the impression of a man who could handle most
issues in life.
c. “ I … (to discover) detective stories in the Seventies,” suddenly his
voice (to break down) and I … (to see) him cradle his face in his
hands.
d. Even the murderers … (to have) a sense of honor those days. There
(to be) no mindless psychopaths killing people for just a few dollars.
e. Caryl Chessman is an example of someone who … (to become) a
better person in prison. He … (to teach) other prisoners to read, and
he … (to write) several books.
f. The three-judge panel at the tribunal in Tanzania … (to rule) that
they … (to have) no power to hand the man over for trial.
56
g. Commenting on the decision, the judge … (to be) instrumental in
setting the tribunal, … (to deny) that the outcome of the proceedings
suggested inefficiency.
h. The ordeal … (to persist) throughout history. In those cases, the ordeal … (not to be) a contest but rather a test of the guilt or innocence
of the accused.
i. In some areas the kings or lesser rulers … (to decide) disputes themselves. A Grievance Day was sometimes established, when anyone
interested … (to apply to) the king with a petition or complaint, but
this system rarely … (to function) on a regular basis.
j. The men and women who … (to skyjack) the planes to the Middle
East … (to be) professionals. Airline pilots who … (to be) through a
hijacking … (to say) it was easier to deal with professionals rather
than amateurs.
II. Fill
Past Simple:
a) to sound
b) to let
c) to remain
d) to manage
e) to put
f) to sound
g) to contrive
h) to do
in the gaps with the verbs from the box, using them in the
Della Street 1) … through the call and after a moment said,
“Drake is on his way down.”
The drake Detective Agency, with offices on the same floor
as Mason”s offices, 2) … open twenty-four hours a day. Paul
Drake, who 3) … all of Mason”s investigative work, sometimes 4) … back and forth between his office and Mason’s as
many as a dozen times a day.
Within the matter of seconds after Della Street had hung up
the telephone, Drake’s code knock 5) … on the door of Perry
Mason”s private office and Della Street 6) … him in.
Paul Drake, tall, loose-jointed, easy-moving, 7) … somehow to give the impression of being indifferent to his surroundings, yet 8) … to see everything.
III. Read a short report about the bank robbery given below and
complete the interrogation of a bank customer using the Past Simple:
…Police has caught two suspects who are supposed to be bank robbers.
The bank robbery was in Manchester last Saturday. It was a quarter past seven
when two men dressed in all black, entered the bank and drew the pistols.
There were only a few customers in the bank at the time. They made the customers lie on the floor and forced the cashier to put the money in a sack. Then
one of the robbers pulled a knife from his jacket and said to the customers lying
on the floor: “Give me your purses or you’re stuck!” and they handed the
57
purses over one by one to him. At that moment the bank alarm began ringing
due to the security guard who had pushed the button and the robbers fled the
scene of the crime…
Interrogation:
Police Officer: - Have you heard about robbery last Saturday?
Customer: - Yes, of course, I was there.
Police Officer: …
Customer: …
Etc.
IV. Make up your own short report about any criminal case you
know using the Past Simple.
V. Make up the autobiography of the criminal from the report using the Past Simple.
VI. Complete the sentences with appropriate verb forms in the Past
Simple or in the Present Perfect:
1. to burgle
- Jack Simple … 10 houses and now he is in prison.
- Lee Shyan … 25 houses and offices but was killed during his last
attempt.
2. to investigate
- Roger is known to be the best detective in our town. He … so
many difficult cases.
- Bill … one of the most famous bank robbery known as “a robbery of the century” and then retired from the police.
3. to belong to
- We … one and the same police station since we were released
from the prison.
- We … one and the same police station when we lived in that
house.
4. to advance
- Since the 18-th century, different scientists … theories trying to
explain crime.
- The French philosopher Montesquieu … a theory tending to
show a correlation between criminal behaviuor and natural environment.
58
5. to receive
- Her father … so many complaints about the noise that he decided not to allow his daughter to organize any party at all.
- The police … 60 complaints about silence breaks in the last 15
days.
6. to ask
- A police officer … me several questions about my stolen car and
now he is looking through the police files.
- The police … me several questions about my car and they let me
go.
7. to steal
- Somebody … my umbrella at the cinema yesterday.
- It turns out that a shoplifter … a handbag, a lipstick and a block
of cigarettes.
арестовала его за драку на улице, и он признался во всех преступлениях.
VIII. a) Find out the mistakes in the use of the Past Simple and correct them:
…There was two lawyers, Alfred and Bertram. Alfred once borrow a
great deal of money from Bertram. He promises to pay him back on the day he
wins his first case in court. But Alfred were lazy and never took on a case.
At first Bertram don’t mind, but after five years he got tired of waiting
for his money. He decide to take Alfred to court to get the money back.
On the day of the trial they both come to the court feeling happy and
confident. They shake each other’s hand as if nothing were wrong. Alfred were
sure that whether he wins or loses in court he wouldn’t need to pay Bertram the
money back. Bertram, on the other hand, was sure he’d get his money back…
b) Complete the story above using the Past Simple.
VII. Translate the sentences from Russian into English using the
Past Simple:
1. Ричард Мичан, 36-летний компьютерный эксперт, обвинил
Марка Симсона в убийстве своего брата. Суд присяжных приговорил Симсона к 15 годам тюрьмы. Но Симсон зарекомендовал себя как примерный арестант и освободился из тюрьмы
на 5 лет раньше. Мичан подал протест в Апелляционный Суд,
но он его отклонил.
2. В 2000 году московский суд слушал дело о шпионаже. Американский гражданин Эдмуд Поуп отрицал свою вину и говорил, что он не имеет к этому отношения.
3. Три дня назад полиция арестовала двух мужчин по подозрению в подготовке террористического акта. На месте обыска
они нашли чертежи аэропорта и фальшивые документы.
4. Неделю назад Джейн прибыла в аэропорт Кеннеди. Она решила дождаться подругу, обещавшую встретить её, но вскоре
поняла, что та не приедет. Она позвонила к ней на работу и
узнала, что та находиться в больнице, куда попала в результате аварии. Джейн отправилась прямо в больницу.
5. Том Кард находился в тюрьме с 1995 по 1998 год. В 1998 году
он вышел на свободу. В 2000 году он совершил 20 краж из магазина и участвовал в ограблении банка. Месяц назад полиция
59
60
Used to
Form:
“Used to” is the same in all persons.
I
He
She
smoke a lot.
discuss criminal cases with the
“+” It
used to
We
teacher.
You
They
I
He
smoke a lot.
did not
She
discuss criminal cases with the
“-“ It
use to
teacher.
We
(didn’t)
You
They
I
Did
He
She
smoke a lot?
When
“?” did
It
use to
discuss criminal cases with the
teacher?
How did We
You
Etc.
They
Short answer:
“Did you use to smoke a lot?” – “Yes, I did./ No, I didn’t.”
Use:
“Used to” is used
1. to express a past habit.
e.g. He used to blackmail people with counterfeit documents but now
he is in prison.
e.g. Being an in-house lawyer of this firm, Jane used to deal with very
complicated problems.
2. to express a past state.
e.g. They used to be happy together before their official divorce.
e.g. She used to like taking care of other people.
61
TASKS
I. Make negative and interrogative sentences to the given statements:
a. Jack used to be a member of a jury.
b. This gang used to terrorize the entire community.
c. The thought of war used to frighten me when I was young.
d. Her farther used to warn her about not going out late at night.
e. Police used to announce all women in this area to be on their
guard.
f. Travel agents used to tell tourists about the dangers of crime at
holiday resorts.
g. Muggers used to attack people in this park before a police station
was established nearby.
h. Mary and Dick used to break into the houses to steal valuable
things so that not to die from poverty.
II. a) Make up your own sentences with “used to+Infinitive” and
translate them:
b) Write down a situation with “used to” and expressions below:
a. to deal with difficult matters whereas …
b. to make decisions quickly because …
c. to be patient with people due to the fact that …
d. to do a lot of paperwork when …
e. to work late during …
f. to speak on the phone so that to …
g. to take care of … and…
h. to smoke marijuana and it turns out …
i. to fine offenders to avoid …
j. to be a splendid detective but now …
III. Rewrite the following sentences with “used to”:
a. In those times, I was always present at the trials.
b. We investigated assaults and batteries while working in the department.
c. Susan witnessed many accidents living in that district.
d. Police officers found a huge of proofs at the scene of crimes and
now criminals have become cleverer and changed their manners.
e. She got secret information about new weapons of mass destruction during the war.
62
f. Hooligans caused damage and disturbance during their demonstrations.
g. Punishments were very severe and painful in ancient times.
h. The police officers tried different methods to identify the criminal but failed.
i. Scotland Yard had no trust of the London public and encountered
little cooperation from it.
j. Governments denied prisoners’ rights.
IV. Complete the sentences:
a. When I was young, I used to …
b. Being a schoolboy, he used to …
c. While studying at the University my mother used to …
d. I remember our school teacher used to …
e. Mary never used to …
f. My friend didn’t use to …
g. Jack is in prison now but he used to …
h. Mr. Manly is a detective in the local Detective Agency whereas
earlier he used to …
Would can express typical behaviour. Whereas “used to” is quite factual, “would” looks at past habits rather nostalgically. “Would” cannot be used
to express past states. (We cannot say: They would be happy together.) We
don’t use either “used to” and “would” when we say exactly how many times
something happened, how long something took, or that something happened at
a particular time. Therefore, the Past Simple must be used. “Would” cannot be
matched with “to be”. We can represent it in a form of a table:
Options
expressing a habit
expressing a state
matching with “to be”
expressing critical attitude
Saying exactly how many
times, at what particular time
and how long smth. happened
Past
Simple
+
+
+
-
Used to
Would
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
-
-
V. Which of the verb forms can complete the sentences below? Tick
all possible answers and explain them:
a. The man now known as Mr. Brown … called “Grey” in the criminal circles.
1. used to be 2. would be 3. was 4. have to be
b. The burglar is identified now. She has blonde wavy hair but she …
dark-haired when she was first detained and remanded in police
custody.
1. would have 2. had 3. used to have 4. was having
c. He … armed robberies but then he was seized by the police.
1. used to assist 2. would assist 3. was assisting 4. assisted
d. When I was a newly-trained officer, I … till late every night looking through the police archives.
1. worked 2. used to work 3. was worked 4. would work
e. According to his previous criminal record, he … other people.
1. used to blackmailing 2. used to blackmail
3. would blackmail 4. blackmailed
f. Police … measures against antiglobalists’ demonstrations and then
began using tear gas to disperse the demonstrators.
1. would undertake 2. used to undertake
3. undertook 4. were undertaking
g. She never … mace spray in her handbag before.
1. brought 2. would bring 3. used to bring 4. was bringing
h. … act as one gang?
1. Did they use to 2. Did they
3. Would they
4. Were they
i. Steven … smoke pot and hash and now he is a hash addict.
1. would not 2. didn’t use to 3. didn’t 4. was not used to
j. French President Jacques Chirac … Holland for its drug troubles.
1. blamed 2. used to blame 3. was to blame 4. would blame
63
64
k. Julia … people upon legal affairs and then she became an advocate.
1. consulted 2. used to consult 3. would consult 4. consults
l. “You know, it … an old police trick”- said George Harrison.
1. would be 2. was 3. used to be 4. was being
VI. Use “would”, “used to” or Past Simple in the gapped text and
explain your choice (variations are acceptable).
In 1976, Holland … (to decide) that the crime around selling drugs …
(to be) a greater threat than the health problem caused to the drug user. The
journalists of the leading newspapers … (to ask) the mayor of Amsterdam how
much a gram of marijuana costs in his city. He … (to answer) without any
doubts, because the man shaping an intelligent drug policy knows the facts.
Earlier, Holland … (to have) drug troubles but nowadays it has fewer
addicts per thousand than France and supplies fewer drugs to France than
Spain, Pakistan and Morocco.
VII. Translate the text from Russian into English, using “would”,
“used to” and Past Simple.
…Когда-то Фламбо (Flambeau) был известен как гений воровства,
и полиции трёх стран выслеживали его. Бывало, о его великаньих шутках
рассказывали легенды: однажды он поставил на голову следователя, чтобы “прочистить ему мозги”, другой раз пробежал по Рю де Риволи (the
Rue de Rivoli) с двумя полицейскими под мышкой (under each arm). К его
чести (It is due to him), он пользовался своей силой только для таких бескровных, хотя и унижающих жертву дел. Он никогда не убивал – он только крал, изобретательно и с размахом (wholesale). Каждую из его краж
можно было счесть новым грехом и сделать темой рассказа. Это он основал в Лондоне знаменитую фирму “Тирольское молоко” (Tyrolean Dairy
Company), у которой не было ни коров, ни молочных (dairies), ни молока,
зато были тысячи клиентов. Обслуживал Фламбо их очень просто – переставлял к их дверям чужие бидоны. Большей частью афёры его были
обезоруживающе просты. Чуть не каждое утро газеты сообщали, что он
избежал расплаты за преступление, совершив новое, ещё похлеще …
(G.K. Chesterton “The Blue Cross”)
65
Past Continuous
Form:
I
He
She
“+”
It
“-“
We
You
They
Was
“?”
Were
was
was not (wasn’t)
looking at him as if trying to remember something.
were
were not (weren’t)
I
He
She
It
We
You
They
looking at him as if trying to remember something?
Short answer:
“Were you working yesterday?” – “Yes, I was. / No, I wasn’t.”
“Was she talking to her friend when you arrived?” – “Yes, she was. /
No, she wasn’t.”
Use:
The Past Continuous is used
1. to express an action, event or situation that was in progress at a
specified time in the past:
“What were you doing at 9.00 last night?”
2. in sentences together with the Past Simple. When this happens,
the Past Continuous refers to longer, “background” activities,
whilst the Past Simple refers to shorter actions that happened in
the middle of the longer ones.
As soon as Jack woke up last night, he heard somebody was knocking
at the door.
3. to express two actions or events that went on over the same period of time, we use the Past Continuous for both.
Sally was interrogating the alleged man while John was looking carefully
through all his documents.
66
Indicators of time:
at the time; at that period of time; while; adverbials beginning with
all e.g all night, all morning, all day (to show an action in progress)
I didn’t go out yesterday evening, I was watching television all evening.
My husband was cooking the dinner while I was talking with our neighbours.
n. The police car … (to appear) at the moment when Ben … (to ignore) a “no right turn” sign.
o. Police … (to liaise) with their counterparts during the operation
organized to arrest American-born David Francis Bieber, 35. He
… (to murder) a British policeman and … (to attempt) to kill two
others.
TASKS
I. Put the verbs in brackets into the Past Continuous or Past Simple
and translate them:
a. Gregory … (to follow) the suspects, while Mary … (to try) to
find any information about the gang.
b. He … (to search the desk-drawers for something) when Mrs.
Smith … (to come in).
c. The passengers … (to be going) to fasten the belts when they
suddenly … (to hear) the voice of hijacker.
d. “Can you remember the events happened last night?” – “Of
course, I … (to watch) TV all the evening and … (not to go out)
even for a while.”
e. When my husband … (to switch on) the lights, he saw the burglar who … (to break into) the house through the window.
f. It … (to happen) in October when a policeman … (to spot) one
of the culprits who … (to wear) a flack jacket that … (to match)
the description of outfits used during the post office hold-up.
g. Former Detective Sergeant Tom Lewis, who … (to lead) the investigation, … (to interview) the would-be assassin and … (to
explain) how it had been done.
h. During all that year, he … (to live) in Christ-church and … (to
lead) a full and busy life: he … (to run) an arts school and … (to
rob) banks in his spare time.
i. It was reported that car hijackings ... (to run) at a rate of nearly
50 a day.
j. The sky was clear and the stars … (to blaze) steadily down
through the pure mountain air. Jack … (to notice) a woman, who
… (to hide) behind the tree.
k. Mr. Blair … (to say) that he … (to plan) his visit in great secrecy.
l. A charter plane carrying 148 people … (to crash) into the Red
Sea close to where the Prime Minister and his family … (to stay).
m. Officials from MI 5 … (to believe) that two Islamist terrorists …
(to intend) to detonate a bomb in an aircraft.
67
II. Fill in the gaps with the verbs from the box using them in the
Past Continuous or Past Simple:
to lock
to open
to get back
to be
to leave
to talk
to tie
to say
to blindfold
to shout
to go on
to happen
to see
to wait
to come
to gag
to deserve
to mean
not to tell
When Davey … the stage, he … exhausted but exhilarated. But when he
… to the dressing room, he … the door and … that two men … for him. They
… the door behind Davey. He … for his bodyguard Bernard, but no-one … .
The two men … his hands behind his back, … and … him. Davey could hear
Bernard in the next room. Bernard … to someone and he … terrible things
about Davey. He said that Davey … it. What … ? Why nobody … him what
…?
III. Correct the mistakes in the use of the Past Continuous if it is
necessary and explain them:
a.
Then we entered the smoking-room. Muller and Flannigan were
there. They was both drinking, and a pile of cards were lay on the table. They
playing cards as we entered. The conspirators paid no attention to us at all. We
sat down and watched them.
b. As I turned my head, I saw two figures, now well known to me, at
the other side of the deck. They were talk, but I could not hear a word. I decided to hide in one of the lifeboats. It was dark now, so dark that I could
hardly see the figures of Muller and Flannigan. A few passengers was still
sitting on deck, but many had gone below.
c. It was a little square box. I looked over again. Flannigan were shaking something out of a paper into his hand. I saw the white granules – the same
I had seen in the morning. I was sure they was going to use them as a fuse…
Next moment I struggling with Flannigan. It was useless… I was a child in his
hands.
(A. Conan Doyle “That Little Square Box”)
68
TEST YOURSELF
(PAST SIMPLE, USED TO, WOULD, PAST CONTINUOUS)
Check your knowledge and decide which answer a, b, c or d best fits
each blank:
1. The Government … a controversial law under which it could take any
land it wanted.
a) were brining b) used to bring c) brought d) was brought
2. At that time he … jury trial in a military court on charges of plotting
against the state.
a) awaited b) was awaiting c) were awaiting d) awaits
3. When I lived in New York, I remember police cars … after the offenders with their siren blaring.
a) sped b) speeded c) used to speed d) was speeding
4. The driver of the car that killed Brown … a $ 500 fine and five penalty points on his licence.
a) got b) would get c) used to get d) was getting
5. Earlier he … people by using strong swearwords.
a) was used to offend b) offends
c) would offend
d) was offending
6. I didn’t know whether she … or telling the truth.
a) would bluffing b) used to bluff c) bluffs
10. They … to find any extra evidence concerning the case.
a) managed b) didn’t manage c) didn’t use d) was managing
11. They … ; I could hear them down the road.
a) were still arguing b) didn’t argue
c) used to argue
d) was still arguing
12. She … the manager, and the manager … things over and then … the
police a ring.
a) notified, thinks, gave
c) would notify, think, give
b) notifies, thought, gave
d) notified, thought, gave
13. When Sally … , he … evidence against his mother-in-law.
a) arrives, was still giving
c) arrived, was already giving
b) arrived, gave
d) used to arrive, were giving
14. My grandmother … the police department every time she saw something suspicious in the street.
a) used to telephone b) telephones
c) would telephone
d) was telephoning
15. The number … with the other cleaning marks; she might have borrowed some clothes from someone on account of bloodstains on her garments.
a) used to agree b) didn’t agree c) was agree d) would agree
d) was bluffing
7. Detectives … with Derbyshire police following the bomb explosion.
a) were liaising b) were liaised c) would liaise d) used to liaise
8. He was so desperate for money to pay off his debts that he … to embezzlement.
a) resorts b) resorted c) was used to resort d) would to resort
9. … Jill a lot of information when she worked in police?
a) Did she gave
b) Did she use to give
c)Was she give
d) Would she gave
69
70
Present Perfect Continuous
Form:
I
We
You
“+”
They
“-“
He
She
It
Have
“?”
Has
have (‘ve)
have not (haven’t)
been questioning the alleged
man for two hours already.
has (‘s)
has not (hasn’t)
I
We
You
They
been questioning the alleged
man for two hours already?
He
She
It
Short answer:
“Has she been working in police?” - “Yes, she has. / No, she hasn’t.”
“Have you been pursuing the criminal?” – “Yes, I have. /
- No, I haven’t.”
Use:
The Present Perfect Continuous is used
1. to express an activity which continues to the present.
We have been waiting for a police officer since 11 o’clock.
The car-thefts rate has been running at about 20 a week.
2. to refer to an activity with a result in the present.
I’m hot because I have been running.
He looks so tired. He has been patrolling the district all the night.
3. to express an incomplete activity:
He has been searching for the facts of the crime but he still hasn’t found.
71
Indicators of time:
Since; for; already; recently; lately.
Police have already been investigating the case for three months already.
Helen has been working really hard lately.
1. Sometimes there
is a little or no difference in meaning
between the Present
Perfect and Present
Perfect Continuous.
– How long have
you worked here?
- How long have
you been working
here?
2. The verbs that have the
idea of a long time can be
found in the Present Perfect
Continuous:
(wait, work, study, travel,
play, etc.)
- I have been studying law
for many years.
The verbs that contain the
idea of a completed action
can be found in the Present
Perfect:
(find, start, buy, die, lose,
break, stop, etc.)
- I’ve bought a new dress.
– My cat has died.
- My radio has broken.
3. The Present Perfect looks at the
completed action.
This is why if a sentence gives a number
or a quantity, the
Present Perfect is
used.
– I’ve written three
letters today.
TASKS
I. Complete the sentences with the verbs given in the brackets;
mind the word order and the place of the adverbs; translate the sentences
from English into Russian:
a. “How long she … (to go on) like this?” – “Since the time she was
badly hurt in the car accident.”
b. “I want you to understand that everything he … just (to say) to
you is purely a kind of disinformation.
c. The inspection has shown that you … (to embezzle) money pretty
freely.
d. I … (to think of) the things found on the place of the crime. I’m
sure it is the evidence of the connection to bombing.
e. “Our neighbours … (to argue) for some days. Don’t you think I
should call the police?”
f. “She … (to pretend) not to know the suspect, but I saw them together last Sunday.”
72
g. They … (to hire) lawyers in hope for the best and in attempt to
improve their business affairs.
h. According to the police, someone has rented the cabin, but no one
… really (to live) here.
i. “He tells rather an interesting story which may have some bearing
on an investigation I … (to conduct).”
j. “That clerk at the desk … (to watch) police go by all afternoon
and evening. You know the policy of the police from our own encounters with our friend Lieutenant Tragg.”
k. “Good heavens, the stuff is evidence and we‘ve taken it into our
possessions. We … (to conceal) it from the police.”
l. And I think that’s why she … (to talk) about it on publicity interviews. She is afraid to betray a true character.
m. Someone … (to try) too hard to frame Miss Meade. Someone is
too eager to drag her into it. The person is too persistent.
n. “We … (to drive) for three hours and now it’s time to have a
rest.” – “We can’t stop even for a while because those guys may
overtake us any moment.”
o. Jill … (to try) in vain to appeal to the courts of higher jurisdiction
for the last two years.
II. Use the Present Perfect or Present Perfect Continuous (sometimes both forms are acceptable) and explain your choice:
a. A number of companies, such as Ford, Firestone and Beech-Nut
have hired/ have been hiring lawyers in hope for the best and in
attempt to improve their business affairs.
b. “You have been itching for/ have itched for the boot of rejection
since you were involved in this investigation. She does not have
an alibi, though.”
c. “Have you found out/ Have you been finding out anything more
about the murder of the young man?”
d. During all this evening he has demonstrated/ he has been demonstrating a curiosity talking to a high ranking policeman.
e. The passengers have been waiting for/ have waited for two
hours already under armed guard at Heathrow because of fears of
a terrorist plot to stage another September 11-style attack.
f. “Has anybody seen/ Has anybody been seeing a woman in the
area that night who acted suspicious?”
g. “We believe from reliable foreign intelligence sources that there
are terrorists in Britain who have prepared/ have been preparing
to board planes and set off shoe bombs.”
73
h. “She looks almost breathless.” – “Has she run/ Has she been
running?”
i. He has been refusing/ has refused to discuss either his divorce
or the convictions for drug abuse.
j. After thorough inspection, auditors have uncovered/ have been
uncovering evidence of fraud.
III. Look through the “News In Brief” column and fill in the gaps
with the most appropriate form of the Present Perfect or Present Perfect
Continuous:
… Detectives … (to try) to answer many questions about the
man named as Nick Duffer
since they discovered his rented
flat in Leeds unattended. Nothing previously … (to draw) police attention to him but now
they need to know not only
where he is but also precisely
why … he (to come) to Britain
from the United States. At this
time the officers … also (to
examine) possible links between
him and other alleged people ...
… The Government … (to consider about) the relaxation of
penalties for hundreds of thousands of drivers caught speeding
on camera. The camera-led upsurge in speeding convictions
… (to raise) concern that motorists with unblemished accident
could be banned for infringing
the speed limit four times in 36
months. More and more people
… (to receive) $60 fines. Cameras … (to endorse) 4.500 offenders, only those speeding
with the highest fatality risk …
… Iran … (to reject) American “earthquake diplomacy” turning down
Washington’s offer of a high-level humanitarian mission to the devastated
city of Bam. Iranian leaders … (to denounce) America as a “warmongering
oppressor” and they … (to dismiss) US aid offers as a diplomatic ploy…
IV. Find out the mistakes in the use of the Present Perfect Continuous and correct them:
… Russian men anxious to avoid compulsory national service in the under-funded and sometimes brutally disciplined military forces. Human-rights
organizations has been campaigning for many years to allow pacifists and others wishing to avoid the army a way of doing so. The Government has being
considering about the rules, under which conscripts can apply for alternative
service such as working in a state-run orphanage or a hospital.
74
Poor organization, a lack of funds and a culture of violence have
been resulted in hundreds of suicides every year. Among the better-off
families in Moscow, it is rare to find a young man who have been serving
in the military forces. The Russian leadership has be struggling to reform
the army since the fall of communism in 1991…
8. People … reluctant to make formal complaints to the police and now
we try to overcome the consequences.
a) have been b) has been c) have being d) has being
9. The detectives 1) … in ambush for an hour but nobody 2) … .
1. a) has lied
b) have been lying
c) has been lying
d) have laid
2. a) have been coming
b) has been coming
c) have come
d) has come
TEST YOURSELF
(PRESENT PERFECT OR PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS)
Check your knowledge and decide which answer a, b, c or d best fits
each blank:
1. Our leaders … to prevent a major cut in numbers of conscripts trying
to make the forces fully professional.
a) has fought
b) have been fighting
c) have been fought
d) has being fought
2. Tensions … since the election campaign began.
a) have been rising
b) has risen
c) have been risen
d) has been rising
3. They … extra security measures to avoid the wave of letter bombs
delivery.
a) has taken
b) have been taken
c) has been taking
d) have been taking
4. China and the European Union … their first joint satellite, a symbol
of growing closeness.
a) has launched
b) have launched
c) has been launching d) have been launched
5. The judge … the lawyers and the people involved in the case.
a) have been introducing
b) has been introduced
c) has introducing
d) has introduced
6. A witness for the defence ... testimony against the alleged woman.
a) has given
b) have been giving
c) has giving
d) have been given
10. The judge … the physical exhibits offered by the lawyers.
a) has disregarded
b) have been disregarding
c) have disregarded
d) has disregard
11. The lawyer … his closing arguments but they don’t sound very convincing.
a) has been presented
b) has presented
c) has presenting
d) have presented
12. “She looks pale and tired!” – “Yes, she … the man who stole that
car.”
a) have been pursuing
c) have pursued
b) has been pursuing
d) pursues
13. The percentage of recidivists … high lately due to the offenders
convicted of such minor charges as vagrancy, drunkenness and peace disturbance.
a) has been running
b) have run
c) have been running d) has ran
14. InVagrancy and begging … common place in London.
a) have become
b) has become
c) have been became
d) has became
15. In England, in absence of a written constitution, prisoners resorting
to the courts … the general principles of administrative law.
a) have relied on
b) has relied
c) has been relying
d) have relying
7. The jurors 1) … the evidence for three hours already and 2) … yet.
1. a) has discussed
b) have discussed
c) have been discussing
d) discussed
2. a) hasn’t decided
b) have’t decided
c) haven’t been deciding
d) have decided
75
76
The Past Perfect Tense
I knew who had murdered Charlie Fuller.
Form.
1) The indefinite form of the auxiliary verb to have and Participle II of
the notional verb.
2) In the interrogative form the auxiliary verb is placed before the subject.
In the negative form the negative particle “not” is placed after the auxiliary verb.
The definite moment need not necessarily be expressed in the same sentence as the action expressed by the Past Perfect.
Everybody noticed how sad she was the whole evening.
She had got an unpleasant letter.
“+”
“-“
“?”
I
He
She
We
You
They
I
He
She
We
You
They
Had
The Past Perfect is frequently used with the adverbs just, already, yet,
never, ever.
The idea of human rights secured more opportunities than humanity had ever
had before.
had worked
had not worked
I
He
She
We
You
They
worked?
3) The contracted affirmative forms are:
I’d written
We’d written
The contracted negative forms are:
I hadn’t written
We hadn’t written
Use:
1. The Past Perfect denotes an action completed before a certain
moment in the past. The moment may be indicated by another past action
expressed by a verb in the Past Indefinite or by an adverbial phrase.
The police had arrived by 6 o’clock yesterday.
The police could not arrest him unless they had evidence that
he had committed a crime.
77
The definite moment can be understood from the situation.
The Squire had laid down his knife, and was staring at his son in amazement.
2. The Past Perfect is used to denote an action which began before a
definite moment in the past, continued up to that moment and was still
going on at that moment. It is used:
a) with verbs not admitting of the Continuous form.
Examination convicted him that the deacon was
dead – had been dead for some time.
b) with non-terminative verbs such as to work, to live, to study, to
teach, to travel, to last etc. (In this case the Past Perfect
Continuous is possible).
The ride had lasted about ten minutes, when
the truck suddenly swerved into a halt.
1) Sometimes the Past Perfect does not denote priority but only the
completion of action.
He waited until she had found the latch-key and opened the door.
2) The Past Perfect (I had done) is the past of the Present Perfect (I
have done). Compare these situations:
Present
Past
I am sorry for being late.
I was sorry for being late.
The car has broken down on my way The car had broken down on my way
here.
there.
78
TASKS
I. Complete the sentences with the words in brackets. Use the Present Perfect or the Past Perfect.
1) It is eleven o’clock. Police (not to arrive, yet).
2) It was eleven o’clock. Police (not to arrive, yet).
3) By the time I went to bed last night, I (finish, already) my homework
in Criminalistics.
4) I was late. The trial (start, already) by the time I got there.
5) We’re late. The trial (start, already).
6) The trial is over. The court reporter (put down, already) every spoken word.
7) The trial was over. The court reporter (put down, already) every
spoken word.
8) The Police were looking for witnesses, who (see) anything suspicious.
9) Coke swore he ……… (see, never) them before.
II. Put the verbs into the correct form, the Past Perfect or the Past
Indefinite.
1) Was she in the courtroom when you came? No, she ………. (go)
home.
2) She felt very depressed when she came home, so she ………. (go)
straight to bed.
3) We were driving along the road when we ………. (see) a car which
………. (break) down, so we ……….. (stop) to see if we could help.
4) Jane thought that Bill ……… (graduate, already) from the University.
5) He wrote in his letter, that he ………. (know) who ………… (murder) Charlie Fuller.
6) The Police could not arrest him unless they ……….. (have) evidence that he ………… (commit) a crime.
7) I went out into the garden to fetch my bike, but ………. (find) that
someone ……….. (steal) it.
8) Bently who ………. (touch, never) the gun, was over 18.
9) The higher court ………. (change, already) the judgement given by
the lower court.
10) He opened his eyes, ……… (look) around and ………. (try) to
remember what ………… (happen) to him.
11) It was very dark in the room. They ………. (switch on) the light.
79
III. Change the following sentences as indicated:
Example: A shot rang out and then there was silence. After a shot had
rang out, there was silence.
1) The judge passed the sentence and then left the courtroom.
2) John graduated from the University and then worked as a prosecutor.
3) We discussed the suit and then tried to do something about it.
4) The constable arrested her without a warrant and then was himself
sent to prison.
5) All laws went through the process of initiation and passage, then
they were subjected to the process of enforcement or interpretation.
6) They chose the appropriate court and jurisdiction, then found the
best judge to hear the case.
7) They didn’t find her guilty of murder and then gave six years imprisonment for manslaughter.
8) The prisoner killed the guard and then quickly dragged him into the
bushes.
9) He called the ambulance and then confessed in his action.
10) The government abolished capital punishment and then crime rate
was increased.
11) They poured whisky all over him and down his throat and then hit
him over the head.
12) The defence lawyer cross-examined the witness and then asked a
question.
IV. Complete the following sentences using the Past Perfect.
Example: The burglar broke into a Hong Kong factory and found nothing worth stealing there. They said that the burglar had broken into a Hong
Kong factory and had found nothing worth stealing there.
1) She bought the pistol with the intention of committing suicide. The
defence said that ………….. .
2) The agents obeyed orders. France acknowledged that ………. .
3) Tom planned the robbery. Tom explained how ………… .
4) The thief used a special key. The inspector suspected that …………. .
5) The police didn’t disclose any sightings. They said …………. .
6) Coke deposited more than 2,000 in his bank account a few weeks
before. The police also found that ……….. .
7) I didn’t hear a word. I exclaimed ………... .
8) Tom didn’t commit the crime. Tom confessed ………… .
9) He sold secrets for money. It appeared ………… .
10) The foreman presented the verdict. Mr. Hamby told me that
……… .
80
11) Prisoners forfeited all of the rights enjoyed by free citizens. Early
U.S. court decisions ruled that ………. .
V. Use the proper form:
1) Bob tried to find a job after he (served, had served) a five-year sentence.
2) We were late. The trial (started, had started) an hour before.
3) He was the smartest lawyer I (ever met, had ever met).
4) That morning she (dressed, had dressed), (phoned, had phoned)
somebody, and went out.
5) The Hills were in a hurry, but they (took, had taken) a taxi and managed to arrive exactly on time.
6) The Hills managed to arrive exactly on time because they (took, had
taken) a taxi.
7) We asked Peter to come with us, but he refused. He (already promised, had already promised) to act as counsel for the defence.
8) She (hardly finished, had hardly finished) speaking over the phone
when the telephone rang again.
9) Why are you looking so unhappy? – I (have lost, had lost) my purse.
10) I’m so happy to see you again. I (haven’t seen, hadn’t seen) you
since I graduated from the University.
11) She said she (hasn’t seen, hadn’t seen) him since she graduated
from the University.
12) She (didn’t take, hasn’t taken) a lot of drugs since she joined the
health club.
13) Edward (made, has made) up his mind to escape from prison.
The Past Perfect Continuous Tense
Form.
1) The Past Perfect Continuous is formed by means of the Past Perfect
of the auxiliary verb to be and Participle I of the notional verb.
2) In the interrogative form the first auxiliary verb is placed before the
subject.
In the negative form the negative particle “not” is placed after the first
auxiliary verb.
“+”
“-“
“?”
I
He
She
We
You
They
I
He
She
We
You
They
Had
had been writing
had not been writing
I
He
She
We
You
They
been writing?
3) The contracted affirmative forms are:
I’d been writing
She’d been writing
The contracted negative forms are:
I hadn’t been writing
We hadn’t been writing
4) The Past Perfect Continuous (had been watching) is the past of the
Present Perfect Continuous (have been watching). Compare these situations:
Present
Past
I’m afraid of this man.
I was afraid of that man.
He’s been watching me for half
He had been watching me for half
an hour.
an hour.
81
82
Use.
1) The Past Perfect Continuous denotes an action which began before a
definite moment in the past, continued up to that moment and was still going
on at that moment. Either the starting point of the action is indicated or the
whole period of duration. The preposition for is used to denote the whole period of duration. Since is used to indicate the starting point of the action.
He said he had been working as a lawyer for two years.
He said he had been working as a lawyer since 1998.
2) With certain non-terminative verbs both the Past Perfect and the Past
Perfect Continuous are used.
He said he had worked for twenty years (The fact is emphasized).
He said he had been working for a long time without achieving
final results. (The process is emphasized).
3) The Past Perfect Continuous denotes an action which was no longer
going on at a definite moment in the past, but which had been in progress not
long before.
I sobbed a little still, but that was because
I had been crying (not because I was crying then).
The Past Perfect Continuous should not be confused with the Past Continuous. The Past Continuous is used to denote an action going on at a definite
moment in the past, no previous duration is expressed. The Past Perfect Continuous is used when the previous duration of the action is expressed.
The magnificent motor-car was waiting at the kerb.
It had been waiting for two hours.
TASKS
I. Complete the sentences, translating words given in brackets.
1) We were to meet with the solicitor at 5. He hadn’t come. We /ждали
его/ for forty minutes.
2) At last Danny had his own notary’s office. How long he /мечтал/ to
have the notary’s office of his own! Now his dream /сбылась/.
3) Peter woke up late at night. He was frightened and couldn’t understand what /случилось/. He /увидел во сне/ that he /скрывался/
from somebody for a long time as if he /совершил преступление/.
83
4) When I came in the library everybody was sitting round the table
and talking. They didn’t crave for reading. They /читали/ and
/прочитали/ all the material they needed for that case.
5) They were very tired. They /расследовали/ the accident for more
than 20 hours.
6) He said that he /читает/ stories of Agatha Christie for two weeks already and /прочел/ 7 stories already. Yesterday he /прочел/ only
one story.
II. Put the verbs into the correct form, Past Perfect Continuous or
Past Continuous.
1) The investigator observed the crimescene very carefully. He
………… (examine) marks, fingerprints, footprints, tyremarks, cigarette stubs, bloodstains.
2) When I arrived, Ann ………….. (wait) for me. She was rather annoyed with me because I was late and she ………….. (wait) for a
very long time.
3) I came into the courtroom and saw Alice. She ………….. (stand) at
the witness stand. It seemed to me the barrister …………. (question)
her for a long time. When I saw her eyes I understood, she
………….. (cry).
4) They ………… (discuss) the evidence for half an hour.
5) They charged him that he …………. (excite) the men to violence for
all his life.
6) He ………….. (serve) his sentence in the Bastille for ten years.
7) I …………. (ponder) over catching a shop-lifter red-handed for several days already.
8) The judge ………….. (announce) the sentence on the accused when
you came in.
9) One evening Alf …………. (watch) the television and ………….
(eat) his supper when the door suddenly opened and a burglar came
in.
10) I …………. (recollect) the information about jury, offences, preliminary investigations, indictments for half an hour at my examination but I only …………. (delay) my answer. I knew nothing.
III. Use the proper form:
1) A man (was, had been, had being) unconscious for a few minutes
when an ambulance arrived.
2) He quickly forgot everything he / learnt, had learnt, had been learning, was learning) in a law faculty.
84
3) I’ll call for an ambulance. She (gets, is getting, has been getting, got)
weaker and weaker since she had breakfast.
4) The ammount of crime (increased, was increasing, had been increasing, had increased) for the last ten years and we couldn’t stop this
process.
5) Alice promised to come, but she’s absent. Something (has been happening, has happened) to her.
6) Tom said that Jerry (was, had been, had being) his best friend since
their early childhood.
7) We (sat, had sat, had been sitting, were sitting) in the room for half
an hour when police arrived.
8) The police found out that Bob Slant (lives, lived, had been living)
for a year in London’s suburbs.
9) The policeman asked why he (didn’t lock, hadn’t locked, hasn’t
locked, hadn’t been locking) the car door.
10) Where was Dad? I (waited, had been waiting, was waiting) for him
since 6 p. m. We had to go to the Bar.
IV. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct form:
One summer morning Meeks (come) 1_____________ from the West to
New York to find his sister. She (be) 2______________ Mrs. Mary Snyder, a
widow, aged 52, who (live) 3_______________ for a year in a tenement house
in a crowded district.
At her address somebody (tell) 4_____________ him that Mary (move)
5______________ away longer than a month before. No one (can/tell)
6____________ him her new address.
On coming out of the house Mr. Meeks (address) 7____________ a policeman who (stand) 8______________ on the corner, and (explain)
9_____________ his difficulty to him.
“I (recently / make) 10____________ a lot of money and I’d like to help
Mary as soon as possible”, he (add) 11______________. The policeman (pull)
12____________ his moustache and (tell) 13____________ Meeks about Juggins. He (say) 14___________ that Jugins (be) 15 ____________ the leader of
a new school of detectives. “Juggins (solve) 16___________ some very difficult cases. I (take) 17 _____________ you to him”, the policeman said.
“If I (find) 18____________ your sister, you (pay) 19____________ me
two hundred dollars. I (try) 20____________ to solve your case. The disappearance of people in the city is the most interesting problem I (ever, work at)
21_____________”, (say) 22____________ the famous detective, (rise)
23__________ and (put on) 24____________ his hat.
85
In fifteen minutes Juggins (return) 25___________ holding a litte piece
of paper with Mary’s address. After Meeks (pay) 26___________ his bill, he
(ask) 27__________ the detective to explain what he (do) 28____________.
V. Translate from English into Russian:
Since 1972 Americans have been very conscious of women’s determination to achieve equality with men. It was in that year that Congress proposed
the ERAA – the Equal Rights Amendment. For five years each of the states
debated the issue, and by 1977 thirty-five states had passed the amendment.
Then the drive for passage slowed down. Times gradually changed and by the
constitutional deadline of March 1979 no other states had passed the ERA
since the term of President Ford. In fact, four states that had already approved
the amendment later voted to change their vote! Although the time for passage
was extended three years, the ERA proposal was still three votes short of the
necessary thirty-eight of the fifty states by the 1982 deadline; consequently, the
amendment failed to become part of the constitution.
Since this defeat many women have been discouraged. However other
women have been working for so many years for women’s rights that they
cannot give up so easily. They have already said that they will reintroduce the
ERA proposal at the next session of Congress. The country hasn’t seen the end
of the battle yet.
VI. Translate from Russian into English:
1. Она проработала клерком-стажером 2 года перед тем, как стала
адвокатом.
2. Был 1990 год. Саймон уже 5 лет работал следователем.
3. Он открыл глаза, огляделся и попытался вспомнить, что с ним
случилось.
4. Лэнни не знал, кто напал на него в темноте.
5. Когда я повторила свой вопрос, подозреваемый сказал, что не
слышал меня в первый раз, но я ясно видела, что он хорошо слышал меня
оба раза.
6. Она была крайне напугана. Было ясно, что она стала жертвой
преступления.
7. Вчера к 8 вечера он уже уехал в Лондон.
8. Мистер Браун ускользнул за несколько минут до того, как появилась полиция.
9. Джек убежал перед тем, как начался обыск.
10. Полиция подозревала, что Сэм разбил окно в своем доме, так
как хотел, чтобы они думали, что грабитель украл его ценную коллекцию.
86
11. Они думали, что она сделала это, потому что ей нужны были
деньги.
TEST YOURSELF
Choose the right answer.
1. Bob tried to find a job after he (serve) a five-year sentence.
a. served
b. had served
2. We asked Peter to come with us but he refused. He (already/promise)
to play rugby with his fellow students.
a. already promised b. had already promised
3. He (worked) there some time when that dreadful accident (happen).
a. had worked
a. happened
b. had been working b. had happened
4. When we came home, we found that someone (break) into the garage
and (steal) the car.
a. broken
a. stole
b. had broken
b. had stolen
a. found
b. had found
a. stole
b. had stolen
11. When George met Diane for the first time, he (know) that he (meet)
her somewhere before.
a. knew
a. had met
b. was knowing
b. met
12. While I (wait) at the bus stop, I (notice) a new chamber which (not
be) in the street the day before.
a. was waiting
a. had noticed
a. was not
b. had waited
b. noticed
b. had not been
13. They didn’t know that he (be) abroad for two months.
a. had been
b. has been being
14. By that time the twins (already/sleep) for two hours.
a. already slept
b. had been already sleeping
15. It was clear that he (brood) over it day and night – he was that sort.
a. had been brooding b. has been brooding
5. When they opened the safe, they found that someone (already/take)
the documents.
a. had already taken b. already took
6. The poor woman complained she (have) trouble with her eldest son
for a long time.
a. had been having
b. had had
7. The young girl who (look) at me ever since I had come into the room,
suddenly rose and left.
a. looked
b. had been looking
8. He told us they (live) in this district since they (leave) Paris.
a. had been living
a. had been leaving
b. had lived
b. had left
9. I (wait) for permission to go abroad for three weeks already, but I
(not receive) the visa yet.
a. have been waiting a. don’t receive
b. waited
b. haven’t receive.
10. I went out into the garden to fetch my bike, but (find) that someone
(steal) it.
87
88
The Future Tenses
The Future Simple (Indefinite)Tense
Use.
It may be used to express:
1. a single point action that will be completed in the future:
We shall meet and discuss this problem.
2. an action occupying a whole period of time in the future:
I hope that they will live happily for many years.
3. some recurrent actions in the future:
We shall meet and talk and make plans from time to time.
Typical adverbs are: tomorrow, next week (year, month, day.etc), in
2 days (weeks, etc).
Form.
Affirmative form
Interrogative form
Negative form
I shall* work
Shall I walk?
I shall not (I shan’t) work
He (she, it) will
Will he (she, it)
He (she, it) will not (won’t)
work
work?
work
You (they) will
Will you (they)
You (they) will not (won’t)
work
work?
work
* It’s possible to use WILL instead of SHALL with the first person, singular and plural.
The Future Continuous (Progressive) Tense
Use.
It may be used to express:
1. an action in progress at a definite future moment: In an hour we will
be flying over the ocean.
2. an action which the speaker expects to take place in the future in the
natural course of events: I must go now or m y mother will be telling her about
his life again.
Typical phrases are: now, at the time, at the moment, all day long
(tomorrow), from 5 till 7 next day, etc.
Form.
Affirmative form
I shall* be working
Interrogative form
Shall I be walking?
Negative form
I shall not (I shan’t) be
working
He (she, it) will be
Will he (she, it) be
He (she, it) will not
working
working?
(won’t) be working
Will you (they) be work- You (they) will not
You (they) will be
working
ing?
(won’t) be working
* It’s possible to use WILL instead of SHALL with the first person, singular and plural.
The Future Perfect Tense
Use.
It may be used to express an action accomplished before a given future
moment which is usually indicated by an adverbial modifier:
She will have got my telegram by morning. She will have learned the news before this letter reaches her.
Usual expressions are: by that time, by summer, by the end of the
year, etc.
Form.
Affirmative form
I shall* have worked
Interrogative form
Shall I have walked?
Negative form
I shall not (I shan’t)
have worked
He (she, it) will have
Will he (she, it) have
He (she, it) will (won’t)
worked
walked
have worked
You (they) will have
Will you (they) have
You (they) will not
worked
walked
(won’t) have worked
* It’s possible to use WILL instead of SHALL with the first person, singular and plural.
The Future Perfect Continuous Tense
Use.
It may be used to express an action which will begin before the moment
of speaking and continue in future up to it : By the end of June we’ll have been
working at the Bar for 2 years.
The typical preposition is for.
89
90
Form.
Affirmative form
I shall* have been
working
He (she, it) will have
been working
You (they) will have
been working
Interrogative form
Shall I have been
walking?
Will he (she, it) have
been working?
Will you (they) l have
been working
Negative form
I shall not (shan’t) have
been working
He will not (won’t)
have been working
You (they) will not
(won’t) have been
working
* It’s possible to use WILL instead of SHALL with the first person, singular and plural.
I will and I’m going to: future actions.
We use will when we decide to do something at the time of speaking.
The speaker has not decided before.
We use (be) going to when we have already decided to do something.
Compare 2 situations:
John is in hospital. He was robbed last week.
I didn’t know. I’ll go and visit him.
His wife has already told me. I’m going to visit him.
Future happenings and situations (predicting the future): sometimes
there is no much difference between will and going to:
I think the weather will be nice later.
I think the weather is going to be nice later.
But: When we say ’something is going to happen’ we know (or think)
this because of the situation now.
Look at those black clouds. It’s going to be rain.
(not ‘it will rain’- we can see the clouds now)
I feel terrible. I think I’m going to be sick.
(not ‘I think I’ll be sick’- I feel terrible now)
When-sentences:
Note: In subordinate clauses of time and condition after conjunctions if,
when, as soon as, etc. the Future tense substitutes for the Present one of the
same group.
91
The main sentence/clause: Conjunction:
sentence/clause:
Future Simple
if
Future Continuous
when
Future Perfect
as soon as
Future Perfect Continuous till
until
after
before
while
in case
providing
unless
Subordinate
Present Simple
Present Continuous
Present Perfect
Present Perfect Continuous
I’ll phone you when I get home from the police station.
As soon as she has read this criminal news she will wash-up.
Hurry up if we don’t hurry we’ll be late.
Summing up: Future Actions:
Present Simple: My train leaves at 9.30.
Present Simple: I’m leaving tomorrow.
To be going to: I’m going to leave.
To be to: I’m to leave at once.
Future Simple: I’ll leave tomorrow.
Future Continuous: I’ll be leaving tomorrow.
Future Perfect: I’ll have left by this time tomorrow.
Future Perfect Continuous: I’ll have been packing my things to leave
for an hour when you come.
TASKS
I. Complete the sentences using will (‘ll) or going to:
E.g. A: Why are you turning the television?
B: I’m going to watch the criminal news.
1. A: Has George decided what to do when he leaves school?
B: Oh, yes. Everything is planned … the university at the law Faculty. (He/enter).
2. A: Have you had a talk to the barrister?
B: Oh, I completely forgot. … him just now (I/phone).
3. A: I’ve decided to become a notary.
B: Oh, have you? What University… (You/enter)?
92
4. A: He needs somebody to take him to the court-room.
B: That’s no problem … him. (I/take).
5. A: Jack phoned while you were out.
B: Yes, I know … him back. (I/phone).
6. A: The jury has just rendered the verdict.
B: … it (The judge/introduce)
7. A: Somebody kidnapped my sister’s son. She is in hospital now with
a heart attack.
B: Oh, I’m sorry. … her flowers. (I/send)
8. A: Have you heard about the murder in Baker Street? I’m a witness
on the case.
B. Really? … at the trial (You/be present).
A: Yes, certainly.
9. A: I don/t know how to use this camera.
B: It’s quite easy … you (I/show).
10. A: My brother wants to be a lawyer.
B: What legal profession …. exactly (He/choose).
11. A: I’ve got a headache.
B: Have you? Wait there and ….. an aspirin for you. (I/get)
12. Don’t make so much noise or …… the police (we/call).
13. …testimony at the trial (you/give)?
14. Look at the defendant! He is nervous. I think ….all the truth ( he
/tell).
15. … really the police (you/call)? )I don’t think it is all necessary.
13. I wonder where I will be 20 years from now.
14. They will invite her to the party.
15. The police will find the murderer of the child.
III. Open the brackets and use the Future Simple Tense in the sentences:
E.g. The policeman (ask) you some questions about the theft.
The policeman will ask you some questions about the theft.
1.The judge (instruct) the jury before giving the verdict.
2. “I (not/ tell) the truth”, cried the suspect.
3. You (help) me with the investigation?
4. The audience thinks that the court (acquit) the juvenile.
5. We are sure it (rain).
6. The thief (spend) 3 years in imprisonment.
7. I never (break) the law.
8. Wait a little he (phone) the taxi.
9. I suppose we (complete) this case in a week.
10. What time the trial on your case (begin)?
11. They (not/translate) the article soon.
12. The Browns (arrive) the next week.
13. Tomorrow it (not/be) cold and wet.
14. We hope the police (find out) the witness for the prosecution
15. How you (explain) your being at the scene crime?
II. Make the sentences interrogative and negative:
E.g. The detective will ask you some questions.
Will the detective ask you any question?
The detective will not (won’t) ask you any questions.
1. The Magistrates will hear this case in 2 days.
2. The judge will give the instructions to the jurors in a minute.
3. The policemen will come in several minutes.
4. The jury will render the verdict only tomorrow.
5. He’ll enter the law faculty only next year.
6. The prosecutor will accuse him of a shoplifting.
7. My sister will become an investigator in 3 years.
8. The defendant will know about his punishment in a week.
9. I think it will be rain.
10. After the trial we’ll find out all the details of the case.
11. A witness will give an oath before giving evidence.
12. The accused will spend 10 years in jail.
IV. Open the brackets and use the Future Continuous tense in the
sentences:
E.g. I (translate) the article about the robbery at 5 o’clock tomorrow.
I’ll be translating the article about the robbery.
1. At the time tomorrow we (take) our exam on Civil Law.
2. In a week at the time the court (hear) his case in the Crown Court.
3. I’ve bought “Criminal News”. I (read) it.
4. In a few days at that moment the main witness (give) his testimony.
5. The inspector (interrogate) the suspect from 9 till 12 o’clock.
6. Don’t wait for me I (have) a chat with the Dean.
7. How long the prisoner (stay) in the cell?
8. He (not/wait) for the verdict.
9. (Use) you your car this evening?
10. Tomorrow from the very morning Mr. Black (examine) the scene
crime.
11. When we come the counsel for the defence (give) his speech.
12. At10 o’clock. She’ll be in her office. She (work).
93
94
13. I (not/talk) to the barrister at the time tomorrow.
14. He (pass) the post office when you’re out.
15. How long the police (investigate) the robbery of the bank?
V. Open the brackets and use the Future Perfect tense in the sentences:
E.g. The detective (investigate) this case by the next week.
The investigator will have investigated this case by the next year.
1. By the end of the hour the jurors render the verdict.
2. My brother (graduate) from the Law Faculty by the end of the year.
3. By the end of the term we (study) many legal terms in English.
4. We’re late. The detective already (start) by the time we get to the
cinema.
5. By next Monday the solicitor (prepare) all the necessary documents.
6. The state Courts of last resort (hear) 100 cases by the end of the
year.
7. Next year they (be) married for 25 years.
8. By the fixed time the investigation of the burglary (finish).
9. Before jury deliberation the judge (give) the instruction.
10. The trial (finish) by then?
11. By the end of the year the term of imprisonment (complete).
12. The barrister (win) 2 criminal and 3 civil cases.
13. Do you think he (finish) his work by the time?
14. After 7 years of his professional career my father (not/become) a
Queen’s Counsel.
15. They (read) the half of the article by the end of the lesson?
VI. Translate the sentences into Russian paying attention to the Future Perfect Continuous tense:
1. By the end of the week the police will have been keeping the man
under detention for 48 hours.
2. By next July she will have been working in the Crown Court as a
judge for 5 years.
3. When you call I will have been telling the inspector everything I
know about this case.
4. Detective Brown will have been investigating the offence for a
month soon.
5. They will have been rehearsing for an hour when we come.
6. By the end of this hour the jury will have been discussing the verdict
for 20 minutes.
95
7. I’ll have been studying at the College of law for 3 months when my
parents come to see me.
8. We’ll have been livin in this village for 10 years next April.
9. By the end of the process the thief will have been staying in the detention room for 2 months.
10. By 12 o’clock we will have been listening to the case about fraud for
3 hours.
11. The thieves are sure that they will have been driving for 6 hours
when the police discover the robbery in the morning.
12. By next year he will have been writing the novel for 3 months.
13. Tomorrow it will be a year as the police will have been searching for
the criminals who robbed the bank.
14. Before becoming a Queen’s Counsel he’ll have been working as a
barrister for 15 years.
15. By the end of the month the students of law faculty will have been
studying Roman law for 3 weeks.
VII. Open the brackets using the verbs into Future Indefinite (Simple) or Future Continuous (Progressive):
E.g. The judge (enter) the court-room in a minute.
The judge will enter the court-room in a minute.
1. At this time tomorrow the detective (ask) us his questions.
2. My sister (become) a notary in the future.
3. He (be) busy tomorrow. He (take) his exam on Criminology.
4. I (be) a judge after graduating from the Law College.
5. At 9 o’clock next Monday the investigator (interrogate) the suspect.
6. First, the lawyers of both sides (give) open statements.
7. The weather is warm today. We (have) a walk out in the garden.
8. How long the accused (stay) in prison?
9. The big stores (have) their summer sales soon.
10. Next year I (try) to enter the Law faculty again.
11. At 10 o’clock the day after tomorrow the magistrates (hear) the case
of the larceny.
12. I’m tired today I think I (go) to bed earlier.
13. The accused (not/have) a talk to the advocate all the morning tomorrow.
14. The inspector (talk) to the witnesses all day long.
15. After passing the exams we (have) a practical work in the investigating departments, Prosecutor’s offices and other places.
96
VIII. Open the brackets and use the verbs into Future Indefinite
(Simple) or Future Perfect:
E.g.: By the end of the week the jury (return) the verdict.
By the end of the week the jury will have returned the verdict.
1. The police (arrive) soon.
2. After studying The Law faculty we (become) legal specialists.
3. By the end of the day he (finish reading Bill of rights in the original.
4. Before you come I (do) all the work.
5. Next year my father (work) as an inspector for 10 years and he (retire).
6. Next time we (find) out how to protect ourselves from any assault.
7. He passes Labour Law after he (learn) everything.
8. Before testifying witnesses (give) an oath.
9. On Friday they (finish) their translation of a foreign article.
10. When the jury deliberation begins the jury (get) the judge’s instructions.
11. By this time next year I (graduate) from the University and (become) an investigator.
12. I (not/have) breakfast tomorrow because I (not/have) got any time.
13. “They (bring) an accusation against you”, she cried.
14. He (stay) here till doesn’t do everything.
15. The police (examine) the crime scene when the ambulance comes?
9. He (work) at the Bar for 12 months next May.
10. A: You (use) your car in the evening? Can I take it? B: No, I’m
afraid, somebody stole it.
11. How long she (sleep) when we come?
12. Before discussing of the verdict the jurors (choose) a chairman.
13. It’s awful to think I (work) at this time next week.
14. Before the jury deliberation the judge (give) the instruction to the
jurors during several minutes.
15. By the next month the police (look) for the criminals committed the
burglary for 10 days.
IX. Open the brackets and use the verbs into Future Continuous or
Future Perfect or Future Perfect Continuous:
E.g: By the end of the trial the foreman (inform) the bailiff about the
verdict.
By the end of the trial the foreman will have informed the bailiff about the verdict.
1. Don’t disturb me between 7 and 9. I’ll have an exam next Monday.
So I (study) Civil Law.
2. Phone me after 9 o’clock. We (finish) the test on Criminal Law.
3. A: Can we meet tomorrow morning? B: Not in the morning. I (listen) to the case of the murder in Magistrates’ Court.
4. A: You (be) free at 4 p.m.? B: Yes, the trial (finish) by the time.
5. I think the felony (escape) by the time the police arrives.
6. At 8 o’clock our group (have) an English lesson.
7. My mother has worked as a counsel for the prosecution for 19 years.
Next year she (work) as a prosecutor for 20 years.
8. Do you think you still (do) the same job of the investigator in 5
year’s time?
X. Open the brackets and use all possible Future and Present
Forms and translate the sentences:
E.g. If the jurors (find) her guilty she (spend) 5 years imprisonment.
If the jurors find her guilty she’ll spend 5 years imprisonment.
1. The court (decide) this case all day long tomorrow.
2. If a person (plead) his or her guilty the jury (bring) in a verdict of
guilty.
3. In a year I (work) at the Bar for 10 years.
4. After the presentation of evidence the judge (summarize) everything
up soon.
5. Unless he (come) from the Notary Office we (have) dinner.
6. The judge (interfere) if he (think) any of the questions are unfair.
7. If you (become) a citizen of the USA you (have) a chance to be a juror and (decide) the facts in the court.
8. The judge (tell) you about the case and (introduce) the lawyers and
people involved in the case after he (choose) you a member of a “jury panel”.
9. It’s hard to say if she (find) out the lost. She is so inattentive.
10. When you (be) a student of Law you (study) Civil and Criminal
Laws, Criminalistics and other subjects.
11. By the end of the term of imprisonment he (spend) 8 years in jail.
12. They (become) barristers as soon as they (receive) their legal education at Universities or Colleges of Law.
13. Before the judge (give) instructions to the jurors the counsels for the
prosecution and defence (present) their evidence.
14. After you (graduate) from the University you (work) as a legal expert
15. He (not/catch) the train unless he (leave) immediately.
16. When the ambulance (come) the witnesses still wait for the police.
17. If somebody (commit) an offence the police (take) him to the detention room to clear everything up.
97
98
18. After they (call) the police they (wait) for the doctor’s coming.
19. If it (be) cross-examination the barrister (ask) you some questions
concerning the case.
20. If a person (betray) his or her country to another state the court (sentence) him or her to life imprisonment or death penalty.
XI. Correct the mistakes if any:
E.g: If I will become a lawyer I’ll help people to decide their problem.
If I ____ become a lawyer I’ll help people to decide their problem.
1. By the end of the studying we’ll become lawyers.
2. At this time tomorrow I’ll have learnt all the necessary legal terms.
3. Next five years I’ll be studying at the University to become an attorney.
4. The jurors will be discussing the verdict after they will have got the
instruction.
5. If a defendant is guilty the police will take him to prison.
6. From 3 till 4 o’clock tomorrow we’ll have been having a meeting
with our barrister.
7. My train will left by the time you come to the station.
8. If somebody will commit a felony or misdemeanor a victim can suit
in the court.
9. The policemen will take away the convicted in some minutes.
10. After he has finished the picture he will invite his friends to look at it.
11. He will work at his research paper on Criminology during his holiday.
12. At this time next Friday the solicitor will have presented the civil
case of conveyance of land.
13. When a prisoner won’t plead his guilty and if the court will acquit
him the policemen will release him.
14. I will be working as a legal advisor in the enterprise for 12 years
next month.
15. By 12 o’clock we’ll have been hearing to the case for 3 hours.
XII. Translate the sentences using all the necessary forms of the Future and Present Forms:
1. Полицейские арестуют вора, если они его поймают.
2. К концу моего обучения на юридическом факультете я уже
пройду практику в качестве помощника следователя в прокуратуре.
3. Если присяжные признают подростка виновным, то он проведет в тюрьме 2 года.
4. Мы станем судьями, прокурорами, следователями, нотариусами, адвокатами и другими специалистами по юриспруденции.
99
5. Если это будет гражданское дело, то истец подаст иск в суд
против частного лица.
6. К концу семестра наш преподаватель по семейному праву будет читать нам лекции уже в течение 4 месяцев.
7. Не звоните мне завтра с трех до пяти, я буду работать над докладом по трудовому праву.
8. Они будут смотреть детектив, как только дети лягут спать.
9. После того как моя сестра закончит обучение в Университете,
она будет работать юридическим консультантом в фирме отца.
10. Полиция не обнаружит вора, если население не окажет ей посильную помощь.
11. К этому времени прокуратура уже расследует дело о заказном
убийстве судьи Р.
12. Если обвиняемый признает свою вину в совершении непредумышленного убийства, то судья назначит ему наказание сроком 12 лет
лишения свободы.
13. Судебный пристав вызовет свидетеля для дачи показаний после
того как стороны представят вещественные доказательства.
14. Завтра с самого утра суд присяжных будет слушать дело о краже автомобиля.
15. Преступника не отправят в тюрьму, если за время условного
наказания он не совершит новых деяний.
TEST YUORSELF
Choose the right answer:
1. Jack is in hospital; a robber wounded him while Jack was following
the criminals. – Oh, I didn’t know. I … him tomorrow.
a. visit
b. am going to visit
c. will visit
2. We’re late. The trial … by the time we get to the court-room.
a. will already start b. is going to start c. will already have started
3. How can we recognize the person? He … a uniform of policemen.
a. will be wearing
b. is going to wear
c. will wear
4. I suppose somebody … the murdered soon.
a. is going to identify b. will identify c. will be identifying
5. I’ve decided to try and enter the Law Faculty. – Have you? What profession … get?
a. are you going to
b. will you
c. you are going to
100
The Passive
6. From 9 till about 10 the counsel for defence … his evidence to the jurors.
a. will present
b. will be presenting
c. will have been presenting
7. By the end of the session examination I … to pass Labour Law twice.
a. will try
b. will be trying
c. will have tried
8. In 3 years the graduators from our University … legal specialists.
a. will have become b. will become c. will be becoming
9. Before the police … the doctors … the suffered.
a. a. arrives, will have helped b. will arrive, has helped
c. will arrive, will have helped
10. When … anything tomorrow evening, Helen?- Yes, I … Criminology all day long.
a. will you do, will study
b. are you doing, will be studying
c. will you be doing, will be studying
11. When the guard … the convicted away the judge … the sentence.
a. will take, will have announced
b. takes, will have announced
c. will take, has announced
12. In 5 months our teacher of Criminal Law … at University for 25
years. But he won’t retire.
a. will be working
b. will have been working
c. will have worked
13. If you … your car, somebody … it.
a. don’t lock, will steal b. won’t lock, steals
c. not lock, will steal
14. What profession have you chosen?- I didn’t think exactly. Perhaps,
I… at the Bar as an advocate.
a. will be working
b. am going to work
c. will work
15. If you … committing the crime they … you much severe.
a. don’t admit, will be interrogating
b. won’t admit, will be interrogating
c. don’t admit, will interrogate.
101
We use a passive verb to say what happens to the subject:
Many accidents are caused by dangerous driving.
We form the passive using BE in appropriate tense or form + the past
participle of a transitive verb:
A small sum of money was stolen from the cash box.
They ought to have been punished more severely.
In spoken English, we sometimes use GET instead of BE in the passive:
They got told off for making so much noise.
However GOT + ed is more common with an active meaning similar to
“become “ in phrases like get married, get dressed, etc.
Form.
THE PASSIVE FORMS OF THE VERB
Present
Past
Future
Perfect
continuous
Indefinite
Continuous
Perfect
am asked
is asked
an asked
was asked
were asked
shall be asked
will be asked
am being asked
is being asked
an being asked
was being asked
were being asked
____
have been asked
has been asked
______
had been asked
______
shall have
will been asked
______
We avoid passive constructions with be being or been being, although
they sometimes occur in spoken English:
Avoid: The road will have been being repairing for months.
– They will have been repairing the road for months, or:
The road will have been under repair for months.
The word order in the passive sentence:
a) affirmative sentence: Many accidents are caused by careless driving.
b) negative sentence:
Many accidents are not (aren’t) caused by
careless driving.
c) interrogative sentence: Are many accidents caused by careless
ddriving.
102
Use.
The Passive is used:
1. to describe an action when we don’t know or don’t know exactly
who does, did or will do the action.
My bicycle was stolen last night. (I don’t know who stole it).
2. to describe an action when it is not important to know who does, did
or will do the action.
These computers are made in the USA. (It isn’t important who makes them).
3. to describe what happens to people or things, often as a result of action of other people or things.
Several people were hurt in an accident last night.
4. when we are more interested in the action than the person who does it.
The house next door has been broken into.
Note: Verbs that don’t take an object (intransitive verbs ) cannot go into
the passive e.g.: die, arrive, come, sit down, snow, ring, faint, etc.
Some verbs can have two objects, e.g.: ask, give, offer, pay, promise,
send, show, teach, tell, etc.
Someone sent me a telegram. I was sent a telegram.
A telegram was sent to me.
The Passive Voice is often used to talk about what other people say, believe, etc.
People say that Derek is a promising student. (The Active Voice)
It is said that Derek is a promising student. (The Passive Voice)
Derek is said to be a promising student. (The Complex Subject Construction)
Sometimes you can use get instead of be in the passive:
There was a fight at the party but nobody got hurt (= nobody was hurt ).
You can use get to say that something happens to somebody or something, especially if this is unplanned or unexpected:
Our dog got run over by a car.
We use get mainly in informal spoken English, but be is used in all
situations.
We also use get in the following expressions which are not passive in
meaning.
get married, get dressed, get changed, get divorced.
We can use Infinitive Passive if modal or auxiliaries verbs are followed
by passive forms of the verb.
The situation is serious. Something must be done before it’s too late.
If you hadn’t left the car unlocked, it wouldn’t have been stolen.
The police were given the information. The information was given to the police.
Note: It is more useful for passive sentences to begin with the person.
My father was offered an interesting, well-paid job as a lawyer.
It is possible to end a sentence with a preposition in a sentence where a
prepositional verb is made passive.
Someone broke into our house.
Our house was broken into.
We use by + doer ( agent ) of the action when it is important to say who
or what does, did, or will do the action.
Mary was arrested by the police.
TASKS
We use with + instrument or material.
I was hit with an umbrella (instrument).
The room was filled with smoke (material).
If a verb is followed by a preposition + object , the preposition stays
with the verb in a passive sentence.
People shouted at the chairman during his speech.
The chairman was shouted at during his speech.
103
I. Change the following sentences from active to passive. Keep the
same tense with each change:
1. The police asked each of us about his movements on the night of the
crine
2. No one can do anything unless someone gives us move information
3. They will say nothing more about the matter if someone returns the
stolen gun
4. A thief stole my dog and brought him back only when I offered $ 20
reward for him
5. The judge gave him two weeks to pay the fine
6. An uneasy silence succeeded the shot
7. The lawyer gave him the details of his uncles will
104
8. The suspect will give his evidence next week
9. The detective is investigating this serious criminal case now, he is
still collecting evidence against criminals
10. I think the judge will pass the sentence tomorrow
11. I cannot meet you tomorrow morning. I shall be representing Jack
Green before the Court
12. The jury is still discussing the verdict
13. The investigator has collected evidence on the case
14. The state and public organizations had discussed the Draft of the
new Constitution before it became the law
15. If you come to the court late in the afternoon the judge will have declared his decision
16. The night court has dismissed the prisoner’s appeal
17. The court was still examining all the details of the murder at the time
18. Somebody might have stolen your car if you had left the keys
1. The driver had to be fined for excess speed
2. Nothing could be done about that
3. The executive director was killed last night
4. The thieves were being followed by a private detective
5. The criminal can be sentenced to death
6. The windows had been broken when they arrived home
7. All the documents will be signed till Wednesday
8. The kidnapped child is being looked for all over the world
9. Many accidents are caused by careless driving
10. A lot of money was stolen in the robbery
11. I have been accused of stealing money
12. The judge will have been appointed by the beginning of the trial
IV. Make these sentences into general questions. Give short answers.
Example: The car is being repaired at the moment .
Is the car being repaired at the moment ? – Yes , it is .
1. The driver had to be fined for excess speed.
2. Nothing could be done about that.
3. The executive director was killed last night.
4. The thieves were being followed by a private detective.
5. The criminal can be sentenced to death.
6. The windows hadn’t been broken when they arrived home.
7. All the documents won’t be signed till Wednesday.
8. The kidnapped child is being looked for all over the world.
9. Many accidents are caused by careless driving.
10. A lot of money was stolen in the robbery.
11. I have been accused of stealing money.
II. Rewrite the following newspaper report using passive forms of
the verbs underlined.
Daring Raid at Local Hotel
Thieves (1) held the manager of the Ridgeway Hotel at guanpoint last
night during a daring raid in which they (2) took nearly 50,000 from the hotel
safe. They also (3) broke into several of the bedroom and (4) removed articles
of value.
The thieves made their escape through the kitchen, where they (5) damaged several pieces of equipment. They (6) injured the chef when he tried to
stop them and (7) left him lying unconscious on the floor. Police (8) arrested
the thieves early this morning.
1. The manager of the Ridgeway Hotel was held at gunpoint last night.
2. ______________
3. ______________
4. ______________
5. ______________
6. and 7. _______________
8. ______________
III. Make these sentences into negative form and general questions.
Give short answers to the questions.
Example: The car is being repaired at the moment.
The car isn’t (is not) being repaired at the moment.
Is the car being repaired at the moment? – Yes, it is.
105
V. Make up sentences using a passive form of the verb in brackets.
1. Last night someone broke into our house. Oh, dear (anything/take)?
2. Where’s my bicycle? It’s gone. (It/steal).
3. The people next door disappeared 6 months ago. (They (not/see/since
then).
4. The police have found the people they were looking for. (Two people
/arrest/ last night).
5. I was mugged on my way home a few nights ago. (you/ever/mug?).
6. Have you received your salary yet? No. (I/pay/yet).
7. The police are drilling Harry down at the station. (Harry/question/police station).
106
8. They took Chris to court for dangerous driving. (Chris/prosecute/dangerous driving).
9. The police believe that a professional thief stole the statue. (The
statue/believe/steal/professional thief).
10. They’ve stopped traffic from using the centre. (Traffic/ban/centre).
11. You had robbed several persons before we arrested you.
(You/bring/in a month/to the court).
12. In the last few months newspapers have published many articles and
news reports about corruption in troops. (They/discuss/should/at the lessons).
VI. Read the following sentences. Then make two new sentences in
the passive. Begin with the words in brackets.
Example: Newspaper reported that two prisoners had escaped. (It/Two
prisoners)
It was reported that two prisoners had escaped.
Two prisoners were reported to have escaped.
5. The case was being prepared for trial when the investigator was given
some new important evidence
6. The Constitution has been repeatedly amended to meet the changing
needs of the nation but it is still the “supreme law of the land”
7. Adams was acquitted for the lack of evidence
8. The agreement is likely to be reached at this year
9. Sentences up to a maximum of 12 months may be imposed when it is
decided that the sentences for more than one offence should run consecutively
rather than concurrently
10. They say that capital punishment will have been abolished by the
beginning of December
11. According to English law, people are innocent until they are proved
quilty
12. If he breaks the rules he will be fined
VII. Find the passive form in the following sentences define the
tense and translate these sentences into Russian.
1. A Court is a place where legal matters are decided by a judge and
jury or by a magistrate.
2. They will be selected from the community
3. The senior judges are referred to as “My Lord”
4. The case of murder is being investigated now
VIII. Translate the following sentences into Russian.
1. A person may be arrested and kept in prison either if he is caught in
the act of committing a crime or if the police officer reasonably suspects that
he has committed a crime.
2. The expert supposes that both crimes might have been committed by
the same person.
3. The advice of your solicitor should not be ignored.
4. Such documents mustn’t be sent by post.
5. The Parliament had been dissolved before the general election.
6. The judge will have been appointed by the beginning of the trial.
7. Today his appeal has been rejected by the higher court.
8. All marks of identification had not been destroyed, the investigation
was in progress.
9. When the policemen were in the room, an envelope was brought to
the owner of the room.
10. If a crime is committed in the presence of a person son, whether a
police officer, or not, he will be guilty of a misdemeanor if he fails to arrest the
criminal.
11. The identity of the criminal may have been discovered by eyewitnesses testimony.
12. All the evidence at the crime scene must be found, collected and
preserved.
13. The jury brought in a verdict of guilty against these parts, which
were sentenced to 2 years imprisonment with hard labour in the state prison.
14. I’ve been robbed twice already and I’m afraid to leave my flat when
it becomes dark.
107
108
1. Journalists reported that six people had been injured in the accident
(It/Six people)
2. They believe that the thieves got in through the kitchen window
3. A policeman thought that the prisoner escaped by climbing over the
wall
4. A friend of mine alleges that he kicked a policeman (It/he)
5. A newspaper reports that two people were injured in the explosion
(It/two people)
6. People believe that someone murdered Jenkins (It/someone)
7. People say that Nick started the fire deliberately (It/Nick)
8. I assume that they have been murdered (It/they)
9. People think that train-robber Dave Briggs has escaped (It/trainrobber Dave Briggs)
10. People say that the Mafia murdered Marilyn Monroe (It/Marilyn
Monroe)
11. Police said, that Grook had 57 previous convictions (It/Grook)
15. Any person under 18 who commits an offence will usually be tried
at a Youth Court, unless the offence is very serious.
16. The term “Summary offences” is used to describe an offence which
can only be tried by Magistrates’Court.
17. Any person in this country is assumed to know the law, even a foreign visitor.
18. The indictment is a document which is read to the accused telling
him what he is charged with.
IX. Translate the following sentences into English.
1. Опытный юрист был приглашен защищать дело в суде.
2. Что происходит в Парламенте? Там сейчас обсуждается новый
закон.
3. В тот момент, когда он увидел присяжных, он понял, что они
вынесли вердикт о виновности и он будет казнен.
4. В суде ее представлял адвокат.
5. Это дело об ограблении было раскрыто в августе.
6. Я думаю, что вердикт будет вынесен завтра.
7. Вчера обвиняемый был арестован полицией. Он содержится в
тюрьме.
8. Вердикт все еще обсуждается присяжными. Я думаю, он будет
вынесен к 5 часам.
9. Полицией предоставлены некоторые важные улики.
10. Свидетелей обвинения ждут в зале суда.
11. Эти законопроекты обсуждались вчера в парламенте.
12. На этой неделе дело было передано из магистратского суда в
уголовный.
13. Вина обвиняемого была доказана магистратским судом на
прошлой неделе.
14. Специальным предметам нас будут обучать на втором курсе.
15. Большинство мелких уголовных преступлений могут рассматриваться в магистратском суде заочно.
16. В основном приказ “хабеас корпус” следует применять по уголовным делам .
X. Read the following text, paying attention to the use of the Passive
Voice. Prepare a brief statement supporting first the Palestinian side and
then the Israeli side.
It is more than forty years since the state of Israel was formed.
109
For over half this time Israel’s statehood has been supported by the terror of occupation, which has been used to keep in submission the population of
Arabs in territories that have been seized and are being held.
On these territories, universally recognized human rights have constantly been infringed on, and the political rights and freedoms of Israeli citizens of these territories – Jews as well as Arabs being encroached upon.
Human rights violations can be characterized as consisting of political
killings, imprisonment without trial, encroachment upon economic rights, that
is forcibly changing forms of running the economy.
XI. Read about one of the cases reported in the press below, make a
one-sentence introduction describing the case and invite your classmates’questions.
1. A “Potentially Flawless” $ 600,000, pink diamond was stolen from
Sotheby Parke Bernet’s New York galleries shortly before auction and replaced
by one worth about $ 5,000 and coated with pink hail polish, it was learned
yesterday.
The “big switch” was being investigated by police and FBI agents.
It appeared that despite tight security, the 9,58-carat diamond was stolen
during a series of presale examinations in a specially – lighted viewing booth.
Carefully screened clients were allowed to examine the diamond and
other jewels in a 300-piece jewellery collection that was up for auction. The
room was filled with Sotheby’s employees and armed guards and monitored by
videotape cameras. The theft was discovered after a potential bidder had asked
to examine a diamond ring that was being exhibited in the case holding the
diamond. As a Sotheby’s employee reached for the ring, she noticed a flaw in
the diamond and that its pink colour appeared to be painted on.
2. Scotland Yard was last night investigating the removal of A-level examination papers from the University of London Exam Centre, and allegations
that stolen papers were being sold for $100 each.
About 3,500 pupils who sat A-level French yesterday in London and at
schools in the South-east may be asked to re-sit the examination with a new
paper, and a history A-level test scheduled for next Thursday may be cancelled,
depending on the outcome of police investigations.
Police were called in by “The Standard” the London evening newspaper, after it had been handed the papers by a man who said he worked in the
university.
The newspaper said its informant, whose name has not been given to the
police or university authorities, did not ask for any payment for the documents.
110
He was “sething with indignation” about the lax security, which made it so
easy for him to remove them.
Arthur just smiled. He had spent most of his life in prison and
so he ___________ to it.
XII. Choose the most suitable tense.
1. The robbers were arrested / have been arrested as soon as the left the
XIV. Choose the correct tense form.
1. My car has been stolen / was stolen.
2. The robbers were arrested / have been arrested as soon as they left the
bank.
2. If there is not enough evidence, the trial has been cancelled / will be
cancelled.
3. When were you told / have you been told about the new rules?
4. I looked again for the old man, but he was vanished / had vanished.
5. I don’t think that you will be asked / are being asked to show your
passport.
6. Police confirmed that the murder weapon had since been discovered /
has since been discovered.
7. It was announced / had been announced yesterday that the government has decided not to raise income tax.
8. The suspects were being followed / were followed by the police.
9. The anti-pollution laws have been broken / are broken by many factories.
10. I’m glad I missed my plane! I’ve just heard that it was hijacked / has
been hijacked.
11. After police found drugs there, the disco was closed down / has been
closed down.
12. The two men are arrested / will be arrested before they can commit
one more crime.
XIII. Use the world in capitals in each line making it passive in the
correct tense form.
Arthur’s life of crime
At his last trial, nobody believed in Arthur’s innencence.
He ___________ of the theft of a valuable Chinese vase,
ACCUSE
and ___________ also with ten other offences.
CHARGE
The value of the stolen good __________ to be over 10,000.
SAY
Arthur said in his own defence that the vase __________ into
PUT
his car accidentally.
It __________ by him that the Chinese vase was a fake, and
POINT OUT
was almost worthless.
The judge didn’t belive Arthur’s story. Arthur __________ he
TELL
was a hardened criminal and that he deserved a severe punishment.
Then Arthur _________ by the judge to five years imprisonment. SENTENCE
111
USE
bank.
3. When were you told / have you been told about the new rules?
4. I don’t think that you will be asked / are being asked to show your
passport.
5. Police confirmed that the murder weapon had been discovered / was
discovered in a nearly lake.
6. It was announced / was being announced yesterday that the government has decided not to raise income tax.
7. The suspect were being followed / was followed by the police at the
time.
8. Parking in this street has been banned / was banned by the police.
9. Carlos was arrested / is arrested because he had entered.
10. The two men were arrested / are arrested before they could commit
any more crimes.
11. She had been accused / was accused murdering her husband in the
eighteenth century.
12. Pat was caught / is caught by the police, but Martin got away.
13. – Why did you worry about me? I didn’t take any risks.
You could have been injured / be injured.
14. Jones could be president / could have been if Smith has to resign.
15. Of course, some people are involved / will be involved in more accidents than others.
16. The bag in which the robbers put the money was found / is put outside the bank.
17. A woman’s jewels were stolen / has been stolen a police officer was
staying in the same hotel. The woman was interviewed / was being interviewed by him.
18. My wallet contained over 100. It was found / will be found in the
street by a schoolboy.
19. The kidnappers have been caught / had been caught and the child is
no longer in danger.
20. Tony was caught / is caught by a policeman who was off duty and
cycling to work.
112
XV. Decide which answer A, B, C, D best fits each space.
The stolen bike
One morning last week I realized that my bike 1)______ stolen from my
garden. I phoned the police and two officers called at my house the next day.
They 2)_____ me if I had seen or heard anything. I told 3)_____ I had been
out that evening, and hadn’t noticed anything suspicious when I came home.
“If I had seen anything, I 4)____you,” I replied. “It was raining hard too. If the
weather 5)____ so bad, I would have ridden my bike.” The officers told me
that lots of people 6)_____ their bikes stolen lately. “The thieves 7)____ to
have put the bikes in a van,” said one of the officers.” “I 8)____ I had known
about that,” I said. “I saw a black van that evening. In fact, it 9)____ opposite
my house.” The officers asked me what the van’s number 10)____, but I
couldn’t remember.”11)____ you saw the van again, 12)____you recognize it
?” one of them asked. “It 13)____ painting. I remember that,” I replied.
However, there was a happy ending to this story. After the officers had
left, I 14)____by a friend of mine. “By the way,” she said, “15)____ you want
your bike, I’ll bring it back this afternoon, I borrowed it a couple of days ago.”
1. A) had B) had been C) had had itself D) had not
2. A) reminded B) questioned C) told D) asked
3. A) them B) that C) if D) later
4. A) called B) would C) had called D)would
5. A) wasn’t B) wouldn’t be C) hadn’t been D) wouldn’t have been
6. A) had B) had had C)had to have D) hadn’t
7. A) think B) are thought C) have thought D) are thinking
8. A) would B) realize C) wish D) thought
9. A) was parked B) had parking C) is parked D) has parked
10. A) is B) was C) had D) wrote
11. A) if B) when C) remember D) suppose
12. A) do B) can C) would D) if
13. A) needed B) had been C) looked like D) seemed
14. A) called up B) was phoned C) had a phone call D)heard some
news
15. A) unless B) if only C) if D) as long as
3. Can you come to the police station ? The man who ____(suspect) of
stealing your wallet ____(arrest), and ____(question) at the moment. The police hope he ____(identify), either by you or another witness.
4. Perhaps they ____(throw) out at the next election.
5. Nothing ____(see) of Pauline since her car ____(find) abandoned
near Newbury last week.
6. Helen ____(hurt) in an accident and a passer-by called an ambulance.
7. The robbers ____(arrest) as soon as they left the bank?
8. When ____(tell) about the new rules?
9. Police confirmed that the murder weapon _____(since discover) in a
nearby lake.
10. The reporter says that prisoners of conscience ____(hold) in at least
70 countries.
11. A police car came when the injured man ____(carry) off the road.
12. The witness (question) by the police-inspector now.
13. The bill must ____(sign) by the president, who has the right to veto
it.
14. – Don’t worry! The burglars ____(catch) by the police. – Hm, but
they are sure they ____(not/catch).
15. Our luggage ____(examine) at the Customs now, any luggage going
abroad ____(check) usually here.
16. The policeman noticed that the suitcase ____(carry) by the porter in
a most strange way.
17. Don’t leave your bicycle outside. It ____(may/steal).
18. The whole nation hoped he____(elect) Prime Minister.
XVI. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form of passive in an
appropriate tense
1. I’ve collected all the documents that ____(need) for the house sale.
Can you take them to the lawyer’s office to ____(sign)?
2. Look, this is a secret. Come into the garden where we
____(not/overhear).
XVII. Change the following sentences from active to passive. Keep
the same tense with each change.
1. The police asked each of us about his movements on the night of the
crine
2. No one can do anything unless someone gives us move information
3. They will say nothing move about the matter if someone returns the
stolen gun
4. A thief stole my dog and brought him back only when i offered $ 20
reward for him
5. The judge gave him two weeks to pay the fine.
6. An uneasy silence succeeded the shot
7. The lawyer gave him the details of his uncles will
8. He was delivering the documents to the department .
9. The suspect will give his evidence next week
113
114
10. The detective is investigating this serious criminal case mow , the is
still collecting evidence against criminals.
11. I think the judge will pass the sentence tomorrow .
12. I cannot meet you tomorrow morning. I shall be representing jack
Green gefore the Count.
13. The jury still discussing the verdict .
14. The count was still examining all the details of the merrder at the
hime.
15. The investigator has collected evidence on the case.
16. The state and public organizations had discussed the Draft of the
new Constitution before it became the law.
17. If you come to the count late in the afternoon the judge will have
declared his dectsion .
18. The night count has dismissing the prisoner’s appeal .
XVIII. Change the following sentences from passive into active
form. Keep the same tense with each change.
1. The police were called by the watch man and the man was arrested.
2. All sorts of things are left in buses . They are collected and sent to the
Lost Property Office.
3. The warehouse is guarded by dogs . A thief who fried to get in was
seen by a dog and chased.
4. The man was tried, found guilty and sent to prison.
5. Trespassers will be prosecuted.
6. My car has been stolen and abandoned .
7. My house was searched and a number of stolen articles were found .
8. His house was broken into and a lot of things were stolen.
9. Hurry up ! We are being followed.
10. These problems were being discussed by lawyers for many months.
11. A lot of young lawyers are trained at our University every year.
12. Such criminal cases are usually tried by district courts.
13. Appeals and protests against sentences and decisions of Courts of
First Instance are examined by Counts of Second Instance.
14. The criminal case was decided according to the laws of the state.
15. The accused is guaranteed the right to defence.
16. The hearing of the case will be postponed.
17. The verdict must be passed by the jury and the sentence must be
passed by the judge.
18. The unlawful decision was appealed against by the procurator last
week.
19. Penalties are imposed on guilty persons according to the law.
115
XIX. These sentences contain one mistake. Correct it.
1. I’m sorry I’m late. I got held up in the traffic.
2. When did you discover that the money had been disappeared?
3. My neighbour is very proud of her new grandson who born last
week.
4. A lot of homes in the area have been being broken into by burglars.
5. As I drove south, I could see that the old road was rebuilding.
6. Jim was been given the sack from his new job.
7. Somehow without my noticing my wallet had been disappeared.
8. Harry is been questioned by the police about the accident.
9. The robber unlocked the door by a false key.
10. My car has being stolen.
11. The outgoing chairman was call a liar and a thief by the newspapers.
12. That window has been breaking again.
13. They ought to been punished more severely.
14. He failed to elected for the third time in a row.
15. The only reason the child hasn’t been prosecute is the fact that he’s
only twelve.
16. The silver was alleged to have been stealed from the palace.
17. The bank was robbed with three men in masks.
18. After ten years in prison, Stephen was pardon and set free.
19. The justice is administered with the courts of different instances.
XX. Rewrite these sentences. Begin with the words provided, so that
the meaning stays the same.
1. The police aren’t questioning James.
James __________.
2. I can’t give you a lift to work. Somebody damaged my car last night.
My car __________.
3. When I got back to the car park, my car wasn’t there. Somebody had
stolen it.
It _______________.
4. They are going to announce the news tomorrow.
The news _________.
5. Somebody broke into the museum this morning.
The museum _______.
6. Someone used a knife to open this window.
This window __________ a knife.
7. A burglar broke into our house last week.
Our house _________.
116
8. Lots of people had parked their cars on the pavement.
The cars __________.
9. The government agreed with the report and so they changed the law.
The law __________.
10. The police have issued a description of the wanted man.
A description ______.I have ________.
11. Someone stole Mary’s motorbike last week.
Mary’s motorbike _______.
12. People think the jewels were stolen by one of the guests.
One of the guests _______.
13. There is a rumour that the escaped prisoner is living in Spain.
The escaped prisoner ________.
14. My legal advisers have told me not to say any more at this time.
I have ______.
15. It is thought that the two injured men were repairing high-tension
cables.
The two injured men ______.
16. The Police in New York have arrested three terrorists.
Three terrorists _____.
17. The falling roof tiles injured several passers-by, though not seriously.
Several passers-by ______.
18. Nobody informed the police that there had been a mistake.
The police ______.
19. All visitors must wear identity badges.
Identity badges _____.
20. The children shouldn’t have opened that parcel.
That parcel _______.
XXI. Complete the sentences with BY or WITH.
Example: Three climbers were killed by an avalanche.
1. The safe was blown open _____ the robbers.
2. He was killed _____ a falling stone.
3. The policeman was attacked ____ a gang of criminals.
4. The safe was blown open ____ dynamite.
5. The bank was quickly surrounded ____ armed police.
6. The victim was struck from behind ____ a heavy object.
7. When the accident happened, Sue was struck ____ flying glass.
8. He has been attacked ____ a knife.
9. This woman was adducted ____ a youth and her gold ring was
taken off.
117
10. Last night I got stopped ____ the police as I was driving home.
11. Marion was the young girl kidnapped ____ aliens in 2002.
12. Harry is being questioned ____ the police about the committed
crime.
13. The identity of the criminal may have been discovered ____
eyewitnesses testimony.
14. The term “Summary offence” is used to describe an offence
which can only be tried by Magistrates’ Court.
15. Somebody might have stolen your car ____ the keys you had
left.
XXII. Read these newspaper reports and put the verbs into the
most suitable form.
Shop Robbery
In Paxham yesterday a shop assistant (1) ________ (force) to hand over
500 after (2) ____________ (threaten) by a man with a knife. The man escaped
in a car which (3) ________ (steal) earlier in the day. The car (4) ________
(later/find) in a car park with it (5) __________ (abandon) by the thief. A man
(6) _________ (arrest) in connection with the robbery and (7) ____________
(still/question) by the police.
Accident
A woman (1) ________ (take) to hospital after her car collided with a
lorry near Norstock yesterday. She (2) ________ (allow) home later after
treatment. The road (3) _________ (block) for an hour after the accident and
traffic had to (4) _________ (divert). A police inspector said afterwards: “The
woman was lucky. She could (5) _________ (kill).
XXIII. Fill of the gaps in the following sentences with one of the
passive verb phrases below.
is deemed could soon befitted were charged has been held has finally been
elected is expected being caused to be printed is auctioned being considered
1. High-tech 'leg-irons'............on violent suspects arrested by the police, under plans............by chief constables.
2. Last week, police in Scotland called for the introduction of legrestraints following concerns about the number of injuries............ during struggles in the back of police cars and vans.
3. Four people............last night with public disorder offences after officers mounted dawn raids on suspected football hooligans.
118
4. Hugh Hefner, founder of Playboy,............to the American Society of
Magazine Editors' Hall of Fame.
5. A first-edition copy of Chaucer's Canterbury Tales, the first book
............in England,............to raise at least £500,000 when it............ in
July.
6. A British woman released early from an attempted murder sentence
in the Unites States - a charge which she has always denied -............
in prison because she............an illegal immigrant.
XXIV. Add the appropriate extra information (a-e) to the passive
sentences (1-5).
1. The news was leaked to the press by the minister ...
2. The minister was attacked by protesters, ...
3. I remember being sent a letter by a man in America ...
4. The winning goal was scored by Fausto Ferrini ...
5. A man was run over by a car, ...
a. in his first appearance for the club.
b. who had waited outside the building all day to voice their opposition to the policies.
c. in a deliberate attempt to boost his popularity.
d. who complained my article was prejudiced against his country.
e. which witnesses said was being driven at very high speed.
XXV. Where possible, rewrite each of the following sentences in two
different ways, using a different subject each time. Some sentences may be
rewritten only one way.
1. The police showed the victim a picture of the suspect.
2. People used to sell the tourists fake antiques.
3. Why didn't they offer the customers a refund?
4. They didn't guarantee every participant a free lunch.
5. They reported the incident to the police.
6. People suggested to us that the Internet would be a good source of
information.
7. They promised us full compensation if the scheme fell through,
8. The referee declared the boxing match a draw.
9. We'll give the new members of staff all the help they need.
10. The incident earned him the reputation of being unreliable.
119
XXVI. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage
with one suitable word.
Twenty-four hours after arriving in the country, I............ (1) told to
leave. The security police, the country's largest employer, came to my hotel,
politely asked me what I thought of the city and then recommended that I leave
on the morning plane. I asked them why I was............ (2) expelled and they
said it was not a question of my being '............(3) out', they were simply recommending that I leave. I refused and the problems started. My passport and
plane ticket ............(4) stolen from my room after my key 'disappeared'. The
police shrugged their shoulders and decided not to interview the leatherjacketed youth who I............(5) been pressed up against in the lift. For three
days I was............ (6) by two not very secret policemen ! everywhere I went. I
visited a I fellow-journalist whose address I had............ (7) given. He lived in a
beautiful old house which would I ............(8) demolished the I following
year by the Government to 4 make way for a block of 'modern' I flats. Everybody would be I ............ (9) in it as soon as it was ready but where they would
live in the meantime had not been ............ (10) out. Massive taxation
was............(11) imposed on the people to pay for these supposed improvements. I went back to the hotel, still............(12) followed by the two policemen, and felt very depressed.
XXVII. Fill each of the blanks with a suitable word.
Example: New measures to combat crime are to be introduced at the
end of the year.
1. We ............ strongly advised ............ reconsider our position.
2. He is known ........................ hidden large sums of money in his orchard.
3. They are understood ............ have ............ offered over £5,000 for
their story.
4. I ............ always made ............ apologise to my little sister after an
argument.
5. It's too late now: there's nothing more ............ be.
6. I left with the distinct feeling of ............ been ............ for granted.
7. I used to steal walnuts from my grandfather's garden and never worried about ...................... out.
8. There are ............. ............. ........... ........... any survivors from yesterday's aircrash.
120
XXVIII. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it
is as similar as possible to the sentence before it.
Example: Many people believe that Stonehenge was built as some kind
of time-keeping device. Stonehenge is believed by many people to have been
built as some kind of time-keeping device.
1. They made me tell them everything I knew.
I .........................................................................................
2. Nobody ever let me study the piano at school.
I ..........................................................................................
3. It is often said that Shakespeare never revised anything he wrote.
Shakespeare.....................................................................
4. There were once thought to be canals on Mars.
It ........................................................................................
5. From what we understand, there was an attack last night in the vicinity of the beach.
There is ............................................................................
6. It's a widespread assumption that George was wrongly accused.
George..............................................................................
7. You have to clean these football boots until they shine.
These football boots are...............................................
8. Under no circumstances should you cross this line.
This line is.......................................................................
XXIX. For each of the sentences, write a new sentence as similar as
possible in meaning to the original sentence, but using the word given.
Example: A lot of people are saying that he's working undercover. rumoured
It's rumoured that he's working undercover.
He's rumoured to be working undercover.
1. She wants it to be clear to people that she's fair.
seen ..................................................................................
2. He often says to people how much of his success is down to you.
heard ................................................................................
3. The theory is that she fell overboard at night and drowned.
fallen ................................................................................
4. We certainly don't want any repetition of such a ridiculous spectacle
ever again.
repeated ..........................................................................
5. The plan was originally to complete the building by June.
due....................................................................................
121
6. When I was a child, I was never allowed to play with the children
next door.
let......................................................................................
XXX. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it is
as similar as possible to the sentence before it.
Example: He didn't remember that he had been ordered to appear before the judge.
He had no recollection of being ordered to appear before the judge.
1. She vaguely remembers that she was knocked down by a motorbike.
She has vague memories of........................................
2. It's never very nice when people laugh at you.
Being.................................................................................
3. Stewart was criticised for his extravagance and was more careful after that.
Having..............................................................................
4. I really wish I hadn't been pushed into giving a speech.
I really regret ..................................................................
5. Because I was told it was quicker, I naturally took the mountain
road.
Having..............................................................................
6. I can't tell you what it feels like because nobody's ever given me
£100,000.
Never................................................................................
XXXI. Rule study. Read the text and then do the rest of the exercise.
A DRIVER has been sent to jail for 90 days for driving with excess alcohol.
Graham Smith, 29, of North Street, Barton, was stopped by police officers near his home last November and was found to have drunk almost twice
the legal limit for drivers, Didcot magistrates heard on Thursday.
Twelve months earlier Smith had been disqualified from driving for
three years for drink-driving.
He was disqualified for twelve months in 1986 for a similar offence.
Mr Peter Jones, defending, said Smith had used the car to visit a sick
friend.
He said Smith was depressed after the visit, and went to a pub and drank
five or six pints before driving home.
He was caught by police during a routine speed check in Wantage Road,
Barton.
122
The following expressions in the text have passive verbs. Would it
be easy to rewrite the text with active verbs (e.g.... sent a disqualified driver
to jail; police officers stopped Graham Smith)?
A disqualified driver has been sent to jail
Graham Smith... was stopped by police officers
... was found to have drunk almost twice the legal limit
Smith had been disqualified from driving
He was banned for twelve months
He was caught by police
Which two rules are best?
1. We use passives when we are interested in what happens, not who it
happens to.
2. Passives are common when we are thinking about what is done to the
person or thing that we are interested in, not about what he/she/it does.
3. Passives can help us to go on talking about the same thing, in cases
where an active verb would need an unwanted new subject.
4. Passives are best in a formal style. Actives are more informal.
XXXII. Choose the best way of continuing after each sentence.
1. He lives in a small house.
a. Somebody built it about forty years ago.
b. It was built about forty years ago.
2. English is worth learning.
a. People speak it in a lot of countries.
b. b. It is spoken in a lot of countries.
3. He got a sports car, but he didn't like it.
a. So he sold it again.
b. So it was sold again.
4. My nephew is an artist.
a. He has just painted another picture.
b. Another picture has just been painted by him.
5. The new Virginia Meyer film is marvellous.
a. They are showing it at our local cinema.
b. It is being shown at our local cinema.
XXXIII. Choose the best sentence from each pair to build up a continuous text.
E.g. a. How books are msde
b. How people make books
1. a. First of all, the printers print big sheets of paper.
b. First of all, big sheets of paper are printed.
123
2. a. Each sheet contains the text of a number of pages (e.g. 32).
b.The text of a number of pages (e.g. 32) is contained in each sheet.
3. a. People fold and cut the sheets to produce sections of the book.
b. The sheets are folded and cut to produce sections of the book.
4. a. These sections are called signatures.
b. We call these sections signatures.
5. a. The printers put all the signatures together in the correct order.
b. All the signatures are put together in the correct order.
6. a. Then they are bound together and their edges are trimmed.
b. Then they bind the signatures together and trim the edges.
7. a. Finally, the cover – which has been printed separately – is attached.
b. Finally, they attach the cover – which they have printed separately.
8. a. Now the publishers can publish the book.
b. Now the book can be published.
XXXIV. Change these sentences as in the example. Then think
about why this makes them better.
1. That she had not written to her parents for over two years surprised
me.
I was surprised that she had not written to her parents ...
2. That nobody was prepared to take him to hospital shocked us.
3. That Mary wanted to tell everybody what to do annoyed me.
4. That George rang me up at three o'clock in the morning to tell me he
was in love again didn't please me.
5. The fact that he looked completely different from the last time I had
met him confused me. (I was confused by ...)
TEST YOURSELF
Choose the correct answer.
1. The event ________ before they arrived home.
a) reported
c) was being reported
b) had been reported
d) has been reported
2. I ___________ a letter by an unknown person yesterday.
a) gave
c) was given
b) have been given
d) have given
3. Robert Gibbs, the great plane robber __________ the police yesterday.
a) was arrested by
c) has arrested
b) arrested
d) arrested by
124
4. My suitcase __________ from the hotel room.
a) stole
c) was stolen
b) has stolen
d) was being stolen
5. Last night I __________ by the police as I was driving home.
a) stopped
c) was stopped
b) have been stopped
d) have stopped
6. We hope that an agreement ___________ .
a) was arrived
c) will be arrived at
b) arrived
d) will arrive
15. Your brother ___________ unless he pays his fine.
a) will release
c) is released
b) will be released
d) will not be released
16. The police are watching a house in London; they think the house
__________ by people who sell drugs.
a) is used
c) is being used
b) was used
d) has used
17. She returned home to find her house _______________.
a) has been burgled
c) had been burgled
b) was burgled
d) is burgled
7. Your key must __________ before 11:30 a.m.
a) return
c) be returned
b) be returning
d) have returned
18. Accidents ____________ often by carelessness.
a) cause
c) are causing
b) are caused
d) have been caused
8. Because of an extremely high accident rate, restrictions on teenagers’
driving ___________ at the next City Council meeting.
a) will discuss
c) will be discussing
b) are discussed
d) will be discussed
19. The juvenile problems ___________ still __________.
a) have discussed
c) were discussed
b) are being discussed
d) discussed
9. Many of the early British settlers in Australia were criminals who
were able not ___________ by agreeing to live on and develop the land there.
a) be imprisoned
c) to be imprisoned
b) to imprison
d) being imprisoned
20. The criminal code ____________ by the end of the month.
a) will have been published
c) are publishing
b) will publish
d) is published
21. Criminal actions __________________ by the state.
a) are nearly always started
b) are nearly always being started
c) are nearly always start
d) are nearly always been started
10. The government has announced that taxes ___________.
a) are raised
c) will be raised
b) will raise
d) had been raised
11. I was announced that the international treaty against weather warfare ___________ and had gone into effect.
a) would have been ratified
c) had been ratified
b) is ratified
d) was ratified
12. The house where the dead man was found ____________ by the police to prevent it from being antered and the evidence interfered with.
a) is guarded
c) is been guarded
b) will guard
d) is being guarded
13. A police car came when the injured man ___________ the road.
a) was being carried off
c) has been carried off
b) was been carrying off
d) was carried off
14. The notorious spy ___________ from the country.
a) was being deported
c) deported
b) was deported
d) has deported
125
22. A decision of the Supreme Court cannot ____________ to any other
court.
a) appeal
b) be appealing
c) be appealed
d) be appeal
23. There’s somebody walking behind us. I think ____________.
a) we are following
c) we are followed
b) we are being following
d) we are being folowing
24. Linda _____________ by the police.
a) arrested
c) has arrested
b) has been arrested
d) had arrested
126
Modals
There are the following modal verbs in English:
MODALS
MUST
CAN (COULD )
MAY ( MIGHT )
SHOULD
OUGHT TO
NEED
EQUIVALENTS
HAVE TO; BE TO
BE ABLE TO
BE ALLOWED TO
HAD BETTER
Modals have the following peculiarities:
1. can express ability, obligation, permission, request; also the idea of
probability, or how certain a situation is, but not the action;
2. modals unlike their equivalents lack the tense forms;
3. their interrogative and negative forms are built up without the auxiliary;
4. different meanings may be associated with different forms of the infinitive – simple and perfect (both in the active and passive forms), continuous
and perfect continuous;
5. modals unlike their equivalents and except ought are followed by
the infinitive without the particle to.
The meaning of modals depends on the context. One modal verb can
have several meanings depending on their function, or purpose.
• ABILITY
Can and be able to. Be able to is used in situations where can does not
have the necessary grammatical form.
I’d like to be able to swim. Not being able to swim is annoying.
• OBLIGATION
1. Must and have to. Have to describes obligations made by someone
else, while must is used to describe a personal obligation. There may be no
difference.
You must start working harder!
You have to turn left here.
Sorry, I must leave \have to leave now.
2. Mustn’t and don’t have to. Mustn’t describes something which is not
allowed. Don’t have to describes something which is not necessary.
You mustn’t leave any bags here. (It’s against the rule)
You don’t have to apply yet. (It’s not necessary)
3. Should and ought to. These have the same meaning. They describe
“what is a good idea” and can be used to give advice, or polite instructions.
I think you should see a doctor.
You should send in your aplication by July 18th.
You ought not to continue.
4. Had better. This refers to present or future time, and gives advice
about how to stop something going wrong..
I think you’d better leave now. (Before it is too late)
You’d better not drive. (It might be dangerous)
5. Is\Are to (Was\ were to). This is used in formal instruction, refers to a
previously arranged plan or obligation. Not is stressed.
No-one is to leave the room.
He was to meet her yesterday.
TASKS
2. May, might and could. These all express uncertainty or possibility.
They are usually stressed in speech. Might is less likely than may. Could is not
used with not in this context.
It may not rain. I might go out, I don’t know. I could get wet!
Don’t need to /needn’t, needn’t have/ didn’t need to, should/
shouldn’t
I. Write sentences saying what you needn’t/don’t need to do in your
country.
- carry an ID card at all times
- have a work permit
- be 21 before you can marry
- be 21 before you can drive
- call a police officer sir or madam
- have a licence to own a gun
127
128
• CERTAINTY AND UNCERTAINTY
1. Must and can’t. These are used to make deductions, when we are
more or less certain about something, especially with the verb to be.
You must be tired after your journey. (I suppose you are)
That can’t be Sue. She is in Brazil. (I’m sure it’s impossible)
II. Make sentences using should have and shouldn’t have and the
words in brackets.
1 I’m sure he was guilty (He /go/ to prison)
2 The fine was very high (It /be/ so high)
3 He didn’t have a licence (He /have/ the gun)
4 There was a lot of traffic (He /drive/ more slowly)
5 She didn’t have her ID (She /show/ it/ to the police)
6 He didn’t have a work permit (They /employ/ him)
III. Read the newspaper article and the letter in reply to it. Who do
you agree with – the judge or the writer of the letter?
1. A judge ordered an 82-year-old man to pay 4,000 damages to a
burglar who was trying to break into his house. Jack Lewis was asleep in his
house in Maidstone Kent when he heard noises. He picked up his shotgun and
went downstairs where he found Michael Phillips in the hall with a bag full of
electrical equipment. Phillips claimed that because he was unarmed, he put the
goods down and raised his hands when he saw the shotgun. Lewis said Phillips
had turned to run out of the open front door, so he shot him. Phillips suffered
minor wounds to the legs. In the trial, the judge said despite the fact that Lewis
was defending his own property, the shotgun was unlicenced and in any case, it
was not acceptable for people to take the law into their own hands.
3. Согласно принципу “строгой ответственности” требуется установить лишь факт причинения вреда, но нет необходимости доказывать
вину правонарушителя.
4. При условном осуждении могут быть назначены дополнительные виды наказаний.
5. Возможно, судьи высших судов назначались лишь из числа адвокатов высшей категории – барристеров.
6. Платным магистратам и мировым судьям позволено разбирать
некоторые категории гражданских споров.
7. Деление на фелонии и мисдиминоры, должно быть, имело архаичный характер до конца 18 века.
IV. Translate the following sentences into English using modals.
1. Осуществление прав и свобод человека и гражданина не должно
нарушать права и свободы других лиц.
2. К уголовной ответственности может быть привлечено лишь лицо, совершившее запрещенное законом общественно опасное деяние.
V. Complete the text with the most suitable modals. Translate it.
Civil procedure
To start a civil case, a pleading 1) ………… be filed with the court,
called a complaint, naming the party against whom the case is brought (we 2)
……….. call him the defendant). The person or organization filing the case 3)
……….. be called the plaintiff. The complaint 4)……….. state a cause of action (there 5)………… be enough set forth that a defendant 6) ………... know
what he is accused of having done). Only some civil cases 7) ……….. be verified (sworn to), and there is a court cost payable at the time of filing a civil
case.
Next a summons is issued, inviting defendant to come to court. The
summons 8) …………. tell the defendant how many days he 9) …………
make appearance and file an answer. If he does/not, a default judgement 10)
………… be entered against him. A defendant 11) …………. to defend without a lawyer.
Both parties have a right to jury trial but they 12) ………… to file a paper asking for a jury or they 13) ………… lose the right. There is not, generally, a right to speedy trial in civil cases.
1) must
2) may
3) is to
4) must
5) must
6) can
7) have to/must
8) should
9) has to
10) may
11) is allowed
129
130
2. Sir, I am writing in disbelief at the judgement passed on Jack Lewis
yesterday. In my opinion, it is absolutely unfair to make him pay for his act of
self-defence. In theory he has committed an offence by firing an unlicenced
shotgun, and he should be prosecuted for this. But in practice the law should
be more flexible. As far as I’m concerned, for a criminal to receive compensation for an injury sustained while carrying out a crime is quite outrageous.
Your faithfully
Brian Forbes
Work in pairs and talk about what Jack Lewis didn’t need to do,
should have or shouldn’t have done.
He shouldn’t have shot him.
He didn’t need to use his gun.
12) are to
13) may
VI. Complete each sentence with a suitable modals from the list.
are not allowed
couldn’t
should
had to
is to
could
had to
was able to =
could not
needn’t
managed to
1. I …………. take the company to court to get the money they owed
me.
2. The trial took a long time as the jury ………… reach a verdict.
3. It ………… be the judge who decides on the sentence.
4. You ………… to park here.
5. The two men were arrested before they ………… commit any more
crimes.
6. You ………… call a lawyer, but it’s a good idea.
7. After climbing over the prison wall, Peter ………… to get away by
stealing a car parked nearby.
8. Charles ………… deny having been at the scene of the crime.
9. The police ………… spent all morning searching the house for evidence.
10. Today his term of imprisonment is over. It means he ……….. be released.
Must (deduction); may, might (possibility)
VII. Change the underlined parts of the sentences by using the modal verbs must or may/might. Translate bearing in mind whether it’s deduction or possibility.
Example: I think George has won his case because he had a very good
defence lawyer – George must have won his case
1. The driver of the car broken into is very nervous.
There are probably illegal drugs hidden somewhere behind the back
seat.
2. Why doesn’t the detective see to it himself?
I’m sure he’s got plenty of evidence just now.
3. Perhaps your son wasn’t sober while driving.
I think it’s the reason of the accident.
131
4. Don’t accept any offer without thinking it over carefully first, even
though it’s possible that it’ll seem very good to you at first.
5. The police have evidently banned parking in this street.
6. The president admitted that there had, of course, been a breakdown of
law and order.
7. Maybe Carlos was arrested because he had entered the country illegally.
8. Every society that has ever existed has recognized the need for laws
which perhaps have been unwritten.
9. The police say the arson has been committed, but they are not sure.
10. I left my bike outside the house last night and this morning it isn’t
there any more. I think somebody has stolen it.
VIII. Translate the following sentences paying attention to the modals.
1. The solution of the question of the burden of taxes can’t be endlessly
removed.
2. Some politicians must have forgotten all the horrors of the world war
II reviving fascism in new forms.
3. The ship is likely to arrive at the port tomorrow morning we might be
informed of it.
4. If the suspect is hostile, the investigator should determine the reason
for his hostility.
5. Either partner can institute criminal proceedings against the other.
6. The family status of early Roman jurisconsults may have been more
important than their legal expertise.
7. The advocate is to fight for the rights of his clients, but only up to the
point where an honourable person could fairly put the case on his own behalf.
8. He (the advocate) must not identify with his client’s possible willingness to tell untruths.
9. If incidental disputes concerning procedure have to be litigated, the
barrister is likely to conduct the proceedings.
10. The beginning civil-law judge can expect to start at the lowest level.
11. Legislation needs to be expressed in language readily comprehensible by judges and lawyers.
12. Small parties like the Scottish National Party, whose support is concentrated in a particular part of the country, are more likely to win seats.
13. Before trial takes place the examining justices must hold a preliminary inquiry, called “committal proceedings”.
14. The “ alibi warning ” notice must be given to the prosecution if an
alibi defence is to be relied upon.
132
15. It must be decided whether the accused should be granted bail and
legal aid for trial.
16. At the end of the prosecution case, the defence may make a submission of “no case to answer”.
17. Hearsay evidence must be excluded on grounds of unreliability.
18. Counsels should not press for conviction in any circumstances, but
should proceed impartially to ensure that justice is done.
19. It is an old debate, whether an effective system of law can be imposed from above or must grow “organically” from below.
20. In accordance with a congressional enactment, a suit brought to a
state court that could have been brought to a federal court may be removed to
the federal court at the option of the defendant.
TEST YOURSELF
Choose the most suitable verb
1. The wittness…………..have given more information if he wasn’t
frightened.
a. must
c. may
b. should
d. is allowed to
2. Such a decision……………be made very soon.
a. must
c. ought to
b. have to
d. is able to
3. We……………have sent the lawyer all the necessary information.
a. must
c. can
b. should
d. is allowed to
4. General election to choose the next Government…………..be held at
least every four years.
a. will
c. have to
b. is allowed to
d. must
5. The verdict…………….be passed before a trial.
a. mustn’t
c. is to
b. can’t
d. can
7. The judge…………be impartial when making a decision.
a. should
c. is able to
b. will
d. can’t
8. A burglar………….enter your home, grab the most valuable items
and escape.
a. should
c. must
b. can
d. has to
9. Thieves…………..to pay damages.
a. have
c. can
b. must
d. ought to
10. Solicitor………..deal with papers and hire the barrister.
a. can
c. should
b. is to
d. is able
11. Crime………….be committed by a law-abiding person.
a. should
c. might
b. could
d. can’t
12. A jury……………be chosen from citizens of this town.
a. are to
c. have
b. is to
d. is allowed to
13. The car…………….have been stolen an hour ago.
a. must
c. could
b. is to
d. ought
14. The copyright law……………be adopted as soon as possible.
a. can’t
c. should to
b. are to
d. must
15. An accused……………be acquitted as he is not guilty.
a. should
c. mustn’t
b. can’t
d. is allowed
6. The murderer will…………to escape if the police haven’t caught
him.
a. can
b. must
c. be able
d. should
133
134
Reported speech 1
We often tell people what other people have told us. This is called reported or indirect speech. We usually change tenses and references to people,
places and times.
Without tense changes
Statements are often repeated immediately, and the reporting verb is in a
present tense. In this case, there are no tense changes.
Tom says “I’m feeling ill”. Tom says that he is feeling ill.
Charlie says “I work 14 hours a day”. Charlie says that he works 14
hours a day.
Tense changes after a past tense reporting verb
Statements are usually reported with a past tense verb and an optional
that. All tenses that follow move back into the past. This is sometimes called
backshift.
• Present simple to past simple
•
•
•
•
•
•
‘I need some help.’
She said (that) she needed some help.
‘We are having our lunch.’
Present continuous to past
She said that they were having their
continuous
lunch.
Present perfect to past perfect ‘I have lost my keys.’
He said (that) he had lost his keys.
‘I will be home at 6.00.’
will to would
She said that she would be home at 6.00.
‘I wrote two letters to her.’
Past simple to past perfect
He said (that) he had written two letters
to her.
‘They are going to come back.’
be going to, to was /were
She
said (that) they were going to come
going to
back.
‘I must finish this before I go.’
must
He said he must finish it before he went.
Note that must does not change.
He said he had to finish it before he
went.
135
Note: sentences in direct speech have speech marks (inverted commas)
around the spoken words. Indirect or reported speech does not use speech
marks.
Note: past perfect in reported speech can be a report of either past simple or present perfect.
‘I’ve lost my keys!’ said Joe.
Joe said he had lost his keys.
‘I lost them yesterday,’ he said.
He said he had lost them the day before.
No changes after a past tense reporting verb
If the report is about something which is always true, it may not be necessary to backshift.
‘I like apples more than I like oranges.’
She said that she likes apples more than she likes oranges.
‘Budapest is the capital of Hungary’.
He said that Budapest is the capital of Hungary.
Some speakers prefer to backshift in sentences of this kind.
Speakers in reported speech
• Speakers can be mentioned at the beginning of the or end of the sentence in
direct speech.
Direct speech
Jack said, ‘We’re going to miss the train’.
‘We’re going to miss the train,’ said Jack.
• Speakers are mentioned at the beginning of the sentence in reported speech.
Reported speech
Jack said (that) they were going to miss the train.
Other changes
In reported speech, references to people, places and times often change, because the point of view changes.
‘I’ll see you here tomorrow,’ said Sue.
Sue said she would see me there the next day.
‘I bought this book yesterday,’ said Martin.
Martin said he had bought the book the day before.
Summarizing instead of verbatim reports
• Sometimes each word is reported (verbatim reporting), but we often summarize what people say when we make reports.
136
‘Look, actually, tell him a call next week, OK?’
She said she’d call you next week.
Verbs easily confused: say, tell, speak
Speak describes the act of talking.
Simon spoke to me in the supermarket yesterday.
Say describes the words used. It is followed by optional that.
‘It is warm today,’ she said.
She said (that) it was warm.
Tell describes giving information It needs an object. It is followed by optional that.
‘You’ve won first prize,’ she said.
She told me (that) I had won first prize.
Reported speech 2
Commands and requests
• Commands are reported with tell and the infinitive.
‘Wait! Wait!’
I told him to stop.
Requests are reported with ask and the infinitive.
‘Please wait!’
I asked her to wait.
Yes /no questions
• Questions with the answer yes or no are reported with backshift and using if.
Wh-questions
Questions beginning when, what, why, where, how, etc. Are reported with
backshift. The question forms of direct speech are not used, so the subject in
bold comes before the verb. There is no question mark.
‘Where is the bus-station?’ she asked.
She asked where the bus-station was.
‘Where have you come from?’ he asked.
He asked me where I had come from.
Indirect questions
• Indirect or embedded questions are questions which have an introductory
question before them. The indirect question does not have a question form.
Note that there is no change of tenses (backshift).
Introductory question: Could you tell me …? Do you know …?
• Wh-questions
Where is the post office?
Could you tell me where the post office is?
When does the film start?
Do you know when the film starts?
• Yes /no questions
This questions use if.
Is this the right street?
Do you know if this is the right street?
• There is a question mark, because of the introductory question.
‘Are you staying the night, or are you going home?’ he asked.
He asked me whether I was staying the night or going home.
Reporting verbs
Reporting verbs include part of the meaning of the words reported. Here are
some of the most common reporting verbs.
advise
‘I wouldn’t buy that car, Janos, if I were you.’
I advised Janos not to buy the car.
agree
‘Yes, Jill, I think you’re right,’ said Mike.
Mike agreed with Jill.
apologize
‘I’m really sorry for being so late,’ said Maria.
Maria apologized for being late.
ask
‘Do you think you could help me, Sue?’
I asked Sue to help me.
congratulate “Well done, Tina, you’ve passed the exam!’
I congratulated Tina on passing her exam.
137
138
‘Does the London train stop here?’ she asked.
She asked me if the London train stopped here.
• Note that the question form of the direct speech is not used in reported
speech, as there is no longer a direct question. There is no question mark.
Whether
Whether means if … or not. We use whether when we report questions
linked with or. The question is reported with backshift.
decide
invite
offer
promise
refuse
remind
suggest
There are two types of decision.
‘I’m going to become a doctor!’ said Helen.
This is a decision about the future, or a plan.
Helen decided to become a doctor.
‘I’ll have the fish pie, please,’ said Bill.
This is a decision of the moment.
Bill decided to have the fish pie.
‘Would you like to come to the cinema on Saturday, Pam?’
I invited Pam to the cinema on Saturday.
‘Shall I carry your case, Dawn?’ said Peter.
Peter offered to carry Dawn’s case.
‘I’ll definitely be home by eight,’ said Ann.
Ann promised to be home by eight.
‘I’ll wait for you, Helen,’ said Peter.
Peter promised Helen that he would wait for her.
‘No, I won’t open the door!’ said Carol.
Carol refused to open the door.
‘Don’t forget to send your mother a birthday card, Joe.’
I reminded Joe to send his mother a birthday card.
‘How about spending the day at the beach?’ said Carlos.
Carlos suggested spending the day at the beach.
TASKS
I. Translate into English:
1. Наш начальник говорит, что его хобби – работа.
2. Он спрашивает, сколько сейчас времени.
3. Врач спрашивает, как я себя чувствую. Я отвечаю, что неплохо.
И добавляю, что никогда раньше не болел.
4. Мои родители всегда говорят мне не есть так быстро.
5. Интересно, кем он работает?
6. Все спрашивают, как давно мы работаем вместе.
7. Она говорит, что оставила ключи дома.
8. Сообщают, что завтра будет теплее, чем сегодня.
9. Он просит не говорить, что он дома.
10. Интересно, кто изобрел велосипед?
11. Он спрашивает, какие цветы я люблю. Я отвечаю, что незабудки.
12. Она спрашивает, как часто здесь идут дожди.
13. Интересно, сколько требуется времени, чтобы написать книгу?
14. Интересно, в этом году будет жаркое лето?
139
II. Translate into English:
1. Он хотел знать, является ли конгрессмен членом сената либо
палаты представителей.
2. Мы не знали, существуют ли специально установленные обязанности для члена Конгресса.
3. Лектор заключил, что двухпартийная система США оказала
влияние на политическую жизнь страны.
4. Он интересовался, каким образом акт становился законом: путем одобрения президентом или путем преодоления вето президента.
5. Он спросил, принимает ли президент США участие в управлении кабинетом из 10-12 человек.
6. Студент хотел знать, уходит ли кабинет в отставку, когда истекает служебный срок президента.
7. Студенты интересовались, какая ветвь власти ответственна за
соблюдение и исполнение законов.
8. Его интересовало, должен ли президент США быть коренным
гражданином.
9. Студент хотел знать, какая должность в США является высшей
правительственной должностью.
III. Use the Sequence of Tenses in the following sentences beginning
each sentence with the words “She has just said that”, then with the words
“She told me that”.
Example: “I don't like modern music.”
She has just said that she doesn 't like modern music.
She told me that she didn't like modern music.
1. “We haven't yet finished our work.” What has she just said? What
did she tell you?
2. “I heard the news only yesterday.” What has she just said? What did
she tell you?
3. “Solicitors make up the largest branch of the legal profession in
England and Wales.” What has she just said? What did she tell you?
4. “Solicitors are found in every town, where they deal with all the
day-to-day work of preparing legal documents.” What has she just said? What
did she tell you?
5. “In court a barrister wears wig and gown.” What has she just said?
What did she tell you?
140
6. “A jury consist of twelve people, who are ordinary people chosen at
random from the Electoral Register.” What has she just said? What did she tell
you?
7. “Barristers are called in to advise on really difficult points.” What
has she just said? What did she tell you?
8. “To qualify as a barrister you have to take the examinations of the
Bar Council.” What has she just said? What did she tell you?
9. “Witness is someone who sees a crime or an accident.” What has she
just said? What did she tell you?
10. “Magistrates are selected by special committees in every town and
district.” What has she just said? What did she tell you?
IV. The following contain sentences with present tense verbs in the
main clause. Change the main clause to past and adjust the dependent
clause as necessary.
Example: We hope that he will be able to attend. We hoped that he
would be able to attend.
1. A woman says to her solicitor that she wants to change her will
again.
2. Mark thinks he is going to win a case.
3. I hear that Kate has accepted a new position at the district court.
4. The Deputy Prison Director says that his objective is not toto make
life pleasant for prisoners, but to normalise it as much as possible.
5. Frankie says he has heard that his pockets were full of dope and
counterfeit banknotes.
6. I realize that they are older than they look.
7. She denies that there is a connection between two accidents.
8. He adds that he knows that settlements can occur before trial.
9. He warns that a juror must not talk to the lawyers, parties, or witnesses about anything.
10. He informs that the robber is armed and dangerous.
V. Read the statements and the questions; then answer the questions in reported speech. Apply the rules of sequence of tenses. Begin each
sentence with the words “He said that”, then with the words “He told me
that”. Make all the necessary changes.
A. Example: “My train leaves at 5 sharp.” What did he say?
– He said that his train left at 5 sharp. What did he tell you?
– He told me that his train left at 5 sharp.
141
1. “Olga's husband is a lawyer.” What did he say? What did he tell
you?
2. “We don't remember how long detention may be in this case.” What
did he say? What did he tell you?
3. “An arrested person has a statutory right to consult a solicitor.”
What did he say? What did he tell you?
4. “The police are waiting outside.” What did he say? What did he tell
you?
5. “He never does wrong things.” What did he say? What did he tell
you?
B. Example: “I represented professional interests of the police service
in a trade union last year.” What did he say?
– He said that he had represented professional interests of the police
service in a trade union the previous year.
1. “Police officers did not carry firearms.” What did he say? What did
he tell you?
2. “Police work ranged greatly in that country.” What did he say? What
did he tell you?
3. “Police authorities employed over 41,500 civilians (including parttime employees) in England and Wales last year.” What did he say? What did
he tell you?
4. “The police have been obtaining the views of people in the area
about the policing of it and cooperation with the community in preventing
crime since 1984.” What did he say? What did he tell you?
5. “Particular efforts have been made to develop relations with young
people to prevent crime.” What did he say? What did he tell you?
C. Example: “We'll release as many uniformed police officers as possible for operational duties.” What did he say?
– He said that they would release as many uniformed police officers
as possible for operational duties. What did he tell you?
– He told me that they would release as many uniformed police officers as possible for operational duties.
1. “Special constables will perform police duties in their spare time,
without pay.” What did he say? What did he tell you?
2. “They will act mainly as auxiliaries to the regular force.” What did
he say? What did he tell you?
142
3. “People will be discussing issues of concern with the police in a
constructive spirit very long.” What did he say? What did he tell you?
4. “Complaints from the public against the police will have been handled by the end of this week.” What did he say? What did he tell you?
5. “We will have replaced police officers with civilians where posts do
not require police powers and training by May.” What did he say? What did he
tell you?
VI. Complete the sentences with say or tell (in correct form).
1. Have you anything to …… for yourself before I pass a sentence?
2. I don’t want a lawyer to …… me what I cannot do; I hire him to
…… me how to do what I want to do.
3. Don’t just stand here! ………….something!
4. I wonder where Sue is. She ……….she would be here at 8 o’clock.
The hearing is starting!
5. Jack …………..me that he was fed up with his job.
6. I swear to …… the truth, the whole truth and nothing but the truth.
7. Don’t ………..anybody what I ………….. It’s a secret just between
us.
8. “Did she ………you what happened?” “No, she didn’t
………..anything to me.”
9. George couldn’t help me. He ……………me to ask Kate.
10. George couldn’t help me. He …………..to ask Kate.
11. The judge instructed the witness to ……… the whole truth about the
accident.
12. You’ve …… us many interesting things about English law and
courts, but you didn’t …… anything about lawyers.
VII. Complete the sentences by changing the direct speech to reported speech. Use the sequence of tenses.
Example: Ann asked, “Are there two chambers in all legislatures? Can
you give the name of a country with only one?”
Ann asked me if there were two chambers in all legislatures and if I
could give, the name of a country with only one.
1. Bob said, “Which, in most countries, is more important and powerful, the Upper House or the Lower House?”
Bob asked me...
2. He said, “If, in Great Britain, the Government is defeated at a general
election, who is invited to form the new Government?”
143
He asked me...
3. He said, “Is the Senate in Congress (USA) the Upper House or the
Lower House?”
He asked me ...
4. Jane said, “The seats in the two front rows are to be occupied only by
women.”
Jane said...
5. Ann said, “How do members of the legislature vote in your country?”
Ann asked me...
6. Peter said, “Does the Speaker of the House of Commons ever make
speeches in the House, or are his duties like those of a chairman at a meeting?”
Peter asked me...
7. Ted said, “Do the Prime Minister and the Leader of the Opposition
sit side by side or facing one another on opposite sides of the Clerk's table?”
Ted asked me...
8. He said, “How have Americans treated the problem of death penalty?”
He asked me ...
9. She said, “Who was the founder of the British police?”
She asked me ...
10. Bob said, “What is your attitude to the problem of crime prevention?”
Bob asked me ...
VIII. Read the following orders or requests and the questions; then
answer the questions in reported speech. Follow the given example.
Example 1: “Supervise any case involving death or serious injury.”
What did she tell you to do ?
– She told me to supervise any case involving death or serious injury.
Example 2: “Don't release him on hall” What did she warn you abou ?
– She warned me not to release him on bail.
1. “Coordinate your efforts to produce good relations with the community.” What did they ask you to do?
2. “Ensure the impartiality of the service in its dealings with the public.” What did she advise him to do?
3. “Maintain public confidence.” What did he remind us to do?
4. “Discuss issues of concern with the police in a constructive spirit.”
What did she want us to do? What did she warn us about?
5. “Develop relations with young people, through greater contact with
schools, for example.” What did he tell police officers to do?
144
6. “Don't drive too fast.” What did she warn you about?
7. “Don't put offence relating questions to a person after he or she has
been charged with that offence.” What did he tell you about?
8. “Don't employ his person.” What did he order him to do?
9. “Don't detain a person beyond 36 hours if a warrant is obtained from
a magistrates' court.” What did he warn them about?
10. “Don't fail to appear in court!” What did he warn her about?
IX. Make the following direct questions indirect. Begin your questions with the words “May I ask you ...”.
Example:
a) Where do you work?
May I ask you where you work ?
b) Is there sufficient evidence to charge a person ?
May I ask you if there is sufficient evidence to charge a
person?
cide………………………………
5. What disciplinary measures are police officers subject to? Do you
know………………………..?
6. What are the most typical crimes committed by recidivists? You can't
imagine………………..
7. What is preponderance of evidence? Do you know …………
…………………….?
8. When and why are jurors sent out of the courtroom during trial? Angela told me………………..
9. What is the goal of humanitarian treatment of offenders in Holland? I
don't know…………………
10. Why has the jury system been criticized? The book doesn't
say………………
Example: Where did he go? I know where he went.
1. Who will be elected president? I'm not sure…………………………..
2. Whose footprint is it? They haven't discovered ………………
…………….
3. What are the reasons for a person to be excused from the jury service? He told me……………………
4. How was the murder committed? The police are still trying to de-
XI. Transform the following sentences from reported speech into
direct questions.
1. The judge told us what crime the accused would be guilty of, if the
evidence supplied by the prosecution was true.
2. When the judge had finished his summing up, he asked the jury to
consider their verdict.
3. The secretary when asked about the difference between a solicitor
and a barrister said that solicitors could appear in the lower courts of justice
and could speak for their clients.
4. I inquired what one had to do if he needed a barrister in the High
Court.
5. He was interested to know when a barrister could ask to be made a
Queen's Counsel, or Q.C.
6. My friend wondered what he was supposed to do, if he got into trouble with the law in England.
7. He wondered if someone might need a barrister in the High Court.
8. This person wanted to know if it was the solicitor who collected any
evidence that was needed.
9. The man asked if a solicitor could appear for his client in the higher
courts of justice.
10. The student was interested to know if solicitors had the same examinations to pass as barristers.
11. He'd like to know if a barrister who was made a Queen's Counsel, or
Q.C. could be called upon the prosecution.
12. He asked if all barristers could make much money.
13. He inquired what were other ways for a barrister if he didn't get
briefs' to earn money.
145
146
1. Must the police decide on an appropriate method of dealing with
him or her?
2. Who deters charging?
3. Why do they take no further action?
4. Will they release the person with or without bail?
5. Will the person be held in custody?
6. Do you believe that detention is necessary for his own protection?
7. Is there provision for statutory time limits on the period from arrest
to the beginning of trial in England and Wales?
8. In what situations can policemen carry arms?
9. What are the duties of traffic wardens?
10. Why was capital punishment imposed so frequently in ancient societies?
X. Complete the following sentences making indirect questions from
the questions given before each one.
XII. Rewrite these short jokes transforming direct questions into
reported speech.
1. An Irishman had just been found guilty of a serious crime and the
judge asked him: “Can you pay anything at all towards costs which were also
awarded against him?”
“Not a penny, Your Honour,” said the accused. “Everything I own I've
given to my lawyer and three of the jury.”
2. Judge: “When you were committing the theft, did you not spare a
thought for your wife and daughter?”
Defendant: “I did, Your Honour. But there were only men's clothes in
the shop.”
3. First Businessman: “Did your ad get any results?”
Second Businessman: “I'll say! We advertised for a night watchman and
the next night we were robbed.”
4. A certain lawyer was asked what he thought about justice in his
country. “If somebody were to claim my best coat as his own and threaten me
with a lawsuit, in case I refused to give it up, he would certainly get it, for I
should never go to law to defend my coat lest I should lose my last shirt.”
5. Judge: “You stole eggs from this man's store. Have you any excuse?”
Accused: “Yes, I took them by mistake.”
Judge: “How is that?”
Accused: “I thought they were fresh.”
6. Judge: “Aren't you ashamed to be seen here in court so often?”
Prisoner: “Why so, your Honour, I always thought it was a very respectable place.”
XIII. Retell the stories in reported speech. Use different verbs for
reported speech:
Text 1:
– Sir, do you swear this is not your signature? – said the lawyer.
– Yes
– Is it not your handwriting?
– No
– You take your solemn oath that this writing does not resemble yours
in a single particular?
– Yes
– How can you be certain? – demanded the lawyer.
– I can’t write, – smiled the man.
Text 2:
A husband said to his friend: “My wife doesn’t allow me to sleep. She is
afraid of thieves, she wakes me up if she hears the slightest noise, and makes
me get up to see if there are burglars in the house”.
“You can easily get over that difficulty. Just explain to your wife that
thieves don’t make any noise; they work quietly and don’t disturb anybody”.
“I’ve already done that, old man, but it only made matters worse. Now
she gets me up several times every night because she hears nothing”.
Text 3:
“Have you anything to say before I pass the sentence?” the judge said to
the pickpocket. “What good have you ever done for mankind?”
“Well, Your Honour”, said the prisoner, “I’ve kept four or five detectives working regularly and I’ve helped several reporters, prison guards, and
you to keep their jobs”.
7. Judge (in traffic court): “I'll let you off with a fine this time, but another day I'll send you to jail.” Driver: “Sort of a weather-forecast, eh, Judge?”
“What do you mean?” “Fine today – Cooler tomorrow.”
8. “What's the worst punishment for bigamy?”
“Two mothers-in-law.”
9. The presiding judge leans towards one of the other judges and says to
him in his ear, “This case must be held behind closed door.”
“Why?”
“Because from that door there's a cursed draught.”
147
148
Part II
The non-finite forms of the verb
The Infinitive
The infinitive – has active and passive forms (voice) and tens forms:
Indefinite, Continuous, Perfect and Perfect Continuous.
Active
Simple
Continuous
Perfect
Perfect Continuous
to write
to be writing to have written
to have been writing
to study
to be studying to have studied
to have been studying
Passive
to be written
_____
to have been written
_____
to be studied
to have been studied
Tense and Voice forms may be used with the particle to:
I’d like to walk.
He wants to help you.
I’m not going to stay here.
You ought to do it.
Or they may be bare infinitives after several verbs such as: can, could,
may, might, must, let, make (заставлять), shall, should, will, would, see, notice,
watch, observe, hear, feel; know=see, have=make; in some cases after need,
dare, help; after expressions: had better, would rather, would sooner, cannot
but, nothing but, cannot choose but.
He can skate.
You must do it.
I heard her sing.
We watched them dance.
She made me wash up.
You’d better go to bed now.
I would rather not speak about it.
I would sooner do it.
I can’t but say it to you.
But After the verbs hear, see, make in Passive Voice the Infinitive have to-forms.
He was heard to sing.
I was made to wash up.
Various forms of the Infinitive have different meaning in a sentence.
1. Simple Inf. – simultaneous action with the predicate.
I’m glad to meet you.
149
2. Perfect Inf. – preceeding action.
I’m glad to have seen you.
3. Continuous Inf. – the action in process.
He might be meeting her at the station now.
4. Passive Inf. – the action which is fulfilled not by the subject of the
sentence.
He wanted to be served at once.
Passive Inf. as an attribute in a sentence may denote a future action.
This is the novel to be discussed.
The teacher gave the students a few questions to be answered.
5. Perfect Continuous Inf. expresses a process preceeding the action of
the predicate.
He is known to have been working at the problem for five years.
The functions of the Infinitive in a sentence
1.
The subject of a sentence is followed by the predicate.
To learn English is very important nowadays.
To go on like this was dangerous.
To make a long story short is your task.
2.
The predicative after several verbs such as: to be, to have, modal
verbs, to decide, to promice, to want, to like, to begin, to start, to
finish and others, being used both with and without the particle
to. (Details will be given below).
She had to go to the library for this book.
They may be travelling now.
The justice in Great Britain should be done, morover.
The justice should be seen to be done.
3.
An object of a sentence after such verbs as: to agree, to advise, to
afford, to attempt, to aim, to arrange, to ask, to deserve, to fail, to
forget, to learn, to manage, to threaten, would like.
We decided to meet at the station.
Tom asked us to be in time.
Don’t forget to leave a message.
4. An attribute of a sentence.
The Infinitive in this function stands after the word it attributes. It may
be Active or Passive.
These are letters to be posted.
There are different ways to learn foreign languages.
I have no one to speak to.
150
Bill was the first to win the race.
The first thing for him to do was to obtain the information (complex attribute)
5. Adverbial modifier.
The Infinitive usually stands at the beginning or at the end of a sentence.
To master your English you should mix with a native
speaker for a while.
He is clever enough to understand the problem.
We took a taxi so as not to miss the train.
The coffee is too hot to drink.
Infinitive Constructions
1. Complex object.
The structure is: object + Infinitive
after the verbs:
want, ask, expect, help, beg, mean,
would like, would prefer, would love, would have
The teacher wanted his students to know English well
We expected him to be in time.
Everybody considers him to be right.
There are several verbs which are followed by the bare Infinitive (without to) especially in complex object (verbs of feeling):
feel, hear, see, notice, watch, observe, make (заставлять), let
I haven’t ever seen you dance.
We made the children go to bed.
Let me do it myself.
We heard him lock the door.
They noticed her enter.
She made her son wash up.
I wouldn’t let him leave.
The structure is: subject + V + Inf.
She is said to work hard at her dissertation.
The strike is expected to end soon.
You are not supposed to park here.
The steamer “Queen Marry” is considered to be the greatest in the world.
The ship can be expected to arrive in a week.
There happened to be many people there at that time.
The problem proved to be very difficult.
He seems not to know the decision.
Be careful with the translation of this structure. It can be the same as:
It is said that she works hard at her dissertation.
It is expected that the strike will end soon.
It happened that there were many people there at that time.
It is supposed that it is a very good film.
The film is supposed to be very good.
But. Very often the structure something is supposed to + Inf. has a different meaning:
it means, it is expected, it is arranged, it is planned
He is supposed to be meeting her now.
The train is supposed to arrive at 5.30.
You are not supposed to park your car here.
3. Construction For-phrase + Infinitive
The structure is: For + noun (or pronoun) + Infinitive
It is very important for him to know English.
This is for you to decide.
The coffee is too hot for me to drink.
The last thing for him to do was to be late for the wedding.
What to choose?
2. Complex subject structure is used after some verbs:
in Passive: to say, to state, to report, to announce, to believe, to suppose, to
think, to expect, to know, to understand, to consider, to see, to hear.
In Active: to seem, to appear, to prove, to happen, to chance, to be likely, to
be unlikely
1. The structure: verb + (to) infinitive. After the verbs:
agree, advise, afford, attempt, aim, ask, arrange, decide, describe, forget,
have, hope, learn, manage, promice, threaten, seem, would like and others.
151
152
They agreed to invite their friends to the party.
When did Marry learn to drive?
She had to inform him about his bad results.
You seem to have won the first prise.
She pretended not to know Nick.
Don’t forget to post the letter.
2. After some verbs you can use a question word:
what, which, whether, how
The structure is: verb + qu. word + to Infinitive.
Could you show me how to change the film.
We asked how to get to the bank.
I can’t decide what to do.
I don’t know whether she has come back.
3. There are two structures, where the Infinitive is an object:
1) verb + to Infinitive (simple object);
2) verb + object + to Infinitive (complex object).
1
We expected to be late.
Would you like to invite Marry
to the party?
Do you want to come to the
discussion?
Can you do it?
2
We expected Bill to be late.
Would you like me to invite Marry to
the party?
Do you want me to come to the discussion? (Not! Do you want that I come?)
Can you help me (to) do it?
Possible with or without to.
4. There are some verbs in the structure: verb + object + to Infinitive.
tell, remind, force, enable, teach, order, wash, invite, persuade,
get=persuade, arrange for
Who taught you to ride?
Will you remind him to buy some bread?
Peter warned me not to open this device.
I was warned not to open the device (passive).
5. There is some difference between these structures after the verbs:
advise, recommend, encourage, allow, permit, forbid
153
The first with the Infinitive:
I don’t recommend anybody to stay in that hotel.
They do not allow us to smoke in the house.
We aren’t allowed to smoke in the house.
The meaning of this structure is general.
The second structure is with ing-form.
I wouldn’t recommend staying in that hotel.
They don’t allow smoking in the house.
We don’t allow smoking in the house.
The meaning is general.
TASKS
I. Name the forms of the infinitives and translate:
To find, to be searching, to be crossexamined, to have been acquitted,
to suspect, to be investigated, to break the law, to be searched, to sum up, to be
interrogated, to consider the verdict, to get married, to make a conclusion, to be
late, to be pleading.
II. Define the functions of the Infinitives paying attention to the
place of them and translate:
1. The teacher asked us to translate the text orally.
2. The author began to translate his novel into French two years ago.
3. This crime must be investigated as soon as possible.
4. The judge asked the witness to keep to the point.
5. She was glad to hear their confession.
6. The lawyer wanted to be informed about new evidence.
7. The problem was too complicated to be settled immediately.
8. You should be extremely attentive to this dangerous person.
9. Smith was the last to be arrested.
10. The lawyer advised his client to prepare all the documents.
11. They had no intention to commit a crime.
12. To interrogate the accused is a difficult task.
13. To interrogate the accused the investigator looked through all information about the crime.
14. To make a long story short means to keep to the point and to be
brief.
15. She tried to make long story short.
16. To make a long story short she tried to find the proper words.
17. Confession is the best way for you.
18. I’ll show you the painting to be hanged in the bed-room.
154
19. There is no need for him to appear in the court-room.
20. There is no reason for him to change anything in his life.
III. Classify the Infinitive Constructions and translate the sentenses:
1. They wanted him to be acquitted.
2. He seems to come soon.
3. He is said to have come to the city.
4. We heard Brown to be awarded with the first prise.
5. The witness happened to know about the crime.
6. She was prooved to be quilty.
7. They consider themselves to be right.
8. The judge was known to be the best in the city.
9. I have you to say such things.
10. He is likely to know the robbers’ plan.
11. They may happen to be found guilty.
12. Tom seems to have been discouraged by his failour.
13. It is too late for me to refuse.
14. That is for you to decide to be or not to be an actress.
15. It’s high time for you to pull yourself together.
12. We would prefer ___________ to the theatre (to go) rather than
__________ the film (to see).
V. Make a new sentence using the verb in brackets with Complex
Subject:
1. Your mother is worried about your being late (appear).
2. Mr. Smith is absent minded (seem).
3. They have considerred the verdict (say).
4. She became a film star (know).
5. You should read all the evidence (to suppose).
6. His sons have already served in the Army (to be likely).
VI. Insert the words: what, how, where, whether and complete the
sentences using one of the verbs: do, park, drive, find, behave.
1. Can you show me __________ __________ the way to the postoffice?
2. We haven’t decided __________ ___________ yet.
3. Will you teach me __________ ___________ the car?
4. Don’t you know __________ __________ in this situation?
5. Who can tell me ___________ __________ the car?
2. I would rather _________ to the Crimea (to go).
3. The judge made the witness _________ the truth, the whole truth and
nothing but the truth (to tell).
4. I was known __________ all the evidence by the beginning of the
trial (to examine).
5. We heard him ___________ at the conference (to speak).
6. Everybody knew she could __________ since morning till night (to
dance).
7. Don’t help him. He is very lazy. Let him _________ it himself (to
do).
8. This crime should __________ long ago (to investigate).
9. I want __________ about the trial. I would like to know everything
(to inform).
10. I want you __________ me about the trial (to inform).
11. I want you _________ me about it before the trial finished (to inform).
VII. Analyse the Infinitive. Translate (for practice and control).
1. Currently, the number of people out of work for 12 months or more
stands at 750,000 and will almost certainly hit the million mark later this year,
where it is very likely to stay for several years, said commission chairman Sir
Richard O’Brien.
2. Generally, a witness cannot testify to hearsay, that is, what someone
else has told him outside of the presence of the parties to the action.
3. Occasionally during the trial the lawyers will ask permission to approach the bench and speak to the judge or the judge may call them to the
bench.
4. Like every other human undertaking, the effort to meet the often
complex demands of the internal morality of law may suffer various kinds of
shipwreck.
5. The more the party went halfway to meet social expectations and
overcome errors the more ruthlessly it was attacked.
6. The magistrates can decide to try the charge themselves at any time
during the hearing, but usually the decision is made at the outset at the suggestion of the prosecution.
7. Under the law the court is required to ask a few preliminary questions
of the prospective jurors, touching their qualifications to act as jurors.
155
156
IV. Insert the Infinitive in the proper form:
1. I’ll go to the hospital tomorrow __________ by the doctor (to examine).
8. Despite differences of opinion on certain of these issues they had
been able to draw up with the Peace Council a comprehensive set of policies to
end the threat of mutual nuclear annihilation.
9. Irrespective of what concept is adopted for the restructuring of the trade
union movement, it must absolutely respect the system’s Socialist principles.
10. A crime is not committed by anyone who, because of a mental disease is unable to understand what he is doing and to control his conduct at the
time he commits a harm forbidden by criminal law.
11. Shop stewards were reported to have held meetings at several major
work places with a view to organizing the strike.
12. Because of the complexities of the system and the difficulties in political attitudes towards the land law, it is not possible to deal only with clearcut major principles of reform.
13. The cross-examining attorney may ask leading questions for the
purpose of inducing the witness to testify about matters which he may otherwise have chosen to ignore.
14. It may be necessary to refer to more than one code in order to ascertain the state of the law.
15. Hobbes was convinced that the sovereign, in order to perform its
functions adequately, should be omnipotent and not subject to legal restraints.
16. It is important to define law in order to establish proper methods of
studying law.
17. For well over a century it has been suggested, time and again, that in
order to keep the general law under constant review and bring it up to date
whenever necessary, this country needs a Minister of Justice.
18. A constable also has certain privileges in order to enable him to
carry out his duties more efficiently, e.g. a certain amount of protection against
actions for damages, and exemption from jury service.
19. The union should also be informed about the economic issues of the
enterprise so as to have realistic ground for its fight in defence of the workers
social interests.
20. Webster’s definition of violence is clear: the exertion of physical
force so as to injure or abuse.
21. In the spring of 1970, the Columbia Broadcasting Company took a
poll of 1136 Americans to see how many of them supported the Bill of Rights.
22. The Courts of Appeals were organized to relieve the Supreme Court
of pressure resulting from the accumulation of appellate cases.
23. Statute law can be used to abolish common law rules which have
outlived their usefulness, or to amend the common law to cope with the changing circumstances and values of society.
24. Magistrate courts have been established to handle the large number
of cases which arise in urban communities.
25. At the same time it must be recognized that special steps should be
taken to present types of crimes that terrorize the public, or disturb their sense
of safety and security, such as housebreaking and robbery.
26. The doctrine of contract has been so thoroughly remodeled to meet
the needs of modern times, that there is less necessity here than elsewhere for
historical research.
27. Businessman Alan Eva, who paid to have his own factory burnt
down, then got more than £1m1n from an insurance company, was jailed for 4
years at the Old Bailey.
28. A number of statutes has been passed to prevent physical cruelty
and neglect and to provide for children’s moral and mental welfare as well.
29. The elements of the objective aspect of a crime are taken into consideration to determine how dangerous an act is to society.
30. Laws must be clearly written to define the responsibility and immunities of the police officer who represents society.
31. The US intention is clear. It will talk about banning chemical weapons, but only to buy time and to divert attention away from its steadily growing
stockpile threatening the world.
32. Considerable social ingenuity will be required to remedy this structural defect in American society.
33. This resulted in 1959 in the appointment by the President of the
Board of Trade of a committee to review the whole field of the existing law of
trade marks.
34. It is obvious for instance, that in order to draw up a will, or to enforce claims arising out of an agreement one has to know the law.
35. In order to perform its function the court needs willingness on the
part of potential litigants to use the court as a conflict-resolving mechanism.
36. In order to justify a homicide, as being in self-defense, the person
who is attacked must actually believe that he is in imminent danger of losing
his life or of receiving serious personal injury.
37. In order to raise more money to avoid a government deficit, workers’weekly national insurance contributions are likely to be upped by perhaps
as much as £1.
38. In order to have the required “background” for their policy, the ruling circles of the NATO countries have been putting over a period of years in
increasing their military appropriations, which, as they themselves acknowledge this, are very much higher than the defence expenditures of the socialist
countries.
157
158
39. In order that a man and woman may become husband and wife, two
conditions must be satisfied: first, they must both possess the capacity to contract a marriage, and secondly, they must observe the necessary formalities.
40. To be declared criminally responsible a person must have reached a
certain age.
41. To understand this, it is necessary to consider what was happening
throughout Europe in the same period.
42. To make punishment effective the law of course fits the penalty to
the offence.
43. This conflict may be too general to be dealt with, instance by instance, although it is quite likely that this is the best we can do for the time
being.
44. The programs mentioned in this report have been in operation too
short a time to provide a firm basis for evaluating their impact.
45. Most crimes for which arrests are made are actually committed in
the presence of witnesses or a policeman, and the testimony of either is usually
sufficient to insure conviction without any confession.
46. The comparative method is sufficiently elastic to embrace all activities which may be concerned with the study of foreign law.
47. The foregoing discussion of the nature and functions of law is intended only as the barest introduction of a subject far too big and important to
be exhausted in a few pages.
48. We have enough experience to know that, however much care is
taken, some accidents are inevitable.
49. There are enough nuclear missiles in the world to turn it into a radio-active desert.
50. Enough has been said to illustrate the difficulties encountered in any
attempt to frame a satisfactory definition of comparative law.
51. Massive upsurges of peace action in Western Europe have become
powerful enough to shake governments, modify international policy and compell heads of states in the western world to separate themselves from the dangerous foreign policies of the Reagan administration.
52. The investigator should record just enough of the information to enable him to complete his records at the conclusion of the interview.
53. When a given social arrangement has been accepted, and when people have conformed to it long enough to have made it customary or traditional,
then it is regarded as normal and just to adhere to this arrangement and unjust
to deviate from it.
54. It is not yet too late for the government to change its position and
stop the Pentagon testing of Cruise missiles on Canadian soil.
55. It may be too early for the total amount of compensation to be finally assessed and this issue might be postponed to a later date.
56. The go-ahead has already been given for a chemical weapon plant to
be built in the States.
57. None of the courts went into the question whether there was sufficient material before the circuit judge for him to be satisfied as required by the
section.
58. For a policy of peaceful coexistence to succeed mass struggle is
necessary.
59. For a marriage to be valid there must be consent by each party to
take the other in marriage.
60. For natural law to be recognized as such, it must have more than divine origin.
159
160
The Gerund
The gerund is formed by adding the suffix -ing to the stem of the verb.
The gerund denotes the name of an action. It has nominal and verbal properties. The nominal characteristics are:
1. It can be a subject, an object and a predicative.
2. It can be preceded by a preposition.
3. It can be preceded by a possessive pronoun, or a noun in the possessive case.
The verbal characteristics are:
1. It can have a direct object.
2. It can be modified by an adverb.
3. The Gerund can have forms of tense and voice.
The gerund forms:
Active
Passive
Simple
writing
being written
Perfect
having written
having been written
1. Active forms of the gerund mean the actions done by the subject of
the sentence.
They had no problem in transleting poems.
2. Passive forms of the gerund mean the actions done not by the subject,
but they are only directed to the subject of the sentence.
He liked neither reading, not being read allowed.
3. Perfect forms of the gerund mean the actions done before the actions
of the predicate.
She denied having spoken about you.
Functions of the gerund:
The gerund can be as
1. a subject
Swearing the oath is obligatory for every witness.
2. a predicative (after such verbs as to be, to begin, to stop, to continue,
to keep, need, to enjoy, to avoid, line, dislike, hate, intend, prefer, can’t help, to
be worth, be used to, get used to, feel like, and others)
He kept on interrogating the suspect.
The accused was quite against being found guilty.
He denies stealing the money.
The gerundial constructions
Gerundial constructions consist of gerund with preceding possessive
pronoun, or a noun in possessive case (as a complex subject, as a predicative)
and with a preceding preposition (as a complex object).
His being included in the delegation was unknown. (subject)
I don’t like your leaving so early. (object)
They told us about their taking part in the conference. (object)
All of us knew about his being accused of shop-lifting. (object)
The Cayer was quite against interrogating that vitness. (object)
The Infinitive or the Gerund
3. an object
a) direct
I enjoyed dancing.
b) indirect prepositional object.
After certain word combinations such as: to accuse of, to approve of, to
hear of, to be found of, to be proud of, to go in for, to succeed in, to be surprised of, to be interested in, to be engaged in, to insist on, to object to, to be
disappointed at, to prevent from, to persist in, to spend in, to suspect of, to
think of, to be afraid of, to be capable of, to insist of, to object to, to get used
to, to look forward to, to count on, to be punished for, to be used for.
And in the expressions:
There is no harm in …
There is no sense in …
He was accused of stealing money.
The boy was punished for breaking the window.
He instisted on being informed about the case.
Would you mind Richard’s being invited?
c) an attribute (with positions of, for)
He was born with the gift of winning hearts.
Interrogation is an instrument for investigating.
I don’t like the idea of their getting married.
d) adverbial modifier (of time, manner, attendant circumstances).
Preceded by the prepositions: after, before, on (upon), in, at, with,
without.
After arriving in London he went to the British museum.
Translate the text without using a dictionary.
Upon walking I found myself much recovered.
In spite of being busy he came to the party.
Sometimes the both forms are possible. The gerund is used after the
verbs: stop, finish, delay, postpone, fancy, imagine, consider, avoid, admit,
deny, miss, risk, involve, practice, give up, put off, carry on, keep, keep on,
enjoy, mind, remember, regret and others.
But the infinitive is also used after the verbs: stop, finish, remember,
and regret.
We should remember, that if we speak about past actions it is safer to
use the gerund, if we speak about future actions, we use the infinitive.
1 He stopped smoking (gave up).
2 He stopped to smoke (the function of adverbial modifier of
purpose).
to regret
I now regret saying what I said.
I regret to say sad news to you.
to remember
I remember seeing him the other day but I don’t remember
where.
I remember to pay for the telephone.
To like, would like
I like shopping (the occupation).
I would like to shop today.
I don’t like washing up, but
I like to wash up just after the meal (prefer).
The gerund is used after the verbs and expressions such as: to enjoy, to
mind, can’t help, would recommend + (general action), intend + (occupation),
be used to + (ing), get used to + (ing).
I used to get up early in my childhood and to go to bed early
too, but now I got used to getting up and going to bed late.
161
162
to be afraid of + gerund, when we are afraid of something bad happens
(bad results).
to be afraid + infinitive, when we don’t want to do something not safe.
I’m afraid to go to the dog because I’m afraid of being bitten.
to be sorry to do smth (refers to future).
to be sorry for doing smth (refers to the past).
I’m sorry to give you unpleasant news.
I’m sorry for my being late.
TASKS
I. Define the forms of the Gerund:
interrogating, being accused, searching, having found, having been investigated, being arrested, breaking the law, creating, being sworn, having imposed.
II. Define the functions of the Gerund:
1. He stopped smoking after being warned about the danger for his
health.
2. Searching the house is impossible without getting a special warrant.
3. He is quite against her being arrested.
4. I don’t mind your taking part in the discussion of the evidence.
5. You are not allowed to serve as a juror without swearing an oath.
6. They were proud of having solved this difficult problem.
7. Not knowing the laws is not the reason for excuse from.
8. He enjoyed studying English by reading detective stories in original.
9. The accused tried to avoid answering questions.
10. I don’t mind being kept waiting.
11. He had to admit stealing the diamond.
12. Old Shark scraped up a gang and suggested robbing a bank.
13. Have you ever considered being a juror.
14. The jury found Mr. Brown guilty of taking money from the company he worked for and keeping it for himself.
15. The rain prevented us from completing the work.
III. Insert the gerund in the proper form, use prepositions where
nesessary:
1. _____________ (to deliver) the lecture the professor invited the students to take part in ____________ (to discuss) the problem.
2. His __________ (to send) to the congress was supported by his scientific superviser.
163
3. Tom enjoyed ___________ (to read) detective stories written by the
famous writer.
4. All Russia referendum is an instrument ___________ (to discuss)
important problems of our home policy.
5. He managed to find the killer ___________ (not to use) the urgent
measures.
IV. Classify the Gerund Constructions and translate the sentences:
1. Nobody knew about his being sent into the Space after his having
passed the qualification exam without special training for such a mission.
2. Her getting married to a well-known mafia christian father made her
life awful.
3. The parents asked the police not to inform public about their children’s being kidnapped.
4. Because of being worried about their children’s life the parents didn’t
want anybody to know about their children’s kidnapping.
5. Instead of writing out new words by himself he asked his sister to do it.
6. They have no experience in translating special documents into English for the judge to understand.
V. Analyse The Gerund. Translate for practice and control.
1. It may not be out of place to end these lectures by suggesting that the
exploration and uses of outer space call international law back to its prime
source in the law of nature.
2. If we are to examine what we have by way of a constitution we must
start by considering what, exactly, a constitution is.
3. Law in its pure form, by setting barriers to the unlimited exercise of
power, must be viewed as a restrictive force in social life.
4. Under the federal rule, for example, a defendant with means may
automatically obtain all necessary subpoenas by simple paying a fee and designating the desired witness.
5. This country has now reached the stage where it can’t cope with
youngsters except by treating them as though they are hardened villains and
locking them up, wasting good money which could be used to improve the
environments they come from.
6. The positivist theory, by focusing on the political element in law
tends to exclude from consideration important areas and aspects of law such as
international law, ecclesiastical law, and the law of primitive societies.
7. Both the conduct and the mental element differ from crime to crime
and can be ascertained only by studying the definition of the particular crime.
164
8. By dismissing all the opinions about which there could be the sigh
test doubt, Descartes hopes to arrive at self-evident truths.
9. Before turning to consider earlier evidence and authorities it is useful
to confront one further assertion in Kelsen’s statement.
10. Before considering how technical issues can be best presented in
public policy forums, it may be worth examining some of the limitations on the
role that technical analysis can play in decision-making.
11. Immediately after being sentenced to a month in jail, he was allowed
bail to appeal on his own surety of £100.
12 We have already noted that the phenomenon of the solemn execution
of animals for having caused the death of a person appears not to be attested in
the records of the early English law.
13. It is difficult to describe in a few general words the part played by
provincial police authorities in administering the police and to say what exactly
are their functions and powers.
14. Shop stewards were reported to have held meetings at several major
work places with a view to organizing the strike.
15. Finally, we must notice that a country may have sovereignty without
being independent. Take, for example, countries in the British Commonwealth
in the periods before their formal independence. Possessing a legislature and a
Cabinet of Ministers responsible to it, they can be described as self-governing
and as having in effect internal sovereignty. However, they do not have independence, they are not states in the international sense.
16. Our duty has been to look for means of confining the scope of punishment as narrowly as possible without impairing the efficacy attributed to it.
17. This problem needs to be resolved urgently it is a question that has
been raised over many years without the educational authorities making any
sign of giving way.
TEST YOURSELF
I. Insert to where necessary before the Infinitive
1. He can (predict) the future.
2. The teacher made them (learn) the text by heart.
3. The investigator wanted (see) the crime-scene.
4. You ought (help) your old parents.
5. He is expected (arrive) in time.
6. Don’t let your child (go out) in such bad weather.
7. I saw the plane (crash) in the sky.
165
II. Put the verb in the correct form.
1. How old were you when you learnt (drive)?
2. He had made his decision and refused……………..his mind
(change).
3. It was a really good holiday. I really enjoyed…………..by the sea
again (be).
4. I can’t make a decision. I keep………………my mind (change).
5. “Remember……………..Tom tomorrow.” “OK. I won’t forget”
(phone).
6. I don’t want……………this book. It’s so boring (read).
7. I have a friend who claims…………….able to speak four languages (be).
8. I pretended……………..interested in the conversation but really it
was very boring (be).
9. The water here is not very good. I’d avoid…………..it if I were
you (drink).
10. Did I really tell you I was unhappy? I don’t remember……………that (say).
11. Why did you change your decision and refused……………his
mind (change).
12. I don’t mind……………..home but I’d rather…………..a taxi
(walk, get).
13. I managed to get a visa, but I had difficulty…………..a visa (get).
14. Do you feel like…………..out this evening (go)?
III. Compose sentences with the Infinitive Constructions using the
given words.
1. He (see) her (dance) in the hall.
2. Tom (say) (be) the best student.
3. The conference (expect) (be held) in a week.
4. She (be likely) (graduate) from the University this year.
5. They (seem) already (pass) all the exams.
6. The only thing for him (do) is (make) he waiting for him.
IV. Choose the right word (Infinitive or Gerund).
1. Put that cigarette out! You are not allowed……………..in here.
(smoke)
2. It’s hot in here. Would you mind………………the window? (open)
3. He found the work difficult, but he managed…………….the examination. (pass)
166
4. I never read Shakespeare now, because they made me…………….it
at school (study)
5. She always travels by train or boat because she’s afraid of ……
………(fly)
6. “Let’s go out tonight.” “All right. Where do you
want………………?” (go)
7. You’re overweight. You ought……………more exercise. (take)
8. This is a very beautiful village, but there’s nowhere…………..in the
evening. (go)
9. When I first visited Britain, I couldn’t get used to……………..on
the left. (drive)
10. There’s a lot of traffic. We’d better not……………the road here.
(cross)
11. I don’t know why she resigned. She seemed…………….very happy
here. (be)
12. I’m tired of………………television every evening. (watch)
13. Her doctor advised her……………….a specialist. (see)
14. I’ll help you, I’m sure you aren’t string enough…………..it on your
own. (lift)
15. He spends all his time…………..comics. (read)
16. My parents were very strict. They wouldn’t let me……………out
late in the evenings. (stay)
17. A kettle is used for…………..water. (boil)
18. He’s working too hard. He’s too tired…………anything when he
gets home. (do)
19. The robbers forced the manager……………the safe. (open)
20. I hope……………..my brother in Australia next year. (visit)
21. He’s not interested in…………..money, his father’s a millionaire.
(earn)
22. Don’t give up yet, we must keep…………..(try)
23. I’d rather…………….happy than rich. (be)
24. He needed bodyguards because several people had threatened…………..him. (kill)
25. I was very happy…………….your news. (hear)
26. Take your time. I don’t mind……………..(wait)
27. I’d rather not…………..about that. (talk)
28. We’re going to Oxford tomorrow. Would you like………….with
us? (come)
29. He won’t be long. He’s just got two more phone calls……
…….(make)
30. She didn’t want to go to work, so she pretended…………..ill. (be)
31. I gave up…………..five years ago. (smoke)
32. I’m bored with………….the same clothes every day. (wear)
33. The book was very difficult………………(understand)
34. Neither of them could find a job, so they both decided……
……..(emigrate)
35. She’s very confident. She expects……………the election. (win)
36. I’m not here…………..my time. (waste)
37. They won’t let you…………the United States without a visa. (enter)
38. He joined the navy…………….the world. (see)
39. I wonder if you’d be kind enough…………….me? (help)
40. Charlie Chaplin film always make me……………(laugh)
167
168
The Participle
Functions of Participle II
Forms of Participle I and Participle II
Form
Participle I
Simple
Perfect
Participle II
Active
Passive
showing
having shown
being shown
having been shown
Functions
Predicative
Patterns
This film is thrilling.
I advise you to see it.
Part of the predicate
The girl was smiling.
She is waiting for a bus.
Attribute
The smiling faces of the
children failed to cheer
him up. They heard the
trembling voice of the girl.
Part of a complex object
I could see the boat approaching the shore.
Adverbial modifiers of:
attendant
circumstances
(manner)
cause
(reason)
He was standing at the
bridge admiring the beautiful view.
time
parenthesis
Not knowing English very
well, he should study
regularly
While crossing the street
she fell and broke her leg.
Having done our home
work we decided to go for
a walk.
Frankly speaking, I consider the plan to be unreal.
Judging by what critics
say, the new play is worth
seeing.
169
Indicators
After the link
verbs: to be, to
seem, to look, to
get, to remain, to
grow, etc.
Attribute
shown
Functions of Participle I
Function
Predicative
Notes
Participle I is usually rendered into Russian by an
adjective.
Participle I is usually rendered into Russian by a
verb.
In this function it corresponds to the Russian действительное причастие. In
some cases it is rendered in
Russian by a clause (причастным оборотом).
This construction with
Participle I corresponds to a
subordinate object clause in
Russian.
In this function Participle I
simple corresponds to the
Russian деепричастие
несовершенного вида.
Participle I Perfect Corresponds to the Russian деепричастие совершенного
вида.
In some cases Participle I is
rendered by an adverbial
clause or деепричастным
оборотом.
Part of a complex object
Adverbial
modifiers of:
time
condition
comparison
concession
a) after the verbs
denoting sense
perception: to
see, to hear, to
feel, to find, etc.
b) after the verbs
denoting wish: to
desire, to want,
to wish, etc.
с) after the
verbs: to have, to
get, to make.
Usually
after
conjunction
when
After if, when
After as if, as
though
After though
Patterns
My question to him
remained unanswered.
We were very surprised when we
heard the news.
The engineers invited to our laboratory work very well.
The machines constructed at this plant
produced many nuts.
I saw him knocked
off his feet.
I heard him talked
about.
I want it done by
tomorrow.
He had his boots
mended.
I shall get this letter
typed.
You must make your
news known.
When asked, he
answered that he
could not come.
If asked, answer that
you are busy.
When considered
from this point of
view, this matter
seems rather serious.
He stood as though
struck by my words.
Though impressed
by the news, he
didn’t show it.
170
Notes
Participle II corresponds to the
Russian страдательное
или
действительное
причастие
of
some verbs ending in-‘ся’, or by
a clause, or причастным оборотом.
In the sentence
this construction
has the function
of a complex
object. It usually
corresponds to a
subordinate object clause in
Russian.
In this function
Participle II is
generally rendered in Russian
by an adverbial
clause or причастным оборотом.
Participle I indefinite passive is not often used as an attribute, but when it
is used in this way, it should not be confused with Participle II. Though both
participles express a passive action, there is still a certain difference in meaning:
Participle II expresses merely a state, while Participle I indefinite passive expresses rather a progressive passive action represented as a state. A participial
phrase with Participle II as its head word is usually rendered in Russian with the
help of Participle phrase, (причастным оборотом) while a participial phrase
with Participle I indefinite corresponds to a Russian attributive clause with the
verb in the form of the imperfect aspect (несовершенного вида).
1. Letters written by my sister are difficult to read. Письма, написанные моей сестрой, трудно читать.
2. The letters being written by the engineer will be signed by the director. Письма, которые сейчас пишет этот инженер, будут
подписаны директором.
Participle I, both indefinite and perfect and participle II can be used as
adverbial modifiers:
- of time:
1. Seeing him on the other side of the street, I called him. Видя его
на другой стороне улицы, я позвал его.
2. Having sent the invitation, I felt a sense of relief. Послав приглашение, я почувствовал облегчение.
- of reason (cause):
Being an orphan at six, he was brought up by a distant relative. Так как
он остался сиротой в 6 лет, его воспитывал дальний родственник.
- of condition:
If sent immediately, the telegram will be delivered by eight
o’clock. Если телеграмму отправить сразу, ее доставят к 8 часам.
- of comparison:
She paced up and down the room restlessly as if trying to make some
decision. Она непрерывно мерила комнату шагами, как будто старалась
решить что-то.
As may be judged from some of these examples, participles in the adverbial function may be preceded by conjunctions. Here is the full list of such
conjunctions: when, while, if, as, it, as though, though.
Participle I indefinite active and Participle II may also function as predicatives after link-verbs.
This story is really very exciting.
While we were speaking, she grew more and more excited.
If the participle is used as an attribute, it should be placed immediately
after the word it modifies. In the adverbial function the participle should have
logically the same subject as the predicate of the whole sentence.
171
The Objective Participle Construction
The verbs of sense perception (feel, hear, notice, observe, perceive, see,
watch, listen) and the verbs to have, to get are often followed by the objective
participial construction, i. e. by a noun (in the common case) or a pronoun (in
the objective case) and a participle, standing in predicate relation to each other.
When translated into Russian, both parts of the construction correspond to the
subject and predicate of a subordinate object clause.
I heard him practising his violin.
The difference between the objective-with-the-infinitive construction
also used after these verbs and the objective-participial one is that the construction with participles describes the action as being in progress while the infinitive is used to denote a complete act.
After the verbs to imagine, to smell, to look (at), to keep, to catch, to set,
to start, to leave, to send ones the objective participial construction is used.
1. I can smell dinner cooking.
2. Please, help me to start these mechanisms working.
When the subject of the participle is represented by a lifeless thing, the
second part of the construction is expressed by Participle II.
I heard these words mentioned several times.
After the verbs to make, to get, to like, to want the construction is used
only with Participle II.
1. He soon made his presence felt. Вскоре все почувствовали его
присутствие.
2. She wanted her pie heated. Она хотела, чтобы ей подогрели
пирог.
The objective participial construction with Participle II when used after
the verb to have, has a special meaning, i. e. it expresses the idea of something
done for the benefit of the person, expressed by the subject of the sentence.
I had my car repaired, i. e. somebody repaired my car for me.
In this case the subject of the participle is always represented by a noun
expressing a lifeless thing.
The Subjective Participial Construction
This construction is formed only with Participle I of the active voice.
This construction is used when the predicate of the sentence is expressed by
one of the verb of sense perception in the passive voice.
They were seen speaking to the teacher.
Видели, как они разговаривали с учителем.
The pilot could be heard singing.
Можно было слышать, как пилот поет.
172
The Absolute Participial Construction
The participle which is used as an adverbial adjunct (приложение) to
any verb may be preceded by a noun (in the common case) or a pronoun (in the
nominative case), functioning as its subject. The whole construction is used as
one-sentence component: an adverbial modifier of time, reason, condition,
manner or after dant circumstances and is called the absolute participial construction. It is separated by a comma from the main part of the sentence. This
construction is rendered in Russian by means of a corresponding adverbial
clause.
1. Her luggage registered, she went to the platform (an adverbial
modifier of time) – когда ее багаж был сдан в камеру хранения
она пошла на платформу.
2. Our teacher having fallen ill, we had no English class (an adverbial modifier of reason). Так как наша учительница заболела, у
нас не было занятия по английскому языку.
3. The show being not very long, we shall be able to get to the Petrovs in good time (an adverbial modifier of condition). Если сеанс будет не очень длинным, мы сможем попасть к Петровым
вовремя.
When this construction occupies the end position in the sentence it corresponds in Russian to the second part of a compound sentence (often introduced by the Russian conjunctions причем, а, но).
We spent the summer in their cottage, they occupying the front
room and we having verandah at our disposal.
(an adverbial modifier of attendant circumstances)
Мы провели лето на даче, причем они занимали комнату,а мы
имели в нашем распоряжении веранду.
All forms of Participle I are used in this construction as well as Participle II.
The Absolute Participial Construction is literary rather than colloquial.
TASKS
I. Form Participle I.
To accuse, to defend, to convict, to interrogate, to search, to arrest, to
cross-examine, to rob, to kidnap, to commit a crime, to try, to sum up, to pass a
sentence, to plead guilty, to reach a verdict, to reveal, to pay a fine, to persuade, to give evidence, to call a witness, to explain, to influence, to acquit, to
retire, to appeal.
173
II. Translate into English.
Обвиняющий, защищающий, допрашивающий, производящий
обыск, арестовывающий, производящий перекрестный допрос, грабящий,
похищающий людей, совершающий преступление, судящий, подводящий
итоги, выносящий приговор, оправдывающий, уходящий в отставку, подающий апелляцию, объясняющий, влияющий, вызывающий свидетеля,
убеждающий, выносящий вердикт, выявляющий, платящий штраф, заявляющий о невиновности.
III. Translate into Russian.
1. The man standing before a judge is a criminal.
2. This is the article describing the crime of murder.
3. Standing in the witness box he was giving evidence.
4. The jury are reaching the verdict.
5. While studying in а Law faculty I gained a lot of knowledge.
6. He stood looking at the broken window.
7. The boy running along the street was a pickpocket.
8. Being very busy he could not attend lectures.
9. Returning home he was arrested.
10. They are listening to a lecture on Law now.
IV. Translate into English.
1. Что ты делаешь? – Я ловлю карманника (a pickpocket).
2. Ты видишь “зайца” (a stowaway), который прячется под шлюпкой на палубе (on deck).
3. Взломщик ломает стекло окна, стоя на лестнице.
4. Убегая от полиции, преступник спрятался в саду.
5. Человек в мантии, стоящий у окна, – известный адвокат.
6. Полицейский допрашивал вора, когда зазвонил телефон.
7. Гильотиной (the guillotine) пользовались во многих странах,
включая Шотландию и Италию.
8. Плачущий заложник раздражал похитителя, и он ударил его.
9. Работая в полиции всю жизнь, он имел богатый опыт выявления
преступлений.
10. Вчера в газете была статья, описывающая убийство, которое
произошло два дня назад.
174
V. Form Present Participle Active and Passive and translate into
Russian.
e.g. to invite – приглашать
inviting – приглашающий
being invited – приглашаемый (будучи приглашаемым
или приглашенным)
to accuse, to interrogate, to suspect, to convict, to seize, to search, to
give evidence, to defend, to appeal, to call a witness, to cross-examine.
VI. Translate the sentences which have Present Participle (Active or
Passive).
1. Being accused of the crime of murder he denied it.
2. The train arriving at the station was late.
3. The speech being preparув by the Counsel for the Defence is very
long.
4. The accused was led out of the court being firmly maintained by a
policeman.
5. Being cross-examined the witness answered all the questions.
6. The hostages being saved were frightened very much.
7. The project being realised was proposed by a group of judges.
8. All the barristers belonging to the Bar must dine together several
times a week.
9. Being shown the way he reached the station soon.
10. Hoping to find the will she searched everywhere.
11. The people sleeping in the next room were wakened by the sound of
breaking glass.
12. Being exhausted by his work he threw himself on his bed.
13. The bill being passed is very important.
14. When being asked the same question he didn’t know what to answer
either.
15. What is the name of the barrister cross-examining the witness.
16. The man being charged of theft is not guilty.
VII. Translate the Perfect forms of Participle I (Active and Passive).
1. Having passed the sentence the judge left the court-room.
2. Having appeared before the magistrate the accused was not sure that
he would be acquitted.
3. Having retained the barrister, the solicitor described the situation.
4. Having called the police the robbed man began waiting.
175
5. Having removed all the traces of his crime the criminal left the building.
6. Having found the revolver and loaded it he sat down facing the door.
7. Having escaped from prison he began looking for the place where he
could get food.
8. Having found the money they began guarrelling about how to divide it.
9. Having entered the room suddenly they saw them opening the safe.
10. Having stolen the silver he looked for a place to hide it.
VIII. Translate into English.
1. Полиция ищет украденный автомобиль.
2. Мальчиков поймали, когда они крали вишню.
3. Будучи свободным, он решил больше не совершать преступлений.
4. Когда его допрашивали, он не знал, что ответить.
5. Мужчина, покупающий сигареты, – знаменитый адвокат.
6. Криминология – наука, рассматривающая (to deal with) природу
и причины преступлений.
7. Рассматриваемое дело представляет большой интерес.
8. Обсудив широкий ряд проблем, адвокат и поверенный выработали стратегию ведения дела в суде.
9. Читая книгу, я узнал много новых интересных для меня сведений.
10. Стоя перед полицейским, он не хотел признать свою вину.
11. Будучи оправданным, он начал искать работу.
12. Завтракая, он слушал новости.
13. Джим Винстайн, полицейский, производящий расследование
(to make an investigation), допрашивает обеих женщин.
14. Свидетель видела этих двух женщин, ходящих (to move) в магазине.
15. Допросив свидетеля, адвокат обратился к судье.
16. Вынеся вердикт (to reach a verdict), присяжные вернулись в зал
суда.
17. Подготовив дело, поверенный (a solicitor) передал его адвокату (a barrister).
18. Уходя на работу (to leave for), он забыл взять свои документы.
19. Многоженец (a bigamist) – человек, который женится, будучи
женатым.
176
IX. Form Participle II.
To acquit, to commit, to accuse, to defend, to rob, to kidnap, to arrest, to
convict, to reveal, to influence, to retire, to appeal, to search, to interrogate, to
try, to sum up, to pass, to pay, to call, to explain.
X. Translate into English.
Оправданный, уплаченный, объясненный, обысканный, допрошенный, похищенный, арестованный, совершенный, ограбленный, вызванный, обвиненный, защищенный.
XI. Translate into Russian.
1. The information provided by him is very reliable.
2. When asked about his parents the boy wouldn’t answer.
3. They reached the scene of crime deserted by the criminals.
4. The wounded man bound his cut with a piece of cloth.
5. The data saved in the police data base are very important for the detective.
6. When initially detained, he was released on bail.
7. Outside London the police are local forces, employed and paid by
countries.
8. When charged of murder, he was arrested.
9. An arrested person has a statutory right to consult a solicitor.
10. Detention is forseen by a warrant obtained from a magistrates’
court.
11. In Scotland the police may detain and question a suspected person
for a period of up to six hours.
12. Anyone arrested must be brought before a court with the least possible delay.
XII. Translate into English using Past Participle (Participle II).
1. Информация, собранная (to collect) следователем, была очень
важной для уголовного дела.
2. Многие серьезные преступления, расследованные им, сделали
его хорошим следователем.
3. Свидетели обвинения, приглашенные для судебного разбирательства, ждут в соседней комнате.
4. Совершенное деяние было квалифицировано как преступление.
5. Опубликованная статья была переведена на английский язык.
6. Присяжные заседатели, избранные на прошлой неделе, рассмотрели несколько дел.
177
7. При проведении перекрестного допроса обвиняемый признался
в совершенном преступлении.
8. Полицейский предупредил арестованного правонарушителя о
его праве на защиту (right to defence).
9. В суде ее представлял адвокат.
10. Я думаю, что вердикт будет вынесен завтра.
11. Полицией были получены некоторые важные улики.
12. Это дело об ограблении было раскрыто в августе.
XIII. The objective Participle Construction. Translate into Russian.
1. The accused heard the question repeated.
2. We saw the criminal being arrested.
3. A lot of witnesses saw the house being broken down.
4. I heard the news about the hostages being announced.
5. The judge had his robe cleaned.
6. The superintendant wants the escaped caught by tomorrow morning.
7. My neighbour had his flat robbed yesterday.
8. The investigator has had his request answered.
9. Where can I have my rights protected?
10. They had their rights restored.
11. The policemen saw four men escaping from the police-car.
12. The soldiers watched the plane being shot.
13. The residents of the city standing near the court-building noticed the
police-car arriving at the court-yard.
14. People wanted the hostages saved.
XIV. Change the following sentence using:
a) Participle I
1. The police-officers who stood before him asked him to show them
all his things.
2. When a policeman was walking up the street he met a strange young
man.
3. As he left the room he was immediately arrested.
4. The solicitor came up to each witness and asked to keep quiet.
5. The street, which runs east, is called Columbus Avenue.
6. As the defendant had no enough evidence he could not prove his innocence.
7. We often speak about our rights, which are written in the Constitution.
8. As I don’t know the witness I can’t believe him.
178
9. When the investigator wrote his report, he was looking at his watch.
10. When they investigated the case, they were very careful.
11. The escaped man hurried when he left the prison.
12. When we stay in the witness box we must tell the truth.
13. When the judge came in, he immediately asked to begin selecting
a jury.
14. When the kidnappers crossed the bridge, they saw several policemen who were waiting for them.
15. A person who brings good news is always welcome.
b) Participle II
1. The things which are left behind by criminals, are called evidence.
2. The public who were greatly impressed by the evidence of the witness hoped for the best.
3. The new job which was offered by the solicitor seems more interesting.
4. The prisoner who escaped from prison, evaded capture for 3 months,
until they found his hideout.
5. Another early code is the code of Hebrew Law which was contained
in the Book of Exodus in the Bible.
6. The members of the jury listened to speeches which were made by
the person who had brought the case before them.
7. It was the Law which was adopted in 1969.
8. Sentences which were passed by the Crown Court are more severe
than those of Magistrates’Courts.
9. The problem which was discussed at the previous conference was
solved at last.
10. The offender which was punished by the court was sent to prison for
a year.
XV. Insert Participle I or Participle II.
1. It was an old judge (to wear) glasses.
2. I have read the Code (to describe) the laws of ancient Babylon.
3. Then another criminal (to lead) by the gangster jumped off the wall.
4. The solicitor was calming the (to sob) mother.
5. While (to cross) the street a juvenile was struck by a car.
6. I have read a book (to describe) the life of this outstanding lawyer.
7. The man (to answer) the questions of the judge is the defendant.
8. (to appoint) the Lord-Chancellon, the Queen acts on the advice of
the Prime Minister.
179
9. (to commit) a burglary the accused broke into the house through the
kitchen-window.
10. The party (to bring) an action is usually called a plaintiff.
11. The article on criminal law (to translate) yesterday was rather long.
12. The law (to pass) last week was very important.
13. The judge (to work) in the city court was very fair.
14. The eye-witness (to interview) by the investigator is an old lady.
XVI. Develop the idea according to the model. Work in pairs.
Model: My watch has gone wrong. (to fix)
A: It wants (needs) fixing.
B: You must have it fixed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
My hair has grown long (to cut, to do).
My shirt isn’t fresh (to wash, to iron).
My car is out of order (to fix, to repair).
My shoes are muddy (to polish, to clean).
I have a bad tooth (to pull out, to fill – вырвать, запломбировать).
The door is badly painted (to repaint).
XVII. Practice sentences from the following table.
Bill
Got
Their things
Washed
Richard
Will get
His suit
Made
Rebecca
Had
Her dress
Carried by the porter
The Browns
Don’t like to have The car
Pressed
The passenger (s) Is (are) having
Her clothes
Taken
The tourist (s)
Couldn’t have
Their photos
Polished
His shoes
Fixed
XVIII. Translate into Russian the nominative absolute Participle
Construction.
1. The evidence being strong, the accused was found guilty by the jury.
2. The Senate consists of 2 members from each state, chosen for 6
years, one-third being re-elected every 2 years.
3. The trial being conducted properly, the lawyer couldn’t appeal
against it.
4. The accused having been sentenced to imprisonment, his lawyer appealed against the severity of the sentence.
5. The case having been investigated, it was committed to the Crown
Court.
180
6. The proposal being unconstitutional, the committee rejected it.
7. The US Congress consists of two chambers, each of them being
elected by citizens of all states.
8. The student knowing English well, the examination did not last long.
9. The lawyer being very experienced, he managed to win the case in
court.
10. The jurors having given the verdict, the judge passed the sentence.
XIX. Make up sentences, using the following phrases as nominative
absolute Participle Construction.
1. there being no time to lose
2. it being late
3. being accused of
4. having been elected
5. having agreed to bill
6. having been completed
7. being made
8. being difficult
9. being conducted
10. having been sentenced
XX. Translate into English.
1. Если обстоятельства позволят, преступник будет арестован.
2. Так как вердикт был вынесен (to pass), судья зачитал приговор.
3. Когда закончили завтракать, поверенный пошел в свою контору.
4. Так как было довольно поздно, поверенный закрыл свою контору и пошел домой.
5. Так как это правонарушение определено как незначительное
преступление (misdemeanor), наказание за него – штраф.
6. Должность прокурора не является выборной, и прокуроры назначаются Генеральным прокурором страны.
7. Так как свидетель присутствовал на месте преступления, следователь допросил его там.
8. Так как ночь была темной, потерпевший не смог заметить, был
ли грабитель вооружен.
9. Все судебные процессы проводятся в открытом суде, и стороны
имеют право быть представлены адвокатами.
10. Так как следователь был опытный, следствие длилось недолго.
181
TEST YOURSELF
I. Use the proper form of Participle.
1. I had heard these problems (argue) among the scientists for years.
2. While (to cross) the street a juvenile was struck by a car.
3. The number of cases (to come) to the police station is increasing.
4. My friend (to work) as a secretary at the city court wants to become
a law-student.
5. The act (to do) was defined as a crime.
6. (to adopt) last year the law on the prices is widely used now.
7. (to receive) the information required the investigator arrested the
suspect.
8. The motor (to be) in good order, the police could start.
9. The weather (to be) windy, the thieves did not risk crossing the bay
in a small boat.
10. The policeman saw the prisoner (to escape).
11. He had his rights (to restore).
12. In England a (to convict) criminal (to exhaust) the appellate procedure open to him may appeal only to the Crown.
13. The student (to know) English well, the examination did not last
long.
14. The proposal (to be) unconstitutional, the committee rejected it.
15. The offender (to be) younger 14, his case was considered by the Juvenile Court.
16. The jurors (to give) the verdict, the judge passed the sentence.
17. While (to make) his report the speaker told us something interesting
about criminals.
18. The officer must show the warrant to the person (to be arrested) and
must inform him of the cause of the arrest.
19. (to examine) the causes of the crime the court sentenced the criminal
to imprisonment.
20. (to established) all the elements of the crime the investigator committed the case to the court.
21. (to be discussed) at the meeting the question did not seem to be difficult.
22. (to be investigated) the case was committed to the Court.
23. The case (to consider) last week was very difficult.
24. The (to arrest) person was kept in prison.
II. Translate into English.
1. Полиция сейчас ищет преступника.
2. Когда воры выходили из магазина, их арестовали.
182
3. Принятый год назад закон о прессе широко используется сейчас.
4. Совершенное деяние было квалифицировано как преступление.
5. Опубликованная статья была переведена на английский язык.
6. Присяжные заседатели, избранные в прошлом месяце, рассмотрели несколько уголовных дел.
7. Читая этот текст, мы узнали много юридических терминов.
8. Человек, отвечающий на вопросы судьи, – обвиняемый.
9. Стоящий у окна человек – очевидец дорожного происшествия.
10. Рассматривая это уголовное дело, присяжные заслушали много
свидетелей.
11. Подросток, отвечающий на вопросы судьи, совершил серьезное
преступление.
12. Уйдя на пенсию, этот следователь открыл свое частное сыскное
агентство.
13. Совершив убийство, несовершеннолетний скрылся с места преступления.
14. Борясь с преступностью, уголовное право помогает укреплять
государство и поддерживать правопорядок.
15. Допрашивая свидетеля, следователь должен получить всю возможную информацию о преступлении.
16. Английская правовая система иерархическая, причем суды
высшей инстанции и судьи обладают большими полномочиями,
чем судьи низшей инстанции.
17. Так как жюри не вынесло вердикт при первом судебном разбирательстве, обвиняемому назначили повторное судебное разбирательство (a retrial).
18. Так как руководители профсоюза (a trade-union) были арестованы незаконно, Верховный Совет страны был вынужден (to be
pressed) освободить (to release) их.
19. Сенат состоит из 100 членов, причем сенаторы избираются на
срок 6 лет.
20. Сенат состоит из двух членов от каждого штата, причем одна
треть избирается каждые два года.
21. Так как судебный процесс велся (to conduct) соответствующим
образом, адвокат не мог подать на него апелляцию (to appeal
against)
22. Когда полицейский инспектор допросил женщину, она была
арестована как подозреваемая.
23. Так как адвокат был очень опытным, ему удалось выиграть дело в суде.
183
Conditional Sentences
Real Condition
The zero conditional : if,
. .+ pres,..+ pres...
The first conditional : if, . .+
pres,..+ will + inf
1. If he wants me to
draw up a chattel,
mortgage (1) the answer is 'no'
2. If you tell the police
the truth., I'm sure they
will believe you.
Unreal Condition
Type Three
Type Two
If. . .+ past, …+
would (could,
might) + inf
1. If there were other
possible suspects, Jack
would be released.
If. . .+ past perfect. ,
.+ would (could,
might) + perfect inf
If each had accepted your
cheque for one million
pounds, cashable on
Monday, incidentally,
you would have signed
this illegal contract with
me.
2, If I found sufficient
evidence, I could prove
his guilt.
Mixed Types
But I blame the real culprit even more. If he knew his students better Peter would not have been expelled.
The hijackers threatened to kill the pilot. Unless he had followed their instructions we couldn’t see him now.
You form the zero conditional with if+ present, + present and use it to
talk about general truths, habits or routines
You use if + present, +imperative to give instructions or advice.
You form the first conditional with if+present, + will + inf To talk about
a likely situation and its probable result in the future. You form the second
conditional with if + past, + would + inf
a) to talk about an unlikely or imaginary situation and its probable
result in the future,
b) to give advice.
You form the third conditional with if + past perfect, + would have +
past participle to speculate about possibilities in the past that didn't happen.
Note: You use may have, might have or could have when the result of
the past possibility is not certain.
184
You form a mixed conditional with if+ past perfect, + would + inf You
use it when you want to connect a possible past event with the present. You
form a mixed conditional with if + past, + would + past participle. You use it
when the condition refers to no particular time and the consequence refers to
the past.
Some modal auxiliaries in conditional sentences
Modal Verb
Can
May
Must
Real Condition
Type One
If the attorney can
defend her, he will
do it.
Real
Type Two
If the attorney could
defend her, he would
do it.
I'11 tell her about
I would tell her
the claim, if you see about the claim, if I
her in the court.
could see her in the
court.
If I may address the If I might (was alfamily lawyer, it'll
lowed to) address
save me a lot of
the family lawyer, it
money.
would save me a lot
of money. If he went
If he goes to the
to the crime scene,
crime scene, the po- the police might
lice may arrest him. arrest him.
If she doesn't agree
to keep the forgery
in secret, I must
make her do this,
(I'11 have to ...}
If she didn't agree to
keep the forgery in
secret. I would have
to make her do this.
Condition
Type Three
If the attorney
could have defended her, he
would have done it.
I would have told
her about the claim,
if I had been able to
see her in the court.
If I had been allowed to address
the family lawyer,
it would have saved
me a lot of money.
If he had gone to
the crime scene, the
police might have
arrested him.
If she hadn't agreed
to keep the forgery
in secret I would
have had to make
her do this.
Conditional
Constructions
If I were you, I would . . . + inf. / perf Inf.
(на вашем месте я бы ...)
If I were ( colloq. Was ) you, I wouldn't think of this suicide now. If I had
been you, I would have arrested him earlier.
But for
}
185
If it were not for } Sb. / sth. ... sb. / sth. Would + inf. / perf. Inf
Если бы не
}
But for the witness, the case would be closed. If it were not for the physical
evidence, the police would have failed to find the clue.
If sb 1 sth should ...
sb / sth will + inf. or imper. Если бы так
случилось, что ...
If Helen should join the gang, we'll be accomplices.
If you should meet him, tell him that the police are tapping his phone.
Should, Had. Were
} sb . . . sb / sth } would + inf. / perf. Inf. Если бы, . . . случилось так, что . . .
Should I know the truth. I would testify in court. Had he been seized by the
police, he would have been arraigned. Were Jack here now. the jury would
not deliberate so long.
Provided that – Providing – Suppose – Supposing
I'll defend you provided that ( providing ) you’re telling the truth. Supposing
he were guilty, what would you say?
Note:
If
In conditional clauses: I’ll call you if you refuse to be involved in
such a crime.
In object clauses: I don’t know if he will come here before the court
starts handling his case.
Unless = If ... not = Если только не
Unless I am mistaken, Peter is innocent.
Directed Speech
Susan: “Leave some money at home in case
I need to pay a ransom.”
Mrs. Smith: “What will you do if the extortion becomes evident?”
Arthur: “We'll stop the investigation if the
autopsy proves it was a suicide.”
186
Reported Speech
Susan told me to leave some
money at home in case she
needed to pay a ransom.
Mrs. Smith asked Jack what
he would do if the extortion
became evident.
Arthur told us they would stop
the investigation if the autopsy
proved it had been (was) a
suicide.
'Wish' statements
(Жаль, что ...(не); хотелось бы, чтобы ... )
I wish(ed) + past clause
I wish(ed) + perf clause
I wish + ‘would’ clause
Wishes for Impossible things in the present
. . . my friend didn't have any deal with that hardened criminal.
Wishes and regrets about the past
. . .he had not been sentenced to such a long term
of imprisonment. . . . you could have protected
her from the suit.
Complaints, hopes, dissatisfaction
. . . the criminal would stop committing these
awful series crimes.
Note: We can replace I wish with If only for emphasis. We usually
stress only in speech.
If only there were no witnesses!
If only the decision of the jury had not been unanimous!
Unreal Tenses and Subjunctives
It's time, it's high time.
These are followed by past simple or continuous, though the time referred to is unreal.
It's time the criminal were/was found.
Note: was is more common in everyday speech than were.
I would rather /I' d prefer( followed by a clause)
I would rather is followed by past tenses in the same way as wishes
about the present. It expresses a personal preference about actions. Both I'd
rather and I'd sooner are used with normal tenses when comparing nouns or
phrases.
I would rather be a barrister than a solicitor.
Note: If you want somebody to do something use past simple after this
structure.
The police would rather people didn't commit crimes.
As if/ as though
1. Real and unreal
The tense here depends on whether the comparison is true or unreal.
He acts as if he were in charge.
He acts as though he isn't a witness but a suspect.
187
The difference is clearer with obviously unreal comparisons.
You looked as if you had just seen a murderer!
2. Present and past reference are both possible.
I feel аs if I were judged.
He felt as if an expert had found the evidence to accuse the suspect.
Formal Subjunctives
1. Insisting demanding, etc.
After verbs such as demand, insist suggest, require which involve an
implied obligation, the subjunctive may be used in formal style. This has only
one form, that of the infinitive, and there is no third person -s, or past form.
The verb has be for all forms.
They demanded that he be brought into court at once.
The same applies after expressions such as it is necessary / essential / important that …
It is essential that the police arrest the assassinators before
Monday.
2. Less formal usage.
Less formally should can be used, and colloquially no tense change is
made, or infinitive construction is used.
It is important that the dossier should be filled in correctly.
Formulaic Subjunctive
These are fixed expressions all using subjunctive. Typical examples are:
God save the Queen!
Be that as it may happen in court every day.
TASKS
I. Translate the following sentences from English into Russian and
the choice of conditionals.
l. At the trial if the defendant is convicted, a date for sentence is set.
2. The plaintiff dropped the case if she accepted a six-figure settlement
collected by civil rights.
3. If he'd seen the decree on the fifth, he'd have known it was a forgery.
4. The preference not to imprison if a fine or other punishment is sufficient is easily explainable: prisons are overcrowded.
188
5. Should he or she move outside the permitted area, the computer will
activate an alarm and the police will arrest him or her.
6. He or she can call his or her own witnesses who, if they do not want
to attend voluntarily, may be legally compelled to do so.
7. It would have to look like an accident or suicide because if it looked
like anything else, he would be the first one the police would suspect.
8. The present Law operates a presumption to the effect that the existence of a corporation need be mentioned in the Charter only if the duration is
not.
9. He had hoped he would have been able to drive past the post, but it
looked as he would have to stop.
10. The point of the woman being strange (зд. suspicious) is this: if she
had known him and wanted to kill him, it would have been more natural to do
so inside somewhere and not to take this insane risk of killing him in the open.
11. From reading the transcript, Adam judged that there was no real evidence against Jennifer Parker. Unless she confessed or unless someone came
forward with information that proved criminal complicity, Di Silva would not
be able to touch the girl.
12. It isn't that Mason told him but if you've followed my cases, you'll
note that most of them have been cleared up in the courtroom.
13. If anybody's going to be hung for murder on my say-so( 1), I want it
to be after a case is built up which can't be torn down.
I4. During the first year of school while Jennifer's classmates were flailing about in an impenetrable swamp of contracts, torts, property, civil procedure and criminal law, Jennifer felt as though she had come home.
15. If there is a will I m the executrix of it. if there isn't. I'm entitled to
letters of administration.(2)
(l) c моего разрешения
(2) право на управление имуществом по постановлению суда
II. Match the phrases in the left column with those from the right to
make up sentences.
1. If he has a murder case,
2. If he had shot himself,
3. If anyone had a motive for killing him,
4. If it hadn't been for this murder,
5. If the parrot is to be a witness.
a) the divorce was inoperative.
b) the accused is sentenced to jail or
payment of a fine.
c) the penalty is imposed.
d) he'd have left some fingerprints on
the gun.
e) I'll listen to him.
189
6. Chiles had said there would be
no deal,
7. It could open up a new frontier
of civil rights suits,
8. Supposing the state recovered
nothing,
9. If the appeal is unsuccessful or
the defendant decides not to appeal,
10. If Fremont C.Sabin was killed
before Mrs. Sabin was divorced,
11. If a judge finds a verdict of
guilt,
12. If a person breaks the law or
violates public order,
f) I should have some right of crossexamination.
g) it means that he commits a crime.
h) providing the High Court agrees.
i) if the private lawyers were satisfied
with the fee agreement.
j) all the lawyers money they pumped
into the case would be flushed.
k) you did.
l) no one would ever have detected
that forgery.
Conditional sentences: type 1.
III. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form.
1. If the High Court... (uphold) the Chicago law, dozens of cities... (be
expected) to pass similar measures.
2. You ... (need) probably a lawyer , if you ... (wish) to buy, sell or rent
a house.
3. Unless the case .. .(be) serious, the arrested person ... (be)usually
granted bail if he or she ... (be able) to be quickly brought to court.
4. In this category are the laws valid which impose civil liability for
slander or libel, you .. .(be allowed) to call a man a thief unless he ...(be) a
thief.
5. If the House ... (vote) for the bill, it ... (proceed) to the committee
stage.
6. If the proof ... (not be) sufficient, the jury ... (return) a not guilty verdict.
7. That, basically, ... (be) the standard which the government ... (not be)
meet if it... (seek) to limit political speech.
8. If the House so ... (decide) the whole House sitting in the committee
... (refer) to the bill.
9. Occasionally, if circumstances or policies ... (change), provisions ...
(not be) brought into effect and may be repealed.
10. If people ... (not attend) their trial, they ... (lose) money (bail).
11. If the magistrates ... (find) a person guilty after a trial, they may impose fines for each offence or ... (be able) to send people to prison.
190
12. I am warning you for the last time: you ... (not win) if you ... (attempt) to contest the will after my death.
13. If magistrates ... (be) content to deal with the case; they ... (do) so
with the consent of the accused.
14. If a landlord ... (fail) to provide adequate proofs, he ... (be able) now
to receive a fine of up to $250 a day.
15. If an individual MP ... (die) or ... (resign) between General Elections
a by-election in a single constituency ... (be held).
Conditional sentences: type 2.
IV. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form.
1. If he ... (win) the election, it ... (mean) moving to Washington, DC,
giving up his law practice, starting a whole new life.
2. It was a prize that took years to attain, and he ... (not be) about to deprive someone of it unless he (be) certain there was justification.
3. If court ... (be) not in session she ... (hang) around his office, listening
to him discuss his cases and his clients.
4. All I did was to request Mr. Monroe to ask the computer if there ...
(be) other possible suspects.
5. If the telephone line ... (be tapped) by the police, Sergeant Holcomb
... (know) about it, and if that's the case, the police must have records of the
conversations which took place over that phone ...
6. Не seemed to think that he ... (be dragged)up before the Grand Jury in
San Molinas if he ... (try) anything like that.
7. I think, I ... (can), Mason told him if I ... (be permitted) to question
the witnesses.
8. If someone ...(say), I will give you $500 to go into court and swear
that this statement is true, what you ... (do)?
9. The officers followed too closely, knowing there ... (be) not enough
room to stop if the pursued ... (lose) control.
10. That meant if tobacco ... (pay) the lawyers, they ... (have) to acquiesce to arbitration and an annual $500-million natural fee cup.
11. If we ... (be) going to represent more than the few states we were
representing, we ... (need) more financial horsepower and more legal horsepower.
12. If the powerful tobacco lobby ... (know) what was coming, the legislation ... (be) doomed.
13. If I ... (come) across two men fighting with knives I ... (call) the police. - But this is a very peaceful area.
191
14. Texas lawyers agreed to get as much as they could back to the state
if arbitrators ... (short) them on the contracted 15 per cent.
15. If I ... (keep) a district attorney record, I ... (give) him more points
for finding out somebody was innocent and not prosecuting that person than I
would for getting a convict just because he had gone into court.
Conditional sentences: type 3.
V. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form.
1. He ... (ask) for an annulment or a divorce, if he ... (not be) for his
dread for publicity.
2. She was sent to prison only because she refused to pay the fine; if she
... (pay) the fine she ... (not be) sent to prison.
3. If there ... (be) any kind of inquiry, he ... (be sought) certainly for
questioning.
4. The authorities ... (arrest) me in Hanoi, if they ... (know) of my illegal
purpose, but, fortunately, I was free.
5. If Dorothy ... (be killed) the murderer ... (swear) on a dozen Bibles.
6. He was insanely jealous and yes, he admitted, if he ... (have) the opportunity and the means, he ... (kill) Anton.
7. I just thought that if I ... (get) the truth out of him, someone ... (start)
already the investigation.
8. If any of the vice interests ... (decide) to bump Sabin off (1), they ...
(hire) a down-and-outer (2) to do the job, or else ... (have) a mobster (3) put on
the act.
9. If she ... (secure) a California divorce, she ... (have) to wait a year for
the interlocutory decree to be become final, before she could have married
again.
10. The accident was mainly Tom's fault. He was driving much too
close to the car in front. If he ... (be) further away he … (be able) to stop in
time.
11. The burglar made quite a lot of noise getting into the house: but fortunately for him the family were watching a noisy TV play. If they ... (play)
cards they ... (hear) certainly him.
12. We were traveling with false passports. That was the trouble. If our
passports ... (be) all right we ... (not be) arrested.
13. They voted by a show of hands and decided in favor of a strike. But
it was by a narrow margin, and I think if they ... (hold) a secret ballot there ...
(not be) a strike.
192
14. If their story ... (seem) good enough I ... (fly) to Hong Kong and ...
(send) it from there, but any news about the conspiracy turned out to be enough
for our arrest.
15. When Adam was through reading the transcript there was no doubt
in his mind that Michael Moretti ... (be found) guilty by the jury if fate ... (not
intervene) in the form of Jennifer Parker.
(1) устранить
(2) безработный, бродяга
(3) гангстер
Conditional sentences: Mixed types.
VI. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form.
1. If Dorothy ... (commit) suicide you ... (be) in some way responsible.
2. But I blame the real culprit even more. If he ... (admit) his guilt Peter
... (not be) expelled.
3. If she ... (be working) for Moretti he ... (protect) her with a reasonable
plausible story.
4. How ... (fix) the time of death so accurately, Dake asked, if they ...
(not find) the body for so long?
5. It ...(be) easy to go ahead and carry out the wishes of Stewart
Needham. Judge Lawrence Waldman and Robert di Silva unless some instinct
... (make) Adam Warner hesitate.
6. If that ... (be) а ease, he said, there were probably anywhere from a
hundred and 50 people who ... (murder) him without batting an eyelash?
7. If you ... (know) all that Raymond Sprague said, and then hid Helen
Monteith where we couldn't question her, I think I ... (charge) you with being
an accessory?
8. If she … (be) in court in Reno, she … (be killing) her husband in a
mountain cabin in San Molinas Country at one and the same time.
9. The headmaster decided that Peter was the culprit and expelled him
from the school. A more intelligent man ... (realize) that he ... (not be able) to
be guilty.
10. He ... (be told) to make the attack at exactly 12.15 if anybody ... (accuse) him of disobeying an order.
11. Speakers could not be punished for what they said, unless they ...
(incite) others to unlawful conduct and unless the circumstances ... (be) such as
to reasonably justify fear that action would occur.
12. Critics said that if Microsoft's opponents ... (be able) to infiltrate the
software giant and devise a strategy that would backfire they ... (not do) better
than Neukom's confrontational approach to the judge.
193
VII. Complete the sentences using different forms of conditionals.
1. If the jury's verdict is 'guilty', ... .
2. There must be a trial providing … .
3. The judge can interfere in case ... .
4. The accused would face a maximum term of life in prison without parole if ... .
5. If he had been convicted of the murders, ... .
6. Were the jurors convicted of the guilt of the defendant, ... .
7. If the only suspect didn't do it, ... .
8. The defendant should have been acquitted supposed ... .
9. If the jury remains out for long enough ... .
10. It would have been convenient for the blackmailer, if... .
11. It can be murder or manslaughter provided that ... .
12. If you were to get involved in the solving of a real crime, perhaps a
crime of great complexity, ... .
13. Unless the case is serious, ... .
14. Should the proof be not sufficient, … .
15. If you've been tampering with my witnesses,' the prosecuting attorney exploded, I ...
VIII. Rewrite the sentences given below using the prompt words
which follow each of them.
1. Dick is in prison because a detective recognized him.
(If a detective ...)
2. If arrested , don't say anything you think might incriminate you.
(Should...)
3. The only thing that might prevent us from being there on time is the
main witness's testimony.
(... provided that...)
4. You'd see a big swing to the left if there was a general election this
year.
(Were...)
5. If the conduct is not too egregious and the lawyer doesn't want to lose
the client, some lawyers recommend handling the situation delicately to avoid
embarrassing the client.
(Provided that...)
6. If only a lawyer chooses to protect assets by insurance , prudence dictates that the limits of liability should probably be equal to or greater than the
auto limits of liability.
(Provided that ...)
194
7. Moreover, he said the statute would require the company to defer to
national court systems in handling cases unless those courts were unwilling or
unable to do so.
(... if those courts ... )
8. Officers shot at the car. The court held such gunfire is a seizure if the
driver stops as a result
( ... if the driver should ...)
9. Unless the Charter of a corporation provides otherwise, the stockholder of a Delaware corporation has no responsibility for the debts of the corporation.
(If …)
10. If there were no eye-witnesses, the defendant would be released.
(But for…)
11. The sentence would not have been so severe, if the accused had
pleaded 'guilty'
( ... supposing ...)
12.Had the police been in the crime scene at 9 , they would have caught
the criminals.
(If …)
IX. Complete the blanks with a suitable word or a phrase.
According to the institute experts, the Scharf-Gerstenberg collection ---(1)---- confiscated in 1945 unless there ----(2)---- a tribunal ruling that pronounced its owners war criminals, or a relevant decision by the Control Council of Germany. If the paintings ----(3)---- indeed seized from their owners
without observing this legal procedure, the claimants ----(4)---- the right to
demand their return.
Today ----(5)---- the court hearing really take place, the court ----(6)---to demand proof from the defendant, that is, the RF Government, that the confiscation ----(7)---- lawful
Though it is fairly difficult to predict how the prospective trials may
end, of course. Anyway, the experts are certain that even if the heirs ----(8)---Moscow empty-handed, they ----(9)---- apply to the National Court of Justice
in the Hague which may easily find against Russia as well because one of the
basic clauses of the Russian Restitution Law declaring items in private ownership “property of enemy states” is blatantly at variance with international law.
X. Translate the following sentences from Russian into English.
1. Если обвиняемый признает себя виновным, дело слушается без
присяжных.
195
2. Если присяжные признали подсудимого виновным, судья определяет ему меру наказания.
3. Если бы был нанесен ущерб собственности юридических и физических лиц, то могло бы быть использовано деликатное право.
4. Если закон все-таки будет нарушен, необходимо использование
средств судебной защиты и судопроизводства.
5. У полиции не будет ни одного ключа к разгадке преступления,
если подтвердится алиби главного подозреваемого.
6. Если все-таки так случится, что шантажист выдаст себя, нам не
нужно будет платить выкуп.
7. Адвокату удастся добиться освобождения подсудимого в случае
отсутствия прямых доказательств его вины.
8. Будь я на твоем месте, я бы признался в соучастии в преступлении, говоря, что не осознавал всей ответственности в случае провала.
9. Преступник так и не был бы пойман, если бы обстоятельства дела не были бы полностью расследованы.
10. При условии, что правительство уйдет в отставку, представитель правых получит право выиграть на выборах.
11. Если бы милиция действовала более решительно, террористам
не удалось бы скрыться безнаказанно.
12. В случае отсутствия отпечатков пальцев на орудии убийства и
улик, указывающих на конкретное лицо, перед следователями возникнет
трудная задача раскрыть преступление.
XI. Translate the sentences from English into Russian. Pay attention to the subjunctives.
1. I wish the testimony against me was false.
2. He wishes the evidence would suddenly disappear.
3. It's high time the case was closed.
4. The judge would rather the suspect pleaded guilty.
5. The accused wished he had not committed such a senseless crime.
6. The government would rather not put into effect that compromising
law.
7. I had better be not involved in the case connected with blackmail.
8. It's obligatory that all the evidence be mentioned in the protocol.
9. I feel as if I had added a sense of guilt to my other more formal obligations.
10. He wished nobody of his personnel staff had been bribed by the ingenious Mr.Hong.
11. It was as though Pyle, when he left me, had sentenced me to long
term of solitude.
196
12. The jury were absolutely confused and wished they didn't have to
bring in a verdict in that case.
13. It's necessary that the police officer should be present at the crime
scene to collect ail the evidence of the crime.
14. If only the eyewitness could nor testify in favor of the victim!
15. You sound as though you were more of a detective man a lawyer.
XII. Rewrite the sentences given below using the prompt words
which follow each of them.
1. It's a pity I'm not eligible for the elections this year.
(I wish ...)
2. What a pity! The fraud has been disclosed.
(The man wishes ...)
3. The convict regretted he had given false testimony against his accomplice.
(The convict wished ...)
4. I'm sorry I have brought fake banknotes to the central bank.
(I wish … )
5. The culprit doesn't want the police to add two more cases connected
with money laundering in NY banks to his dossier or his sentence will be too
severe.
(The culprit had better ... )
6. Now I feel I must go to the police and plead guilty. I can 't bear it any
more.
(It's time ...)
7. It is more preferable for famous people not to be involved in any
criminal cases in order to avoid any trials.
( ... would rather ...)
8. According to the criminal code people are obliged to observe laws
strictly.
(… it is important that...)
9. Ruling the country, the government wishes to have law-abiding citizens than to have people who need a constant deterrent from committing
crimes.
(If only the government...)
10. The judge must appoint an advocate if the accused is unable to pay
his work.
(The law demands that...)
11. I'm tired of waiting for the verdict!
(I think it's high time the jury ...)
197
12. The accused regrets he put at risk all his fortune and had to commit
the burglary.
(He wishes ...)
XIII. Complete the following statements:
1. The foreman wished ...... .
2. It's time the defense attorney ...… .
3. The police suggested that the case ..... .
4. The witness would rather ..... .
5. Any plaintiff had better ….. .
6. They demanded that the complaint ..... .
7. Granted on bail the person wishes ….. .
8. It's high time the trial ..... .
9. A police officer would rather perpetrators ..... .
10. You'd better ….. .
11. I wish our government ..... .
12. The witness sounded as though ….. .
XIV. Correct the mistakes if there are any.
1. I wish the attorney for prosecution proved guilt of the suspect.
2. I would rather you don't break the law.
3. She wised she didn't sign that forgery.
4. The criminals had better not to extort money from people or they will
be imprisoned.
5. I would rather to be a marshal of the court. (суд. исполнитель)
6. Now mat makes it look as though the murder have some powerful
reason for wanting Sabin out of the way ...
7. It's high time the government will do their best to solve the problem
of unemployment and reduction.
8. It's important that all citizens be law-abiding and respect the laws.
9. I wish sometimes you have a few bad motives, you might understand
a little more about the nature of hardened criminals.
10. She feared lest she be made to give testimony against her will.
11. I wish state officials stop taking bribes and do their duty irreproachably.
12. The key witness for prosecution behaved as though he had his own
interest in the case.
198
TEST YOURSELF
I. Choose the right answer.
1. It's time the jury ..... their deliberations and the verdict.
A. would stop/bring up
B. stopped/brought up
C. stop/bring up
2. If only the witness …… my alibi I
A. verified
B. verifies
C. would verify
3. Dick wishes the court . . . . . . the accused guilty and …… him to
life imprisonment.
A. will find/sentence
B. found/sentenced
C. finds/sentences
4. You behave as if you . . . . . . by a criminal,
A. were being blackmailed
B. would be blackmailed
C. had been blackmailed
5. Should it turn out later to be false you …… liable for damage that
your statement may have caused .
A. would not be
B. will not be
C. were not
6. I'm afraid that Smith is a hardened criminal. Unless we …… him
this time he will be able to commit more crimes.
A. will punish
B. punished
C. punish
7. ……. the delegates ……. to agree on this point, known as the
Great Compromise, the Convention would have been broken up at that juncture.
A. Were ... unwilling
B. Had ... been unwilling
C. Would . . . be unwilling
8. Unless the case … serious, the arrested person is granted a bail if
he or she cannot be quickly brought to court.
A. is
B. will be
C. has been
199
9. If Member states …… to do so, the Commission would have
brought them before the European Court of Justice which judges cases
involving the interpretation of European law.
A. failed
B. would fail
C. had failed
10. Provided that the defendant …… silent court will enter a plea of
not guilty, set the case for jury trial and appoint an attorney to meet and
consult with the defendant.
A. will remain
B. would remain
С. remains
11. If it …… I had helped you escape I would go to jail.
A. were found out
B. found out
C. would have been found out
12. You know, Della, I wish people …… to differentiate between the
reputable lawyer who represents people accused of crime and the criminal lawyer who becomes a silent partner in the profits of crime.
A. will learn
B. would learn
C. would have learnt
13. He had looked at me with compassion, as he …… at some prisoner
for whose capture he was responsible undergoing his sentence for life.
A. might look
B. might have looked
C. might have been looked
14. If only the High Court …… a new frontier of civil rights suits.
A. could open up B. can open up
C. will be able to open up
15. The cold, harsh words of the transcript were clear-cut, and yet Adam
wished he ..... the tone of Jennifer Parker's voice when she denied her guilt.
A. could hear
B. could have heard
C. might hear
II. Complete the blanks with a suitable word or a phrase.
Under those circumstances, Mason said, don't you think it ----(1)---more fair , all around, to have the guilt or innocence determined at the coroner's
inquest tonight? Then, perhaps, it ----(2)---- necessary to take the matter before
a jury. If Helen Monteith ----(3)---- innocent; the prosecution ----(4)---- everything to gain by having me put all my facts before the coroner's jury. If she ---(5)---- innocent, then the prosecution ----(6)---- everything to gain by not being
put in the position of going into court on a big case, and having the jury return a
verdict of not guilty.
200
Relative Clauses
TASKS
The pronouns who (whom), whose, what, which, that, where, used to
connect subordinate clause with the principal clause.
The conjunctive pronouns can be used to refer to some noun in the principal clause. They are called relative pronouns.
Who (whom) is used only of persons: A person who works at the Bar is
a lawyer.
The woman whom I wanted to see is on holiday.
I. In the exercise you have to explain what some words mean.
Choose the right meaning from the box and then write a sentence with
‘who’
E.g. An investigator is a person who deals with crimes.
Magistrates are people who are laymen.
Steals from a shop
1. a counsel for defence
Protects people in the court
2. an offender
Breaks the law
3. a burglar
No longer works and gets money from the state 4. a lawyer
Studies law
5. policemen
Works at the Bar
6. a law student
Breaks into a house to steal things
7. an investigator
He/She accuses people in the court
8.a counsel for prosecution
Doesn’t believe in God
9. a kidnapper
Are laymen
10. an assassin
Have the right to arrest people
11. witnesses
Renders a verdict
12. the jury
Murders people
13. magistrates
Deals with crimes--14. an atheist
Demands ransom for people
15. a shoplifter
Give testimony at the trial
16. a customer
Buys something from a shop
17. a pensioner
Which is used of things: I don’t like detectives which have unhappy
ends.
That may be used of both persons and things: What is the profession
that/which you study in the Law Faculty?
The person that/who is talking to the judge is my client.
Note: Look “Extra information” clauses.
If these pronouns are used as a subject in the sentence we mustn’t omit
them:
The woman who lives next door is a doctor.- “Who” is the subject, we
can’t say: The woman lives next door is a doctor.
But if those pronouns are used as an object we may omit them: Have
you found the key that I lost? – The key is the object, so we may say: Have you
found the key I lost?
Whose may be used of both persons and things instead of his/her/their:
We saw some people whose car had broken down.
There are newspapers whose pages are full of criminal news.
Where is used to talk about a place: The hotel where we stayed wasn’t
very clean.
‘Extra information’ clauses
We mustn’t use the pronoun that in clauses where the extra information
is given:
Compare: Do you know anyone who/that works in our District court?
John, who (not ‘that’) works in our District court may help you.
In the second sentence there is additional information about the person.
We should use commas (,) in these clauses.
Compare: Barbara works for a company which/that makes toys.
Barbara told us about her job, which (not ‘that’) she is enjoying
much.
Compare: We met some people whose car had been stolen.
Amy, whose car had been stolen, was in a very bad mood.
201
II. Make one sentence from two.Use who/which/that :
E.g. A girl was mugged 2 days ago. Now she is in hospital.- The girl
who was mugged is in hospital.
1. A band committed a crime. Now it is court-room.
2. We study Civil and Criminal Laws. They are of great importance.
3. There are more than 50000 solicitors in England. They work in the
offices.
4. A lawyer is a very popular profession. It is rather well-paid.
5. A barrister defends an accused. He’s committed a theft.
6. A judge decides questions of law. They are not for the jury.
7. Some people were arrested. They have been released.
8. Justices of the peace are laymen. They work at the Magistrates’
Courts.
9. A witness gave testimony. They were false.
10. A defendant pleaded his guilt. It was obvious.
202
11. The third kind of judges are Recorders. They work at the Crown
Court.
12. The duties of the Police in the USA are to prevent crimes and disorder and preserve the peace. They are the most principle ones.
13. A man answered the phone. He told me you were out.
14. A boy was injured in the accident. It happened 2 days ago.
15. A notary helped us. She was very polite and patient.
III. In some of these sentences you don’t need who /or that
or/which. If you don’t need words, put them into the brackets:
E.g. Have you found any evidence (that) you need?
The man who lives next door was accused of shoplifting.
1. Do you know a lawyer who can help me?
2. Miss Black had hired a barrister that she needed.
3. The barrister examines witnesses who have seen or heard something.
4. It was a very serious case. It was the most serious case which I’ve
ever investigated.
5. What have you told the advocate who came to you?
6. A notary works with clients that he doesn’t choose.
7. Mr. Smith has investigated the murder which was committed last year.
8. The jury decides the questions of facts that don’t concern the judge.
9. What has she made with the money which I gave her?
10. He was accused of the crime that he hadn’t committed.
11. The police arrested the person who they have been searching for several months.
12. It was an awful experience. It was the worst thing which has ever
happened to him.
13. What happened to the people who were charged with the robbery of
the bank?
14. The people that work in the Notary Office are very friendly.
15. The counsel for the prosecution was able to prove her innocence that
was obvious.
IV. Insert who/ whom/ whose/ or nothing at all:
E.g. What’s the name of the barrister who has helped you with your
case?
The people (who/whom) I talked to were polite.
1. The jury … verdict is “not guilty” has represented it at the trial.
2. A terrorist is a person … commits crimes according to his or her political reasons.
3. I don’t know the family … car was stolen.
203
4. Do you know the name of the judge to … I spoke on the phone?
5. The juvenile to … the barrister wanted to talk has escaped.
6. Has the investigation found any evidence against the criminal …
that manslaughter 6 months ago?
7. The Crown Court deals with prisoners … committed more serious
crimes.
8. An orphan is a child … parents are dead.
9. The offender with … the counsel for defence wanted to meet died
in the hospital of prison.
10. Jail is only for people … guilt is proved.
11. A witness is a person … testimony is very important at the trial.
12. An arrested person has the right to consult a solicitor… he can hire
or be appointed by the state.
13. There are only 70 stipendiary magistrates … duty is to decide both
legal questions and questions of law.
14. The defendant … the judge allowed to give a last word refused to
speak.
15. I met my friend … I haven’t seen for ages.
V. Add one of the pieces of information below to each sentence and
use who (whom)/which/whose/where. Don’t forget about commas:
E.g: The police are looking for 2 boys aged 14…
The police are looking for 2 boys aged 14, who have stolen a
computer from the office.
our father graduated from
lives in New York
will be heard by the Magistrates’ court
stole a computer from the office
I hadn’t seen since the last trial
handbag had been stolen
justice in minor civil cases is administered
is a Queen’s Counsel
many crimes happen
can hold some investigating departments
was committed by a juvenile
I spoke on the phone last week
was wrongfully arrested
the murder of their servant was committed
speaks French and Italian
is going to hear the case of a fraud
204
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
---- The police are looking for 2 boys aged 14…--My best friend John … is a judge.
Inspector Newman was asked to comment on the latest murder … .
Detective Jim Colin is investigating the case … .
My brother is going to become an investigator and enter the University … .
6. John … was released in the court.
7. Alice … works as a tourist guide.
8. The Browns are going to leave the house … .
9. Yesterday I met Judge Grey … .
10. The case will be handled in the County Court … .
11. My uncle Jack … works in the High Court.
12. Ann … was very upset.
13. New York is one of the most dangerous place in the USA .. .
14. A new police station … will be built next year.
15. The judge has chosen a fresh jury … .
16. Mr. Carter … is a very qualified lawyer.
VI. Make one sentence from 2. Use the necessary relative clauses,
don’t forget about commas in the sentences with extra information:
E.g: There’s a woman living next door. She is a lawyer.- The woman
who lives next door is a lawyer.
I’ve got a brother called Jim. He lives in London. He is a lawyer.- My brother, who lives in London, is a lawyer.
1. He has got a sister. She has graduated from the Law Faculty.
2. Margaret showed me a photograph of her son. He is a policeman.
3. A friend of mine is an advocate. He defends people when they are in
trouble.
4. There are some offenders. They are difficult to interrogate.
5. There are too many criminals in this prison. It is overcrowded.
6. Sheila has a responsible job. Her job involves investigating crimes.
7. Mrs. Black was arrested in the department store. She had committed
a shoplifting.
8. Tim told me about a new case. He has been investigating it for 3
months.
9. People can be present at the trial. They are held in the open court.
10. There are Magistrates’ Courts. Cases involving minor offences begin
and end there.
11. The prisoners are sent to jail. They spend some time depending on
their sentences.
12. Do you know any barrister? Who can take our case in his hand?
205
13. Mrs. Fox is the best counsel for defence. She has never lost the
cases.
14. We have met a couple. Their car was stolen last night.
15. The chief of police called Mr. Johnson told me about the robbery. I
spoke to him on the phone last evening.
VII. Translate the sentences, point out your attention to the relative
clauses:
1. The term “punishment” means those measures which in different
ways involve restriction of certain rights.
2. Life in the country isn’t what is used to be, you know.
3. Barristers are the court-room lawyers, whose wigs and robes are familiar to anyone who has seen motion pictures or stage plays about English
trials.
4. The Lord Chief Justice, who presides over the Queen ’s Bench Division of the High Court, normally sits when criminal appeals are under consideration.
5. Meg loved her little brother to whom she had been a second mother.
6. The Bar is actually the barrier in the courts beyond which no one
may pass the privilege of Queen’s counsel who has been called within the Bar.
7. At the time I was reading an interesting book which later on I gave
as a present to my niece.
8. There are newspapers in G. B. whose pages are largely filled with
news of sport and with stories of film-stars, or accounts of crime and of lawcourt trials.
9. He went one day to a picture dealer in whose shop my brother
thought he could buy a picture or two.
10. Every police force in G. B. has its own detective complement
staffed by police officers who, during their service as uniformed constables,
showed a special aptitude for the investigation of crime.
11. The informant is a person who serves the police officer confidential information about a crime as his civic responsibility and duty.
12.Groups support of criminal behavior: the extent to which the offender’s criminal behavior is supported by the norms of the group or groups to
which he belongs.
13. She had a wit that was irresistible.
14. Cities and rural districts have different rates of crime which are determined not by the size of the population but by the way in which the people
live and are governed.
206
FINAL TEST
Грамматический справочник
Insert who/ whom/ whose/ which/ that/ where or nothing if possible
and translate the sentences:
E.g. Do you know the name of the hotel where the dangerous criminal
was caught by the police?
The judicial reforms which/that took effect in 1972 have introduced a new national criminal court, the Crown Court.
1. The place … criminal cases are heard is called the Crown Court.
2. I met a friend … father is the greatest judge in our district.
3. He didn’t know anybody … could help him in his trouble with the
police. Do you?
4. A person … works at the Bar is an advocate.
5. The investigator has found the evidence … can help to prove her
innocence.
6. We know some prisoners … guilt isn’t proved.
7. The court is a place … trials are heard.
8. That barrister … is defending you now has much more experience.
9. The lawyer …I want to hire has just gone away on holiday.
10. Cases … involve minor offences begin and end in Magistrates’
Courts.
11. I know a man … mother is a good notary.
12. A place … criminals or offenders are sent to is a prison.
13. A solicitor … duties are to prepare contracts, draft deeds and to give
general legal advice may represent his client in the County Court.
14. I met him at the court … he was working as a plaintiff.
15. He is the man … car was stolen last night.
16. Can you advise me any counsel of defence … I may address to?
17. Cities and rural districts have different rates of crime ….. are determined not by the size of the population but by the way in … the
people live and are governed.
Артикль
(The article)
207
Артикль – служебное слово, которое обычно не имеет самостоятельного значения и является определителем существительного. На русский язык артикль обычно не переводится.
В английском языке имеется два артикля: a, the.
Неопределенный артикль a имеет два варианта написания и произношения:
a [ǝ] – перед словами, начинающимися с согласной:
a procurator, a judge
an [ǝn] – перед словами, начинающимися с гласной:
an advocate
Определенный артикль the имеет два варианта произношения:
the [ðǝ] – перед словами, начинающимися с согласной:
the court
the [ði] – перед словами, начинающимися с гласной:
the evidence
Наличие артикля исключает употребление других определителей
существительного: указательного, притяжательного, неопределенного
местоимений и т. д.
a
the
my
case
this
some
Pete’s
Примечание: определения, выраженные прилагательными, существительными, порядковыми числительными и т. д., стоят всегда
между указанными определителями и существительными.
a
the
my
serious case
this
some
Pete’s
208
Неопределенный артикль произошел от числительного “один”
(one) и поэтому может употребляться перед исчисляемыми существительными в единственном числе, давая понятие о предмете, обозначая
название предмета, название класса, к которому относится предмет, а
иногда сохраняя свое числовое значение – один.
В русском языке перед такими существительными (которым в английском языке предшествует неопределенный артикль) можно поставить
одно из следующих слов: один, какой-то, любой.
Give me a criminal code, please.
I am a member of a jury in a trial.
A solicitor also deals with matters outside Court
The trial lasted for an hour.
Исчисляемые существительные во множественном числе, а также существительные вещественные (например: молоко, нефть) и отвлеченные (музыка, ненависть) употребляются без артикля, если дается
название нескольким предметам одного класса, веществу, явлению.
Barristers are different from solicitors.
A jury consist of “jurors”, who are ordinary people.
Life is impossible without water and air
Определенный артикль the произошел от указательного местоимения that – тот.
The употребляется как с исчисляемыми существительными в единственном и множественном числе, так и с неисчисляемыми существительными (подразумевая этот, тот, тот самый, который).
Существительные с определенным артиклем обозначают не название предмета, вещества, а конкретный предмет (или предметы) из данного класса предметов или конкретное вещество. То есть данный предмет, вещество, явление рассматриваются как уже известные и говорящему, и слушающему.
The Courts of appeals and the Supreme Court are appellate Courts.
Please, open the door and let the policemen in.
Is the Clerk of the Court different from the Magistrates?
Сравните употребление a и the:
Я купил журнал (а не книгу, не газету).
I bought a magazine.
The magazine is very interesting. Журнал (тот самый, который я купил)
очень интересный.
We sent him a telegram.
Мы послали ему телеграмму (а не
письмо).
The telegram was very important. Телеграмма (та самая, которую мы
послали) была очень важной.
209
С определенным артиклем употребляются названия:
– океанов
– the Pacific Ocean
– Тихий океан
– морей
– the Black Sea
– Черное море
– заливов
– the Persian Gulf
– Персидский залив
– рек
– the Volga
– Волга
– некоторых стран
– the USA
– США
– the USSR
– СССР
– горных хребтов
– the Alps
– Альпы
– сторон света
– the North
– север
– the South
– юг
– судов
– the “Lermontov”
– “Лермонтов”
– гостиниц
– the “National”
– “Националь”
Имена существительные собственные, как общее правило, употребляются без артикля:
Petrov, Moscow, Omsk, England, France.
Значение имени существительного является определяющим при
употреблении с ним артиклей. Все имена существительные можно разделить нa следующие группы слов, или лексико-семантические разряды:
1) разряд нарицательных и собственных существительных;
2) разряд конкретных существительных (a lawyer, a house, a table),
которым противостоят существительные абстрактные (freedom, justice);
3) собирательные (police, government, news).
Исчисляемость или неисчисляемость имени существительного является вторым фактором, определяющим употребление с ним артиклей.
Неопределенный артикль употребляется перед исчисляемыми существительными в единственном числе в следующих случаях:
1) при классификации предметов, лиц, явлений
It’s a book;
2) для обобщения (классифицируемый предмет выступает в роли
представителя класса предметов, лиц, явлений)
He’s a lawyer;
3) для обозначения единичности
An hour and a half is enough for this trial;
4) с исчисляемыми существительными в единственном числе в
восклицательных предложениях после слов what such
What a chance.
Определенный артикль употребляется в тех случаях, когда ситуация (то, что вы можете мысленно представить себе) или контекст (часть
связного текста) показывает, что речь идет об определенном предмете
(лице):
The heir is too rich.
210
Имя существительное
(The noun)
Существительное в современном английском языке имеет:
– два числа – единственное и множественное;
– два падежа – общий (Common Case), не имеющий специальных
окончаний, и притяжательный (Possessive Case), имеющий окончание ‘s
или только ‘ .
В отличие от русского языка существительное в английском языке
не имеет грамматической категории рода. Существительные, обозначающие живые существа, заменяются местоимениями he, she согласно их
полу (a boy – he, a girl – she), а существительные, обозначающие неодушевленные предметы, вещества, отвлеченные понятия, заменяются местоимением it.
Те и другие существительные во множественном числе заменяются
местоимением they (boys – they, books - they).
Число (Number) имен существительных
Образование множественного числа имен существительных.
a. Имена существительные образуют множественное число при
помощи окончания -s (или -es, если существительное оканчивается на s,
ss, ch, sh, x).
Окончания произносятся следующим образом:
[s] после глухих согласных
map [mæp] maps [mæps]
[z] после гласных и звонких согласных
bag [bæg] bags [bægz]
-s
boy [bɔi]
boys [bɔiz]
[iz] после свистящих и шипящих
(s, z, ʃ, ʧ, dʒ)
rose, [rouz] roses [rouziz]
b. У некоторых существительных, оканчивающихся на -о, во множественном числе добавляется -es.
potato – potatoes; tomato – tomatoes
c. У существительных, оканчивающихся на -f, -fe, во множественном числе обычно f переходит в v, за которым следует -es:
shelf – shelves [ʃelvz]
knife – knives [naivz]
- [iz] тоже после шипящих и свистящих
class [kla:s] classes [kla:siz]
watch [wɔʧ] watches [wɔʧiz]
211
roof – roofs
chief – chiefs
d. У существительных, оканчивающихся на -y с предшествующей
согласной, y заменяется i и добавляется окончание -es:
city – cities [sitiz]
boy – boys
но:
baby – babies [beibiz]
(y предшествует гласная)
Особые случаи образования множественного числа
Единственное число Множественное число
мужчина, человек man [mæn]
men [men]
женщина
woman [wumən]
women [wimin]
ступня, фут
foot [fu:t]
feet [fi:t]
зуб
tooth [tu:θ]
teeth [ti:θ]
ребенок
child [tʃaild]
children [tʃildrən]
Иностранные заимствования
Некоторые существительные, заимствованные из латинского и
греческого языков, сохраняют свои формы множественного числа.
analysis
axis
basis
crisis
phasis
page [peidʒ] pages [peidʒiz]
place [pleis] places [pleisiz]
- es
proof – proofs
но:
анализ
ось
основа
кризис
фаза
is [is] « es [i:z]
analyses
axes
bases
crises
phases
анализы
оси
основы
кризисы
фазы
us « i [ai]
locus
focus
radius
nucleus
us « a [ə]
месторасположение loci
фокус, центр
foci
радиус
radii
ядро
nuclei
212
месторасположения
фокусы, центры
радиусы
ядра
stimulus
Genus
влияние, стимул,
побудитель
род, сорт
stimuli
genera
влияния, стимулы,
побудители
рода, сорта
minimum
equilibrium
on, um « a [ə]
явление
phenomena
критерий
criteria
данная величина data
пласт
strata
максимальное
maxima
значение
минимум
minima
равновесие
equilibria
formula
nebula
corona
формула
туманность
корона
phenomenon
criterion
datum
stratum
maximum
a « æ [i:]
formulae
nebulae
coronae
явления
критерии
данные величины
пласты
максимальные
значения
минимумы
равновесия
формулы
туманности
короны
Существительные, имеющие одну форму
единственного и множественного числа
species
series
facies
means
evidence
вид
серия, ряд
фация
средство, способ
доказательство
species
series
facies
means
виды
серии, ряды
фации
средства, способы
Примечание: В отличие от русского языка существительные work
работа; money деньги; advice совет, советы; evidence доказательство, доказательства; knowledge знание, знания; progress успех, успехи; information
сведения, сообщения, информация; news новость, новости – в английском
языке являются неисчисляемыми существительными и, следовательно, не
употребляются с неопределенным артиклем. Они сочетаются со словами
much, little и глаголами только в единственном числе.
work
much
news
knowledge
is (was)…
little
money
information
213
Much pleasant news was brought
by Petrov.
The latest information on the
movement of glaciers in this region has been published in our
magazine.
He gave us some good advice.
Много приятных новостей привез
Петров.
Последние сведения о движении
ледников в этом районе опубликованы в нашем журнале.
Он дал нам несколько хороших
советов.
Падеж (case)
В современном английском языке существительное имеет только
два падежа: общий (Common Case), не имеющий специальных окончаний,
и притяжательный (Possessive Case), имеющий окончание ‘s или ‘ (апостроф s или апостроф).
Общий падеж (Common Case)
Существительное в общем падеже не имеет специального окончания. Для выражения связей данного существительного с другими словами
в предложении (которые в русском языке выражаются падежными окончаниями) форма существительного в английском языке не изменяется, а
падежные отношения выражаются порядком слов и предлогами.
Английскому существительному в общем падеже с предлогом может соответствовать русское существительное в косвенном падеже без
предлога и с предлогом.
Английские предлоги of, to, with, by являются наиболее характерными предлогами, соответствующими русским косвенным падежам без
предлога:
of – родительному падежу
to – дательному падежу
by, with – творительному падежу
of = about – предложному падежу с предлогами
о и об
The center of the city.
Центр города.
The window of my room is large.
Окно моей комнаты большое.
Give this book to your boy.
Дайте эту книгу своему мальчику.
He goes there by bus.
Он ездит туда автобусом.
He writes with a pen.
Он пишет ручкой.
214
При этом with употребляется с существительным, обозначающим
орудие действия; by – с существительным, обозначающим действующее
лицо или действующую силу.
He was killed with a knife.
Он был убит ножом.
He was killed by the fascists.
Он был убит фашистами.
This machine is driven by electricity. Эта машина приводится в действие
электричеством.
Те же самые предлоги могут соответствовать русским косвенным
падежам с предлогами:
Go to the blackboard, please.
Идите к доске, пожалуйста.
He went to the concert yesterday.
Он ходил на концерт вчера.
We shall go to the University tomor- Мы пойдем в университет завтра.
row.
He lives with his parents.
Он живет со своими родителями.
Who is standing by the window?
Кто стоит у окна?
One of my friends is a pilot.
Один из моих друзей летчик.
What are you thinking of (about)?
О чем Вы сейчас думаете?
Притяжательный падеж (Possessive Case)
Существительное в притяжательном падеже является определением к другому существительному, перед которым оно стоит, выражает
принадлежность предмета или его отношение к другому предмету и отвечает на вопрос whose? чей?
Как правило, в форме притяжательного падежа употребляются одушевленные существительные.
Притяжательный падеж существительных в единственном числе
образуется прибавлением к ним окончания -‘s, которое произносится согласно правилам произношения окончания -s множественного числа существительных.
The student’s answer.
Ответ студента.
Petrov’s report.
Доклад Петрова.
The actress’s dress.
Платье актрисы.
Притяжательный падеж существительных во множественном числе
(оканчивающихся на -s) образуется прибавлением к ним на письме одного
апострофа и на слух ничем не отличается от единственного числа.
The students’ books.
Книги студентов.
The student’s books.
Книги студента.
215
Притяжательный падеж существительных, не имеющих во множественном числе -s (men, children), образуется прибавлением -‘s (как и в
единственном числе).
The children’s room.
Комната детей.
Существительное в притяжательном падеже исключает употребление артикля перед следующим за ним существительным. На русский
язык оно обычно переводится существительным в родительном падеже
или притяжательным прилагательным.
Pete’s friends.
Друзья Пети. Петины друзья.
Для выражения принадлежности часто наряду с существительными
в притяжательном падеже употребляется существительное с предлогом
(также переводимое на русский язык родительным падежом).
The children of my sister.
Дети моей сестры.
My sister’s children.
The reports of the students.
Доклады студентов.
The students’ reports.
Возможны сочетания существительного с of и притяжательного
падежа.
The work of my friend’s father.
Работа отца моего друга.
Адрес родителей моего лучшего
The address of my best friend’s parents.
друга.
В форме притяжательного падежа могут также употребляться некоторые неодушевленные существительные, обозначающие время, расстояние, страны, города, а также слова world, country, city, ship, the sun,
the moon, the earth, today, yesterday.
An hour’s interval.
Часовой перерыв.
A five minutes’walk.
Пятиминутная прогулка.
The soviet Union’s policy.
Политика Советского Союза.
The earth’s surface.
Поверхность земли.
The moon’s light.
Свет луны (лунный свет).
Today’s newspaper.
Сегодняшняя газета.
Функции имени существительного в предложении
Существительное в общем падеже может быть в предложении:
1) Подлежащим.
Студент читает.
The student is reading.
216
2) Именной частью составного именного сказуемого.
He is a student.
Он студент.
3) Дополнением (прямым, косвенным беспредложным, косвенным предложным).
I see my sister (Ann) every day Я вижу мою сестру (Анну) каждый
день
I can tell my sister (Ann) about Я могу сказать моей сестре (Анне) о
the meeting.
собрании.
I often speak with my sister
Я часто разговариваю с моей сестрой
(Ann) about it.
(Анной) об этом.
При отсутствии косвенного дополнения прямое дополнение стоит
после глагола.
I know this student (him) well.
Я знаю этого студента (его) хорошо.
При наличии косвенного и прямого дополнений косвенное дополнение ставится перед прямым или с предлогом to после него.
I can give this student (him) my
Я могу дать этому студенту (ему)
text-book.
мой учебник.
I can give my text-book to this stuЯ могу дать мой учебник этому
dent (to him).
студенту (ему).
Если же прямое дополнение выражено местоимением, оно всегда
стоит перед косвенным дополнением.
Here is the letter. Send it to Peter.
Вот письмо. Отправьте его Петру.
Но:
Send Peter this letter.
Send this letter to Peter.
4) Обстоятельством.
He stood behind the door.
Он стоял за дверью.
5) Определением.
The window of this room is large.
A bright winter day.
Окно этой комнаты большое.
Ясный зимний день.
Из примеров видно, что в английском языке отношение существительного к другим словам в предложении определяется его местом в
предложении и предлогами.
Большую трудность для перевода с английского языка на русский
представляют двух- или многоэлементные определения, выраженные
существительными.
217
Factory workers
Communist Party members
Labour Government Policy
Earth gravity measurement
The World Health Organization
Polar Research and Development
Centre
Фабричные рабочие
Члены коммунистической партии
Политика лейбористского правительства
Измерение земного тяготения
Всемирная организация здравоохранения
Центр по исследованию и развитию
полярных районов
Структура существительных
По своей структуре существительные бывают:
Простые: book книга
table стол
Производные: (с суффиксами и префиксами)
darkness
темнота
friendship
дружба
misprint
опечатка
Сложные: courtroom
судебный зал
newspaper
газета
textbook
учебник
earth quake
землетрясение
courtroom
зал судебного заседания
Прилагательное
(The Adjective)
Общие сведения
К числу прилагательных относятся слова, обозначающие свойства
предметов, например: large, blue, simple, delightful, progressive. В
предложении они обычно выполняют функции:
1) определения к существительным, например:
It was early spring.
Была ранняя весна.
2) предикатива (т.е. именной части составного сказуемого), например:
The weather was cold yet.
Погода все еще была холодная.
218
3) части составного глагольного сказуемого, например:
She lay motionless with her Она лежала неподвижно, и голова ее
head towards the wall.
была повернута к стене.
4) объектного предикатива, например:
I thought him very clever.
Я считал его очень умным.
5) субъектного предикатива, например:
The door was closed tight.
Дверь была плотно закрыта.
Прилагательные
Простые
Производные
Составные
good, bad, long, large, easy
суффиксы:
beautiful
-ful
useless
-less
comfortable
-able
famous
-ous
lucky
-y
lovely
-ly
reddish
-ish
golden
-en
snow-white, dark-blue
префиксы:
uninimir-
untrue
insincere
impossible
irrelevant
Прилагательные в английском языке не изменяются ни по падежам, ни по числам, но они образуют степени сравнения.
Степени сравнения прилагательных
В английском языке различают три степени сравнения прилагательных: положительную (the positive degree), сравнительную (the comparative degree) и превосходную (the superlative degree).
Прилагательные в положительной степени не имеют никаких
окончаний, например: slow, straight, productive, curious.
Сравнительная и превосходные степени у одних прилагательных
образуются с помощью суффиксов -er и -est, а у других – прибавлением
слов more и most.
Первым способом степени сравнения образуют:
1) односложные прилагательные, например: new – newer – newest;
quick – quicker – quickest;
2) двусложные прилагательные, оканчивающиеся на -er, -ow, -y и
-le, например: clever – cleverer – cleverest; narrow – narrower – narrowest;
219
happy – happier – happiest; simple = simpler – simplest;
3) двусложные прилагательные с ударением на втором слоге, например: polite – politer – politest.
Вторым способом образуют степени сравнения все остальные прилагательные, не вошедшие в первую группу, например: careful – more
careful – most careful; personal – more personal – most personal; tired – more
tired – most tired; afraid – more afraid – most afraid.
Несколько прилагательных образуют степени сравнения не по общему правилу:
good – better – best;
bad – worse – worst;
far – farther – farthest (о расстоянии);
far – further – furthest (о времени и расстоянии);
late – later – latest (о времени);
late – latter – last (о порядке следования);
old – older – oldest (о возрасте);
old – elder – eldest (о старшинстве, употребляется только как определение к существительному).
Сравнительная степень прилагательных употребляется, когда сравниваются два предмета, действия и явления, например:
My father is much older than my Мой отец значительно старше
mother.
моей матери.
He found the work easier than he Он нашел, что работа была легче,
had expected.
чем он предполагал.
I’m now more experienced than Я теперь более опытен, чем два
two years ago.
года назад.
Превосходная степень прилагательных употребляется при сравнении трех и более предметов, действий или явлений, например:
Mine is the smallest study in the Мой кабинет самый маленький в
office.
офисе.
Pete is the best student of us all.
Пит учится лучше нас всех.
Равное качество предметов, действий и явлений выражается с помощью союзов as … as, например:
It was as cold as in winter there.
Там было холодно, как зимой.
The trial was as complex as the Этот судебный процесс был таBrown’s.
кой же сложный, как и судебное
дело Брауна.
220
Неравное качество предметов, действий или явлений выражается с
помощью not so … as или not as … as, например:
The sun is now not so (as) hot as in Солнце сейчас не такое жаркое,
the afternoon.
как днем.
Уменьшение качества выражается с помощью less … than, например:
This lawyer is less experienced Этот юрист менее опытен, чем
than that one.
тот.
Параллельное возрастание (или уменьшение) качества предметов,
действий или явлений выражается с помощью конструкций the -er … the
-er, или more … as … -er, например:
The longer I stay here the better I Чем дольше я нахожусь здесь, тем
like it.
больше мне здесь нравится.
He became more careful as he grew С возрастом он стал более остоolder.
рожным.
Степени сравнения
ПоложиСравнительная
тельная
longer
Односложные long
large
larger
easy
easier
more beautiful
Многосложные beautiful
impossible more impossible
difficult
more difficult
good
better
Исключения
bad
worse
little
less
many
more
much
more
far
farther (further)
Превосходная
the longest
the largest
the easiest
the most beautiful
the most impossible
the most difficult
the best
the worst
the least
the most
the most
the farthest (furthest)
Сравнительные конструкции
The result of the experiment is much better
than
than that of the previous one.
This result is as good as that one.
as … as
This result is not so good as that one.
not so … as
the (more) … the (less)
The more we study the less we know.
221
1. Определение
2. Часть сказуемого
Употребление
They live in the new house.
My house is new.
Перевод
Прилагательными
Наречие
(The Adverb)
Наречие – это слово, обозначающее признак действия или качества.
Большинство наречий образовано от соответствующих прилагательных с помощью суффикса -ly, например: slow – slowly, careful – carefully.
В этой группе имеются наречия, форма которых не отличается от
формы соответствующих прилагательных. Различить их можно только на
основе их функций в предложении, например:
There were not so many cases in early В ранние времена не было так
time.
много законов.
The thief was caught early in the Вора поймали рано утром.
morning.
He drew a straight line.
Он провел прямую линию.
He went straight home.
Он пошел прямо домой.
Следует обратить внимание на то, что в английском языке есть пары наречий, которые образованы от одного корня, но резко отличаются
друг от друга по смыслу, например:
late – поздно
near – близко
hard – упорно (много)
lately – в последнее время nearly – почти
hardly – едва
He came late.
He has been busy lately.
She lives near the university.
The trial is nearly finished.
He works hard.
He can hardly walk.
Он пришел поздно.
Он был занят в последнее время.
Она живет близко от университета.
Судебное рассмотрение почти закончено.
Он много (упорно) работает.
Он едва может ходить.
Большинство наречий являются неизменяемыми словами, но ряд
наречий образа действия имеют формы сравнительной и превосходной
степеней, которые они образуют в основном с помощью more и most,
например: quickly – more quickly – most quickly; carefully – more carefully
– most carefully.
222
Только небольшое количество наречий образует степени сравнения
с помощью -er и -est, например: soon – sooner – soonest; early – earlier –
earliest.
Наречия well, badly, far, late образуют степени сравнения так же,
как и соответствующие прилагательные, не по общему правилу.
Следует, однако, помнить, что наречия в превосходной степени
практически не употребляются.
Наречия
Простые
Производные
Составные
Совпадающие по форме
– с прилагательными
– с предлогами
– с союзами
well, much, very, often
partly, quickly, hardly
Sometimes, somewhere, anywhere, nowhere, since then, so far
fast, hard, late
He is working fast. It is a fast train.
after, before, since
I haven’t seen him since. I haven’t seen
him since that day.
since, when, where, but
I haven’t seen him since. I haven’t seen
him since he went there.
Степени сравнения
Положительная Сравнительная
faster
Односложные fast
late
later
early
earlier
more slowly
Многосложные slowly
beautifully
more beautifully
well
Исключения
better
badly
worse
little
less
much
more
far
farther (further)
Употребление
1. Обстоятельство:
– при глаголе
– при прилагательном
– при наречии
He is working fast.
He is a very good speaker.
He speaks English very well.
223
Превосходная
fastest
latest
earliest
most slowly
most beautifully
best
worst
least
most
farthest (furthest)
2. Вопросительное слово
3. Союзное слово
Where do you work?
Here is the house where he lives.
How I should do it is not known.
The question is how I should do it.
I don’t know how I should do it.
Перевод
Наречиями
Настоящее неопределённое
(Present Simple)
Present Simple совпадает с первой основной формой глагола – инфинитивом без частицы to для всех лиц и чисел, кроме третьего лица
единственного числа. В этой форме к основе инфинитива прибавляется
окончание -s или -es.
Окончание -s прибавляется к основе большинства глаголов:
(to) write – he writes
(писать – он пишет);
(to) work – he works
(работать – он работает).
Окончание -es используется тогда, когда глагол в инфинитиве
оканчивается на:
а) s, ss, ch, sh, tch, x:
(to) dress – he dresses
(одеваться – он одевается);
(to) watch – he watches
(наблюдать – он наблюдает)
б) у, перед которым стоит согласная; у при этом меняется на i:
(to) try – he tries
(пытаться – он пытается).
Окончание третьего лица единственного числа читается как [s] после глухих согласных, как [z] после звонких согласных и гласных и как
[iz] - после s, ss, sh, ch, tch, x: asks [a:sks], reads [ri:dz], tries [traiz], dresses
['dresiz].
Вопросительная форма present simple образуется при помощи
вспомогательного глагола does для третьего лица единственного числа и
глагола do для остальных лиц и чисел.
Отрицательная форма present simple образуется при помощи
вспомогательного глагола do или does и отрицания not.
Не speaks.
Он говорит.
Does he speak?
Говорит ли он?
Не does not speak.
Он не говорит.
224
Формы глагола в Present Simpe
Число
Ед.
Мн.
Форма
Утвердительная
Вопросительная
Отрицательная
I (you) ask. Не (she, Do I (you) ask? Does I (you) do not ask.
it) asks.
he (she, it) ask?
He (she, it) does not
ask.
We (you, they) ask.
Do we (you, they) ask? We (you, they) do
not ask.
В разговорной речи вместо полных форм обычно используют сокращенные: don't [dount], doesn't [daznt].
Present Simple употребляется в основном:
1) для обозначения простых фактов и общих истин:
The coffee beans grow well in Brazil.
(Кофейные бобы хорошо растут в Бразилии.)
Water boils at 100 degrees C.
(Вода закипает при 100° С.)
The early bird catches the worm.
(Кто рано встает, того удача ждет.)
2) для выражения повседневных, повторяющихся действий, привычек, обычаев:
I have a cup of coffee every morning.
(Каждое утро я выпиваю чашку кофе.)
You aren't going to leave me behind? I always go with you.
(Ты ведь не уедешь без меня? Я всегда езжу с тобой.)
The traditions of boyhood live on in us.
(В нас всегда живут традиции, заложенные в детстве.)
3) для выражения будущего действия:
а) программы, расписание
The plane for Glasgow leaves at 10.05 on Tuesday morning.
(Самолёт в Глазго отправляется в 10.05 во вторник утром.)
John leaves for Moscow next week.
(Джон уезжает в Москву на следующей неделе.)
б) в условных и временных обстоятельственных предложениях
после союзов:
225
if если, in case в случае, supposing предположим, unless если
не, when когда, before перед, till (until) до, as soon as как
только, provided если только, while пока и др.
(В соответствующих русских предложениях глагол стоит в
будущем времени.)
If you interrogate him, you will understand the reason.
(Если вы допросите его, то поймёте причину.)
When John comes home, he will be shocked.
(Когда Джон придёт домой, он будет шокирован.)
Present Simple часто употребляется с наречиями, выражающими
частотность: always всегда, often часто, seldom редко, sometimes иногда,
never никогда, hardly ever почти никогда, nearly always почти всегда,
usually обычно, generally как правило и т. д. Наречия обычно ставятся
перед глаголом:
I always get up early.
Я всегда встаю рано.
We often go to the theatre.
Мы часто ходим в театр.
They never have quarrels.
Они никогда не ссорятся.
В предложениях с глаголом to be наречия, выражающие частотность, стоят после форм этого глагола:
She is sometimes afraid of darkness. Иногда она боится темноты.
Настоящее продолженное
(Present Continuous)
Present continuous образуется при помощи вспомогательного глагола to be в настоящем времени и четвертой основной формы смыслового
глагола.
I am speaking.
Я говорю.
Не is speaking.
Он говорит.
We are speaking.
Мы говорим.
При образовании вопросительной формы глагол to be ставится перед подлежащим:
Is he speaking?
Говорит ли он?
При образовании отрицательной формы между глаголом to be и
формой смыслового глагола ставится отрицание not.
Не is not speaking.
Он не говорит.
226
Формы глагола в Present Continuous
Число
Ед.
Мн.
Утвердительная
I am asking. You are
asking. He (she, it) is
asking.
We (you, they) are
asking.
Форма
Вопросительная
Am I asking? Are
you asking? Is he
(she, it) asking?
Are we (you, they)
asking?
Отрицательная
I am not asking. You
are not asking. He
(she, it) is not asking.
We (you, they) are
not asking.
В разговорной речи вместо полных форм обычно используют сокращенные: isn't ['iznt], aren't [a:nt].
Обратите внимание, что в английском языке формы единственного
и множественного числа второго лица совпадают.
You are speaking English
Ты говоришь по-английски.
Вы говорите по-английски.
Present Continuous представляет собой длительный вид настоящего
времени и употребляется в следующих случаях.
1. Для выражения действия, протекающего в момент речи или в настоящий период времени. В этом случае настоящее продолженное указывает на то, что действие, совершающееся в настоящий
момент, началось до этого момента и будет продолжаться после
него. На длительный характер действия могут указывать обстоятельства времени: now, right now, at this moment сейчас, в данный момент, today сегодня, this week (month, year) на этой неделе (в этом месяце, году) и т. д.:
It's raining hard today, and the children are playing inside all the
time.
(Сегодня идет сильный дождь, и дети играют дома целый день.)
Helen is listening to the news on the radio right now.
(Как раз сейчас Елена слушает последние известия по радио.)
It's noon. I'm sitting in the park. Some children are playing with a
ball. An old man is reading a paper.
(Полдень. Я сижу в парке. Несколько детей играют в мяч. Пожилой человек читает газету.)
2. Для выражения будущего действия (как и настоящее время в
русском языке), когда налицо намерение совершить действие
или уверенность в его совершении. В этом случае на будущее
действие указывают наречия tomorrow завтра, soon скоро и др.
или контекст:
227
They are leaving Moscow next week. They are going to the south.
(На следующей неделе они уезжают из Москвы. Они едут на юг.)
Глаголы чувственного восприятия (to hear слышать, to see видеть), умственной деятельности (to know знать, to understand понимать,
to remember помнить, to forget забывать), чувств (to like нравиться, to
love любить, to hate ненавидеть), желания (to want хотеть, to wish желать), принадлежности (to belong принадлежать, to possess владеть) и
глагол to be быть, как правило, не употребляются в Present Continuous.
Некоторые глаголы могут употребляться в Present Continuous, но
приобретают другое смысловое значение:
to think –
* “думать; полагать”
e.g. I think it is a serious crime.
* “обдумывать”
e.g. What are you thinking about?
to see –
* “видеть; понимать”
e.g. I see what you mean.
e.g. I see there is a problem in representing facts.
* “встречаться”
e.g. We’re seeing Jenny tonight to decide the case in an impartial way.
to hear –
* “слышать”
e.g. They hear him giving evidence in the courtroom.
* “получать известие”
e.g. The witness looks forward to hearing from
* “понимать; чувствовать”
e.g. I feel that something goes wrong.
* “ощущать; чувствовать себя …”
e.g. “What’s the matter with you? Are you feeling well?”
to feel –
to look –
* “выглядеть”
e.g. The policeman has worked all the night long. He looks
very tired.
* “смотреть”
e.g. The investigator is looking at the suspects’ photos.
to smell –
* “иметь запах”
e.g. It smells of burnt paper here.
* “нюхать”
e.g. “Why is he smelling the bottle of perfume?
Is it the same scent we felt at the place of crime?”
228
to taste –
* “иметь вкус”
e.g. The meal tastes wonderful.
* “пробовать”
e.g. They are tasting the meal.
Сочетание Present Continuous глагола to go с инфинитивом очень
часто употребляется для выражения намерения совершить действие или
уверенности в его совершении.
I'm going to work in summer.
Я собираюсь работать летом.
Настоящее совершенное
(Present Perfect)
Present Perfect образуется при помощи вспомогательного глагола
to have в настоящем времени (have, has) и третьей основной формы смыслового глагола.
В вопросительном предложении вспомогательный глагол ставится
перед подлежащим.
В отрицательном предложении после вспомогательного глагола
ставится отрицание not.
Не has asked.
Он спросил.
Has he asked?
Спросил ли он?
He has not asked.
Он не спросил.
Формы глагола в Present Perfect
Число
Ед.
Мн.
Утвердительная
I (you) have asked.
Не (she, it) has
asked.
We (you, they)
have asked.
Форма
Вопросительная
Have I (you)
asked? Has he
(she, it) asked?
Have we (you,
they) asked?
Отрицательная
I (you) have not asked.
He (she, it) has not
asked.
We (you, they)
have not asked.
В разговорной речи вместо полных форм обычно употребляются
сокращенные:
haven't [hevnt], hasn't [heznt].
Употребление Present Perfect
1. Для выражения действия, завершившегося к моменту речи, поэтому его можно назвать преднастоящим. Время действия, как
229
правило, не указывается, оно не имеет значения, так как важен
сам факт совершения действия к настоящему моменту или его
результат.
I have seen the film and I think it is dull.
(Я видал фильм и считаю eго скучным.)
Форма have seen выражает действие, которое закончилось к
моменту речи, до настоящего времени, то есть преднастоящее.
С настоящим его связывает результат – мнение о фильме.
Ann has read this book.
(Аня (уже) прочитала эту книгу.)
Если время действия указано, то употребляется Past Simple:
Ann read this book last month.
(Энн читала эту книгу в прошлом месяце.)
В этом значении Present Perfect часто употребляется с наречиями just только что и already уже, а в отрицательных предложениях – с yet еще. Эти наречия подчеркивают тот факт, что
действие, которое началось в прошлом, завершилось очень
близко к моменту речи (к настоящему моменту).
The mail has just come.
(Почта только что пришла.)
We have already come to a definite conclusion.
(Мы уже пришли к определенному заключению.)
I haven't seen her yet
(Я ее еще не видел.)
В этом же значении Present Perfect употребляется с наречием lately недавно или of late в последнее время.
I have seen many pictures lately (of late).
(В последнее время я посмотрел много картин.)
2. Для выражения действия, которое завершилось; но тот период,
в которое оно происходило, еще продолжается, может быть
обозначен обстоятельством времени today сегодня, this week на
этой неделе, this month в этом месяце, this year в этом году,
this century в нашем веке:
I have seen the film twice this week.
(Я дважды видел этот фильм на этой неделе.)
Если время действия истекло, глагол употребляется в Past
Simple. Так, например, днем или вечером мы можем сказать:
I wrote a letter this morning.
(Сегодня утром я написал письмо.)
Но если разговор происходит утром, то мы скажем:
230
I have written a letter this morning.
И в первом, и во втором предложении глагол переводится на
русский язык прошедшим временем.
3. Для выражения действия, которое началось в прошлом, продолжалось до настоящего времени и протекает в настоящем,
т. е. действие, которое охватывает целый период времени,
включающий и настоящий момент (= преднастоящее + настоящее):
I have known him all my life.
(Я знаю его всю жизнь. = Я знал его раньше и знаю сейчас.)
I have always been in love with you.
Я всегда вас любил. (= Я любил вас раньше и люблю теперь.)
Глагол в Present Perfect в этом значении переводится на русский
язык глаголом в настоящем времени.
Примечания.
1. Present Perfect употребляется в тех случаях, когда начало
действия передается посредством since с тех пор как, выступающим:
a. в качестве союза:
I have lived in Moscow since my family moved here in 1960.
(Я живу в Москве, с тех пор как моя семья переехала сюда в 1960 году.)
Since вводит придаточное предложение, в котором указывается на начало действия в прошлом. В таких случаях,
как правило, глагол в главном предложении употребляется в
Present Perfect, а в придаточном – в Past Simple.
b. в качестве наречия:
We moved in Moscow in 1960.
(Мы переехали в Москву в 1960 г.)
We have lived here since.
(С тех пор мы живём здесь.)
c. в качестве предлога:
We have lived in Moscow since 1960.
(Мы живём в Москве с 1960.)
В этих случаях вопросы к обстоятельству времени образуются при помощи since when с каких пор или how long
сколько.
Since when (How long) have you lived in London?
(С каких пор (сколько времени) вы живёте в Лондоне?)
231
2. Весь период времени, охватываемый действием глагола в
Present Регfect – от прошлого до настоящего включительно –
может передаваться предлогом for:
I have lived in Kiev for 3 years.
(Я живу в Киеве три года.)
В этом значении Present Perfect употребляется:
а) с глаголами, с которыми невозможен Present Perfect Continuous – to see, to hear и т. д.
I haven't seen my friend for a week.
(Я не видел друга неделю.)
б) с глаголами to live жить, to study учиться, изучать, to
work работать и др., выражающими процесс, длительное действие
I have worked at my report since early morning.
(Я работаю над докладом с утра.)
Но в этом случае возможна и форма Present Perfect Continuous: I have been working at my report since early morning.
Present Perfect может употребляться с наречиями, обозначающими
частотность действия или выражающими неопределенность времени действия, которые также употребляются со всей группой времен Simple (неопределенных) – Present Simple, Past Simple и Future Simple. Это наречия:
always всегда, often часто, seldom редко, ever когда-нибудь, never никогда, hardly ever почти никогда т. д.
I have never seen this man.
(Я никогда не видела этого человека.)
Have you ever been to the Hermitage?
(Вы когда-нибудь были в Эрмитаже?)
Настоящее перфектно-длительное
(Present Perfect Continuous)
Present Perfect Continuous образуется при помощи вспомогательного глагола to be в форме Present Perfect have been, has been и четвертой
основной формы смыслового глагола.
В вопросительном предложении первый вспомогательный глагол
have, has ставится перед подлежащим.
В отрицательном предложении после первого вспомогательного
глагола have, has ставится отрицание not.
Не has been asking.
Он спрашивал.
232
Has he been asking?
He has not been asking.
Спрашивал ли он?
Он не спрашивал.
Формы глагола в Present Continuous
Число
Ед.
Мн.
Утвердительная
I (you) have been
asking. He (she, it)
has been asking.
We (you, they) have
been asking.
Форма
Вопросительная
Have I (you) been
asking? Has he (she,
it) been asking?
Have we (you; they)
been asking?
Отрицательная
I (you) have not been
asking. He (she, it) has
not been asking.
We (you, they) have
not been asking.
Употребление Present Perfect Continuous
1. Чтобы подчеркнуть длительный характер действия, которое
началось в прошлом и продолжается в настоящем.
“What are you doing here?” –
“I'm waiting to talk to the teacher. I have been waiting for almost
twenty minutes, but he's still busy.”
(– Что ты здесь делаешь?
– Я жду, чтобы поговорить с учителем. Я жду уже почти 20
минут, но он все еще занят.)
В этом значении глагол в Present Perfect Continuous может быть
взаимозаменяем глаголом в Present Perfect, хотя Present Perfect
Continuous выражает длительность действия более эмоционально. Однако только Present Perfect может употребляться с глаголами, выражающими состояние, восприятие и т. д., которые не
употребляются в длительном виде. Начало действия может
быть обозначено предлогом (союзом) since с тех пор (как).
She has been reading since 3 o’clock (since morning, since I came).
(Она читает с трёх часов (с утра, с тех пор как я пришла).)
Период времени, в течение которого происходило действие,
может быть выражен предлогом for со словосочетанием или наречием, служащим обстоятельством времени (all day long весь
день, the whole month целый месяц, lately недавно, за последнее
время и др.):
Не has been reading for his exam all day long.
(Он целый день готовится к экзамену.)
233
Вопрос к обстоятельству времени в этих случаях начинается с
how long сколько, как долго.
How long have you been sitting here?
(Сколько (как долго) ты уже сидишь здесь?)
Если в момент речи действие, выраженное сказуемым, еще продолжается, глагол в Present Perfect Continuous переводится на
русский язык глаголом несовершенного вида в настоящем времени.
2. Чтобы подчеркнуть, что, хотя длительное действие только что
закончилось, завершилось, результат его виден налицо.
“What's the matter? Why are you out of breath?”
“I've been running all the way.”
(Что случилось? Почему ты запыхался?
– Я бежал всю дорогу.)
Если действие, которое длилось какое-то время, к моменту речи
уже закончилось, глагол в Present Perfect Continuous переводится на русский язык глаголом несовершенного вида в прошедшем времени.
Прошедшее неопределённое
(Past Simple)
Past Simple правильных глаголов образуется при помощи окончания -ed или -d, прибавляемого к основе инфинитива. Окончание -ed используется в большинстве случаев: to ask – he asked (спрашивать – он
спросил) to answer – he answered (отвечать – он ответил).
Окончание -d прибавляется к основе инфинитива, если она оканчивается на е.
to invite – he invited
(приглашать – он пригласил)
to decide – he decided
(решать – он решил)
Окончание -ed/-d читается как [id] после согласных t и d, как [d]
после звонких согласных, кроме d, и после гласных и как [t] – после глухих согласных, кроме t: wanted [wantid], played [pleid], opened ['oupənd],
worked [wə:kt].
Если глагол оканчивается на у, перед которым стоит согласная, у
перед окончанием -ed меняется на i.
to try – he tried
(пытаться – он пытался)
234
Если глагол оканчивается на согласную, которой предшествует
краткий гласный, конечная согласная обычно удваивается.
(останавливаться – он остановился)
to stop – he stopped;
to plan – he planned;
to prefer – he preferred.
Past Simple неправильных глаголов образуется особо (вторая колонка таблицы неправильных глаголов). Неправильные глаголы нужно
запомнить сразу во всех основных формах.
Вопросительная форма Past Simple образуется при помощи вспомогательного глагола to do в форме did, который ставится перед подлежащим.
Основной глагол при этом ставится в форме инфинитива без частицы to.
Отрицательная форма Рast Simple образуется при помощи вспомогательного глагола to do в форме did, за которым идет отрицание not.
Не asked.
Он спрашивал.
Did he ask?
Спрашивал ли он?
He did not! ask.
Он не спрашивал.
Формы глагола в Past Simple
Число
Ед. и мн.
Форма
Утвердительная
Вопросительная
Отрицательная
I (you, he, she, it, we, Did I (you, he, she, I (you, he, she, it, we,
they) asked.
it, we, they) ask?
they) did not ask.
В разговорной речи вместо полной формы обычно используется
сокращенная: didn't ['didn’t].
Употребление Past Simple
1. Для описания действий, происходивших в прошлом, как завершившихся, так и не завершившихся в прошлом, но не связанных с настоящим. Прошедшее действие может характеризоваться обстоятельством времени (yesterday вчepa, last week на
прошлой неделе, a month ago месяц назад, on Sunday в воскресенье, in 1990 в 1990 году и др.).
I worked in London police from 1984 to 1997.
(Я работал в лондонской полиции с 1984 по 1997.)
I met your brother the other day.
(На днях я встретил твоего брата.)
2. Для описании ряда последовательных действий в прошлом.
Mr. West came up to the house, took the key out of his pocket and
opened the door.
235
(Мистер Уэст подошел к дому, достал из кармана ключ и открыл дверь.)
3. Для описания обычных, повторяющихся действий в прошлом.
When Mr. Dance was a student, he used to ride a bike to classes.
(Когда мистер Данc был студентом, он бывало ездил на занятия
на велосипеде.)
Last year we used to go to the skating-rink on Sundays.
(В прошлом году мы обычно ходили на каток по воскресеньям.)
Различие в употреблении Past Simple и Present Perfect
Употребление Past Simple
1. Past Simple выражает действие,
целиком относящееся к прошлому,
не связанное с настоящим. Поэтому Past Simple употребляется с
наречиями: ago тому назад (a
month ago месяц тому назад,
three days ago три дня тому назад
и т. п.), long ago давно, the other
day на днях (в прошлом), yesterday
вчера; с сочетаниями с last прошлый (last week на прошлой неделе,
last month в прошлом месяце, last
year в прошлом году и т. п.); с указанием даты или периода времени
в прошлом (in July в июле, in 1990 в
1990 г. и т. д.):
I wrote several letters yesterday.
(Вчера я написал несколько писем.)
Mr. and Mrs. Gray went to the theatre
last week.
(Мистер и миссис Грей ходили в
театр на прошлой неделе.)
Past Simple употребляется с наречием just now только что:
I saw that you came in just now.
(Я видел, как вы только что
вошли.)
Употребление Present Perfect
1. Present Perfect показывает, что
действие, которое совершилось, связано с настоящим, на что
указывают наречия, с которыми
употребляется Present Perfect (они
в основном обозначают период
времени в настоящем, который
еще не закончен): today сегодня,
различные сочетания с this этот
(this week на этой неделе, this
month в этом месяце, this year в
этом году и т. п.):
I have written several letters
today.
(Сегодня я написал несколько
писем.)
Mr. and Mrs. Gray have been to the
theatre this week.
(Мистер и миссис Грей были в
театре на этой неделе.)
Present Perfect употребляется с
наречием just только что:
I've just bought a new dress.
(Я только что купила новое платье.)
236
2. Past Simple употребляется в специальных вопросах, начинающихся
с when и where, так как такие вопросы относят действие к конкретной ситуации в прошлом:
Where did you see him?
Где ты его видел?
When did you see him?
Когда ты его видел?
(В ответе на этот вопрос может
быть и Past Simple, и Present Perfect
в зависимости от ситуации:
I saw him yesterday.
Я видел его вчера.
I have just seen him.
Я только что его видел.)
2. Present Perfect употребляется с
глаголом to be в значении съездить, побывать, навестить. После
глагола to be в этом значении существительное, выражающее обстоятельство места (направление),
употребляется с предлогом to:
“Have you ever been to Belgrade?”
“Yes, I've been there once. I went
there in 1982.”
– Ты когда-нибудь был в Белграде?
– Да, я был там однажды. Я ездил
туда в 1982 г.
Прошедшее продолженное
(Past Continuous)
Past Continuous образуется при помощи вспомогательного глагола to
be в прошедшем времени и четвертой основной формы смыслового глагола.
Не was speaking.
Он говорил.
We were speaking.
Мы говорили.
При образовании вопросительной формы глагол to be ставится перед подлежащим.
При образовании отрицательной формы между глаголом to be и
формой смыслового глагола ставится отрицание not.
Was he speaking?
Говорил ли он?
Не was not speaking.
Он не говорил.
Формы глагола в Past Continuos
Число
Ед.
Мн.
Утвердительная
форма
I (he, she, it) was
asking.
You were asking.
We (you, they)
were asking.
Вопросительная
форма
Was I (he, she, it) asking?
Were you asking?
Were we (you, they)
asking?
237
Отрицательная
форма
I (he, she, it) was not
asking.
You were not asking.
We (you, they) were not
asking.
В разговорной речи вместо полных форм обычно используются сокращенные: wasn't, weren't.
Past Continuous обычно употребляется:
1. Для выражения конкретного действия, длившегося в точно указанный момент или период в прошлом, который обозначен либо
обстоятельством времени, либо другим (одно действие на фоне
другого) действием в прошлом. При этом ни начало, ни конец
длительного действия не известны.
When I entered the room he was reading a book.
(Когда я вошла в комнату, он читал книгу.)
At three o'clock yesterday I was reading a book.
(Я читала книгу вчера в три часа.)
2. Для выражения длительного действия, протекавшего в определенный период времени в прошлом (from six to seven с шести
до семи, all day long last Saturday весь день в прошлую субботу,
the whole day yesterday весь вчерашний день и т. д.).
I was writing a composition the whole day yesterday.
(Вчера я целый день писал сочинение.)
И в этом случае начало и конец длительного действия не известны;
важно только, что оно длилось весь указанный период времени. В обоих
случаях Past Continuous употребляется, когда нужно подчеркнуть сам
процесс действия, его продолжительность. Если же важен только факт
совершения действия, то употребляется Past Simple.
3. Кроме того, Past Continuous может употребляться для выражения одновременных действий, протекавших в прошлом в один и
тот же момент.
The children were playing while their mother was watching them.
(Дети играли, в то время как их мать наблюдала за ними.)
While my mother was reading a book I was playing the piano.
(Пока мама читала книгу, я играла на пианино.)
As I was taking a shower, my mother was cooking breakfast.
(В то время, когда я принимала душ, мама готовила завтрак.)
4. Past Continuous может выражать намерение, относящееся к прошлому, в основном с глаголами движения: to come приходить,
to go идти, to leave уезжать, to start отправляться и др.:
My friend was glad that I was leaving for the South.
(Мой друг порадовался, что я собираюсь ехать на юг.)
238
Примечание.
Past Continuous, как правило, не употребляется с глаголами чувственного восприятия.
Прошедшее совершенное
(The Past Perfect Tense)
1. Прошедшее время группы Perfect употребляется для обозначения
действия, уже совершившегося до определенного момента в прошлом и
соотнесенного с этим моментом в прошлом, а не с моментом речи (то
есть не с настоящим моментом).
Прошедшее время группы Perfect образуется при помощи вспомогательного глагола have в форме прошедшего времени и причастия IIсмыслового глагола:
I had read the book by five o’clock yesterday.
(Вчера к пяти часам я прочитал книгу).
Для образования вопросительной формы вспомогательный глагол
had ставится перед подлежащим:
Had he read the book by five o’clock yesterday?
Для образования отрицательной формы отрицательная частица not
ставится после вспомогательного глагола had.
He had not read the book by five o’clock yesterday
2. Определенный момент в прошлом может быть выражен точным
указанием времени (года, числа, часа и т. д.) с предлогом времени by (к)
или другим прошедшим действием, событием или ситуацией:
I had already read the book when my friend rang me up.
(Я уже прочитал книгу, когда мой друг позвонил мне
( к тому моменту, когда он позвонил мне)).
3. В английском языке в повествовании при описании последовательных событий в прошлом употребляется прошедшее время группы
Indefinite. Если же последовательное изложение событий нарушается, т.е.,
если указывается действие, которое произошло ранее, оно выражается
прошедшим временем группы Perfect.
239
We hurried to the theatre. We got
there at a quarter to eight. The
show had already begun. My friend
looked around. He had never been
to this theatre before.
Мы поспешили в театр. Без четверти восемь мы вошли в зал.
Представление уже началось. Мой
друг посмотрел вокруг. Он никогда
не был в этом театре раньше.
Прошедшее совершенное продолженное
(The Past Perfect Continuous Tense)
1. Прошедшее время группы Perfect Continuous образуется при помощи глагола to be в Past Perfect и причастия I смыслового глагола:
I had been waiting for 2 hours. (Я прождал 2 часа).
Для образования вопросительной формы вспомогательный глагол
had ставится перед подлежащим:
Had he been waiting for 2 hours. (Он прождал 2 часа).
Для образования отрицательной формы отрицательная частица
not ставится после вспомогательного глагола had.
He had not been waiting long. (Он недолго ждет).
Прошедшее время группы Perfect Continuous обозначает действие,
которое началось в указанный момент в прошлом и совершалось некоторое время, включая другой указанный момент (или вплоть до него).
2. The Past Perfect Continuous употребляется:
а) когда в предложении обозначен период времени, в течение
которого действие происходило до определенного момента в прошлом и
(или) включая его; этот период времени обычно обозначается обстоятельством времени с предлогом for.
He had been working for two hours by the time I came back.
(Он работал уже два часа до того времени, когда я вернулся).
б) когда в предложении обозначен момент в прошлом, с которого начиналось действие; этот момент обозначается обстоятельством времени с предлогом since (c), придаточным (с тех пор, как) или наречием
since (с тех пор).
Mary had been translating the article since 9 o’clock yesterday.
(Вчера Мэри переводила эту статью с 9 часов).
240
3. Глаголы, не имеющие формы Continuous, употребляются в форме Perfect, а не Perfect Continuous. К ним относятся глаголы, выражающие
чувства, восприятия и умственную деятельность, а также некоторые другие глаголы, например: to want – хотеть, to like – нравиться, to love –
любить, to wish – желать, to see – видеть, to hear – слышать, to feel –
чувствовать, to know – знать, to forget – забывать, to seem – казаться, to
be – быть и др.
Будущее совершенное продолженное время (Future Perfect Progressive)
Oбразуется с помощью глагола to be в форме Future Perfect (shall
have been, will have been) и причастия I смыслового глагола.
The Future Perfect Progressive (Continuous) Tense выражает действие, которое началось до определенного момента в будущем и будет находиться в процессе вплоть до этого момента, включая его.
I shall have been staying at this hotel for a week.
Будущие времена
(Future)
Другие способы выражения будущего времени
• The Present Progressive употребляется для выражения действия,
которое запланировано и определенно состоится в ближайшем будущем
(обычно с глаголами движения).
I am leaving tonight.
He is coming to dinner on Thursday.
Простое будущее время (Future Simple)
Образуется при помощи вспомогательных глаголов shall и will и
инфинитива смыслового глагола без частицы to.
В современном английском языке есть тенденция к употреблению
вспомогательного глагола will для всех лиц.
The Future Simple (Indefinite) Tense выражает:
1. Действие, которое будет совершено в будущем: It will be cold tomorrow.
2. Действие, которое будет происходить в течение какого-либо
времени в будущем: I think I’ll be in love with you all my life.
3. Повторяющееся действие в будущем: Will you phone me every
evening?
Будущее продолженное время (Future Progressive)
Образуется при помощи вспомогательного глагола to be в Future
Simple (shall be, will be) и причастия I смыслового глагола.
The Future Progressive (Continuous) Tense выражает:
1. Действие в процессе в определенный момент в будущем. In an
hour we will be listening to the trial at the Crown court.
2. Действие, которое говорящий предвидит в будущем. I must go or
my parents will be worrying about me.
Будущее совершенное время (Future Perfect)
Образуется при помощи вспомогательного глагола have в Future
Simple (shall have, will have) и причастия II смыслового глагола.
The Future Perfect Tense выражает действие, закончившееся до определенного момента в будущем.
They will have got our letter by Monday.
241
• Сочетание модального глагола to be и инфинитива указывает
на действие, которое было заранее запланировано и которое должно быть
выполнено:
I’ve had a letter from home. I am to go back at once, my brother in
trouble.
He is not to treat his child like that!
• Конструкция to be going + инфинитив обозначает намерение
говорящего совершить действие в ближайшем будущем:
I am going to tell him the truth.
She is going to explain it tomorrow.
Различие между WILL и TO BE GOING TO
Will используется в том случае, когда во время разговора мы принимаем спонтанное решение относительно чего-либо.
To be going to употребляется в случае, если говорящий решил чтолибо до момента разговора.
Сравним 2 примера:
1. I’ll have a party.- That’s a good idea. We’ll invite lots of friends.
2. Later that day. Helen meets Dave: Sue and I decided to make a party.
We’re going to invite you and other people.
242
Страдательный залог
(The Passive Voice)
В английском языке значение залога выражается в форме глагола.
Страдательный залог показывает, что действие глагола-сказуемого
направлено на лицо или предмет, выраженный существительным или местоимением в функции подлежащего.
The man was arrested by the police, Мужчина был арестован полициbut now he is released.
ей, но сейчас он освобожден.
That Law was adopted in 1969.
Тот закон был принят в 1969 г.
Образование страдательного залога
В английском языку страдательный залог образуется с помощью
вспомогательного глагола to be в соответствующем времени и формы
причастия II смыслового глагола. Это можно представить формулой:
to be + Participle II (V3 смыслового глагола)
The Passive Voice существует в следующих видовременных формах:
The Present Indefinite(Simple) – is, am, are + done (V3)
The Past Indefinite(Simple) – was, were + done (V3)
The Future Indefinite(Simple) – will(shall) + be + done(V3)
The Present Continuous(Progressive) – is,am,are +being +done
The Past Continuous(Progressive) – was,were +being +done(V3)
The Present Perfect – have, has + been +done (V3)
The Past Perfect – had + been + done (V3)
The Future Perfect – will,shall + have been +done
Употребление страдательного залога
1. Страдательный залог употребляется тогда, когда говорящий либо не знает, кто совершает действие, либо не придает этому
значения.
My car has been stolen. I was given a warrant.
2. Когда говорящий выражает процесс действия (или воздействия)
и состояние, наступившее в результате этого воздействия.
Страдательный залог употребляется с переходными глаголами.
He was helped to write a report. The boy is being looked for at the moment.
Хотя есть переходные глаголы, с которыми пассивный залог не
возможен. Например: to resemble, to seem, to have, to possess, to suit, to
lack, to find out, to fit.
The boy resembles his father.
Страдательный залог также употребляется после некоторых непереходных глаголов. Например: to attend, to answer, to join, to affect, to follow и др.
Дополнение в предложении с глаголом-сказуемым в страдательном
залоге употребляется с предлогом by или with:
by – выражает действующее лицо или действующую силу.
with – выражает орудие действия.
The letter was written by a lawyer. The letter was written with a pencil.
Отрицательная форма образуется с помощью отрицания not , которое ставится после первого вспомогательного глагола, например:
The letter will not (won’t ) be sent to the lawyer.
В вопросительно-отрицательной форме первый вспомогательный
глагол ставится перед подлежащим, а частица not – после подлежащего.
Has the book not been written?
В качестве вспомогательного глагола для образования форм страдательного залога все шире используется get вместо be, в этом случае get
выражает процесс, а be – его результат.
He got angered when he realized he was being manipulated.
(Его раздражение нарастало в течение некоторого времени.)
He was angered when he realized he was being manipulated.
(Его раздражение было немедленной реакцией, когда он осознал это.)
На русский язык глагол в страдательном залоге можно переводить
тремя способами:
1) глаголом, оканчивающимся на -ся, -сь;
2) сочетанием глагола “быть” с краткой формой причастия страдательного залога;
3) глаголом в действительном залоге в 3-м лице множественного
числа в составе неопределенно-личного предложения;
243
244
Формы The Perfect Continuous и The Future Continuous отсутствуют.
Вопросительная форма образуется путем переноса (первого) вспомогательного глагола на место перед подлежащим, например:
When was he arrested ?
Has he stolen the car ?
4) глаголом в действительном залоге (при наличии исполнителя
действия).
The case was considered by the Crown Court yesterday.
Дело рассмотрел суд Короны вчера. Дело было рассмотрено судом
Короны вчера. Дело рассматривалось судом Короны вчера.
В английском языке глаголы, которые имеют два дополнения, могут образовывать страдательный залог двумя способами.
К этим глаголам относятся: bring, give, lend, pass, pay, promise, sell,
send, show, tell, hand, ask, offer, teach.
Например: The police were given the information. The information was
given to the police. I was handed a note. A note was handed to me.
Форма страдательного залога наблюдается после модальных глаголов и вспомогательных will, shall, would, should, иначе эта форма называется инфинитив в форме страдательного залога (The Infinitive Passive).
Например: Мr. Jones will be arrested. They ought to have been punished more severely.
Модальные глаголы
1) являются недостаточными, т. к.
не изменяются по временам, т. е.
не имеют личных форм (за исключением could и might (past simple))
2) не имеют неличных форм (Gerund, Infinitive, Participle)
Эквиваленты
1) употребляются во всех грамматических временах
I’m having to put up with his presence.
2) могут иметь неличную форму
It was awful, not being able to see
you for so long.
3) вопросительная и отрицатель- 3) вопросительная и отрицательная форма строится без вспомога- ная форма строится по правилам
тельного глагола
употребления личных форм
I cannot promise you anything
Did you have to tell them about it?
4) в составе сказуемого занимает 4) может употребляться после
первое место
другого модального глагола
Tom might be able to come tomorrow
5) требуют после себя употребления смыслового глагола в одной из
форм инфинитива:
без частицы to
с частицей to
(за исключением ought to)
Модальные глаголы
(The Modals)
В английском языке есть группа глаголов, которые выражают не
действия, а только отношение к ним со стороны говорящего, оценку действия, т. е. возможность, необходимость, предположительность, долженствование, разрешение и т. д. Они называются модальными, некоторые из
них имеют эквиваленты.
Модальные глаголы и их эквиваленты
Модальные глаголы
can (could)
may (might)
Must
Эквиваленты
to be able to
to be allowed to
to have to
to be to
Shall
Should
ought to
Need
Модальные глаголы и их эквиваленты имеют ряд формальных отличительных особенностей.
245
Формы инфинитива
Залог
Tenses
Indefinite
Continuous
Perfect
Perfect Continuous
действительный
(Active Voice)
to ask
to be asking
to have asked
to have been asking
страдательный
(Passive Voice)
to be asked
------------to have been asked
-------------
Употребление модальных глаголов и их эквивалентов
can (could) / to be able to
1. Глагол can (could) выражает способность или возможность чтолибо делать (мочь).
He can analyse people’s handwriting.
Это значение can может быть выражено конструкцией to be able to.
Helen can / is able to read well, even though she is only three.
Ho: в значении “удалось, получилось” употребляется только was /
were able to (=managed), но не could.
Very few people were able to survive after explosion.
246
2. Can может выражать разрешение.
You can borrow my car.
3. Can (could) только в вопросительных и отрицательных∗ предложениях может выражать сомнение, удивление, недоверие, невероятность.
Can it be true? He can’t have said it.
may (might) / to be allowed to
1. may (might)∗∗ может выражать разрешение.
May I come in?
Might I come too?
В этом значении may соответствует to be allowed (разрешено):
You’ll be allowed to ask for help;
not to be allowed (запрещено):
You are not allowed to feed animals.
2. may выражает предположение с оттенком сомнения, неуверенности (возможно, может быть)
She may have left.
В этом значении may (might) употребляется наряду с could (только
в утвердительной форме).
You could have lost your keys.
must / to have to / to be to
1. must может выражать обязанность, долг, необходимость.
You must warn him.
В этом значении must соответствует:
1) to have to (to have got to), выражающему необходимость, вызванную обстоятельствами (вынужден, приходится, должен)
She has had to give up her job because she can’t find a nurse
to look after her bab;.
2) to be to, выражающему предварительную договоренность, обязанность, предусмотренную по плану, по расписанию (употребляется
только в Present Past Simple)
We were to meet her yesterday.
– в отрицательной форме must not (mustn’t) имеет значение категорического запрещения (нельзя, не должен, запрещается)
You mustn’t tell anybody else.
∗
Но: для выражения отсутствия необходимости, разрешения не выполнять действия используются not to have to, need not
You needn’t do it today
– для получения распоряжения или указания (что сделать или как
поступить) употребляется глагол shall
Shall I do again?
2. must может выражать предположение с уверенностью (должно
быть, очевидно, вероятно) – только в утвердительных предложениях.
The streets are wet. It must have been raining all the night.
I must have seen you somewhere before. Your face is very familiar to me.
should / ought to
1. Глагол should имеет значение личного мнения, совета (следует,
должен, нужно). Может употребляться:
а) с простым инфинитивом, если высказываемое мнение относится
к настоящему или будущему времени
One shouldn’t make a decision in a hurry;
б) с перфектным инфинитивом, если высказываемое мнение относится к прошедшему времени. В этом случае высказывание имеет оттенок
порицания, упрека
The boy shouldn’t have gone out without the permission.
2. В значении совета, мнения и порицания, упрека употребляется
также глагол ought to
He was sorry he had said things which he ought not to have said.
need
Употребляется для выражения необходимости совершить действие
(нужно, надо)
Need not (needn’t)
hurry
don’t need to
You needn’t have come so early.
cannot (can’t) – перевод на русский язык: не может быть, вряд ли; неужели.
∗∗
might – делает просьбу более вежливой.
247
248
Косвенная речь
(Reported Speech)
в) если действие придаточного предложения последует за действием главного, т.е. по отношению к нему совершится в будущем,
то сказуемое этого предложения стоит в Future-in-the-Past∗. Сказуемое придаточного предложения переводится в этом случае глаголом в будущем времени:
I was sure you would come.
– Я был уверен, что вы придете.
I hoped that he would try to come in time.
– Я надеялся, что он постарается придти вовремя.
Cодержание ранее высказанного сообщения можно передать прямой
речью (от лица говорящего) или косвенной речью (от лица передающего).
He says: “I need some help”. – He says (that) he needs help.
He said: “I need some help”. – He said (that) he needed help.
При употреблении косвенной речи соблюдаются следующие правила:
В английском языке время глагола в придаточном предложении зависит от времени глагола главного предложения.
Время глагола в придаточном предложении не изменяется, если
глагол главного предложения стоит в настоящем или будущем времени.
you are busy
вы заняты
He knows that
you were busy Он знает, что
вы были заняты
you will be busy
вы будете заняты
1. Если глагол главного предложения стоит в одном из прошедших
времен (обычно в Past Simple), то глагол в придаточном предложении
тоже должен употребляться в прошедшем времени. Происходит сдвиг
времен в прошедшие времена. Соблюдается правило согласования времен (Sequence of Tenses).
а) если действие придаточного предложения происходит одновременно с действием главного, то сказуемое придаточного предложения стоит в Past Simple или Past Continuous и переводится на
русский язык глаголом в настоящем времени:
He said he lived in Moscow.
– Он сказал, что живет в Москве.
I thought that he was waiting for me in the hall.
– Я думал, что он ждет меня в холле.
б) если действие придаточного предложения предшествовало
действию главного, то сказуемое придаточного предложения стоит
в Past Perfect или Past Perfect Continuous и переводится на русский
язык глаголом в прошедшем времени:
He said he had lived in Moscow.
– Он сказал, что жил в Москве.
They informed us that they had sent the papers by post.
– Они сообщили нам, что они послали документы почтой.
249
Главное
предложение
Он сказал
(что)
He said (that)
Придаточное предложение в косвенной речи
Perfect
Simple
Continuous
Perfect
Continuous
Present
↓
↓
↓
↓
Past
wrote (active
was (were)
had written
had been writvoice)
writing
(active)
ing
was (were)
(active)
had been writ- (active)
written (passive was (were)
ten
voice)
being written
(passive)
(passive)
Future
↓
↓
Future-in-the-Past
would write
would be writ(active)
ing
would be writ- (active)
ten (passive)
↓
↓
would have
would have
written (active) been writing
would have
(active)
been written
(passive)
Правила согласования времен распространяется и на косвенную
речь.
∗
Future-in-the-Past образуется так же, как и соответствующие времена Future, с той лишь разницей, что вместо shall и will употребляются вспомогательные глаголы should и would и соответствующий инфинитив смыслового глагола
без to. Future-in-the-Past выражает будущие действия по отношению к прошедшему моменту. Future-in-the-Past употребляется в придаточных предложениях,
когда сказуемое главного предложения выражено глаголом в прошедшем времени.
250
She said: “I won’t speak without my lawyer.”
She said that she would not speak without her lawyer.
He said: “My car has been stolen.”
He said that his car had been stolen.
1. Косвенная речь вводится союзом that, который часто опускается:
He said: “I have lost my keys.”
He said (that) he had lost his keys.
2. Если в словах, вводящих прямую речь, употреблен глагол to say
без дополнения, указывающего на лицо, к которому обращаются с речью, то to say сохраняется.
He said, “She will come in the evening.”
He said that she would come in the evening.
3. Если в словах, вводящих прямую речь, употреблен глагол to say
(употребляется с предлогом to) с дополнением, то он заменяется
глаголом to tell (употребляется без предлога):
He said to them: “I’m glad I can give you all the necessary information.”
He told them (that) he was glad he could give them all the necessary
information.”
Также глагол to say употребляется в следующих конструкциях:
“say something to somebody”
Ann said goodbye to me and left.
What did you say to the police?
“say to do something”
The doctor said to stay in bed for a few days.
4. Личные и притяжательные местоимения заменяются по смыслу:
He said: “You have stolen my car!”
He said that she had stolen his car.
5. Указательные местоимения и наречия времени и места заменяются по смыслу другими словами:
this – that
these – those
now – then
today – that day
tomorrow – the next day
251
the day after tomorrow –
next year –
yesterday –
the day before yesterday –
ago –
here –
two days later
the following year, the next year
the day before
two days before
before
there
“I’ll see you in the court tomorrow,” said Sue.
Sue said that she would see me in the court the next day.
Вопросительные предложения
6. Общие вопросы вводятся союзами if, whether, имеющими значение частицы “ли”. В придаточных предложениях соблюдается
порядок слов утвердительного предложения (прямой порядок
слов):
She asked: “Does the conference on law problems start in March?”
She asked if the conference on law problems started in March.
7. Специальные вопросы вводятся тем же вопросительным словом, с которого начинается прямая речь. Соблюдается порядок
слов утвердительного предложения (прямой порядок слов).
He asked: “Who is invited to form the new Government?”
He asked who was invited to form the new Government.
She said: “How do the members of the legislature vote in your country?”
She asked how the members of the legislature voted in my country?”
Побудительные предложения
8. Для передачи побуждений в косвенной речи употребляются
простые предложения с инфинитивом с частицей to. Отрицательная форма повелительного наклонения заменяется инфинитивом с частицей not. Если прямая речь выражает приказание,
то глагол to say заменяется глаголом to tell (велеть), to order
(приказывать). Если прямая речь выражает просьбу, глагол to
say заменяется глаголом to ask (просить)
He said: “Coordinate your efforts with the police.”
He asked to coordinate our efforts with the police.
She said him: “Don’t fail to appear in the court!”
She ordered him not to fail to appear in he court.
252
9. Наряду с глаголами to tell, to ask, to order для введения косвенной речи употребляются многие другие:
To admit, to explain, to point out, to advise, to agree, to answer, to
reply, to apologize, to congratulate, to decide, to invite, to inform, to
offer, to suggest, to promise, to refuse, to remind, to warn, to thank,
to protest, to beg, to request, to demand, to wonder.
He said: “I meet you after the sitting of the jury for a cup of coffee.”
He promised to meet me after the sitting of the jury for a cup of coffee.
The thief said: “I stole the money.”
The thief admitted that he had stolen the money.
Неличные формы глагола
(Non-finite forms of verb)
В английском языке имеются три неличные формы глагола: причастие, инфинитив и герундий. Неличные формы не изменяются по лицам
и не употребляются самостоятельно в роли сказуемого. Помимо глагольных свойств неличные формы глагола обладают признаками других частей речи.
The Participle (причастие)
1. Причастие – неличная форма глагола, обладающая свойствами
глагола, прилагательного и наречия.
Английское причастие соответствует русским причастию и деепричастию.
The facts illustrating his theory
Факты, иллюстрирующие его теоsound convicing.
рию, звучат убедительно.
Illustrating his theory, he gave a
Иллюстрируя свою теорию, он приlot of historical facts.
вел много исторических фактов.
2. В английском языке различают причастие I (Participle I или Present Participle) и причастие II (Participle II или Past Participle). Participle I
выражает действие, являющееся признаком предмета (the boy sitting on the
chair – мальчик, сидящий на стуле) или сопутствующим действием (sitting
on the chair he asked… – сидя на стуле, он спросил…).
253
Формы причастия I
Participle I
non-perfect
perfect
Active
sending
having sent
Passive
being sent
having been sent
Причастные обороты
Сочетание неличной формы глагола с именем существительным
(или местоимением), выступающее в качестве одного члена предложения,
называется предикативным оборотом, который соответствует по значению придаточному предложению.
Сложное дополнение с причастием
(существительное в общем падеже или личное
местоимение в объектном падеже + причастие)
Причастие I (non-perfect) и Participle II.
Сложное дополнение употребляется после глаголов, выражающих:
а) физическое восприятие (see, hear, watch, notice);
b) желание (want, wish, would like).
I saw him photographing the
Я видел, как он фотографировал
Monument.
памятник.
The family wanted the case
Родственники хотели, чтобы дело
investigated by somebody else.
расследовал кто-нибудь другой.
c) после глагола have в конструкции have something done (конструкция означает, что действие производится не лицом-подлежащим, а
каким-либо другим лицом).
I had my car repaired.
Я отремонтировал автомобиль (но
не сам, мне его отремонтировали в
мастерской).
She had her flat redecorated.
Она сделала ремонт в квартире (работали мастера).
She made a dress.
Она сшила платье (сама).
She had a dress made.
Она сшила платье (ей сшили в мастерской).
Глагол have в этой конструкции может употребляться в различных
временных формах.
I am having my flat redecorated.
Мне ремонтируют квартиру.
I’ve just had my flat redecorated. Мне только что отремонтировали
квартиру.
254
I’ll have my flat redecorated next
month.
Мне отремонтируют квартиру в
будущем месяце.
Независимый причастный оборот
Как Participle I, так и Participle II могут быть вторым элементом
особой конструкции – Nominative Absolute Participle Construction (независимого причастного оборота).
Первый элемент: существительное, личное местоимение, местоимение it или this (редко).
Второй элемент: причастие I (в любой из своих форм) одно или с
зависимыми словами.
Эта конструкция имеет самостоятельное подлежащее и чаще всего
выражает время, причину или сопутствующие обстоятельства. На русский язык переводится придаточным обстоятельственным предложением.
Подлежащим в таком предложении является существительное или местоимение, к которому относится причастие. На письме независимый причастный оборот выделяется запятой. Причастные обороты являются принадлежностью письменной речи.
It being Sunday, the shops
were closed.
There being a lot of things to discuss, the conference lasted long.
Так как было воскресенье, все
магазины были закрыты.
Поскольку нужно было обсудить
много вопросов, конференция
длилась долго.
Если независимый причастный оборот стоит в начале предложения, его перевод начинается со слов: так как, поскольку, когда; если же
независимый причастный оборот стоит в конце предложения, его перевод
начинается со слов: причем, а, но.
The situation being favourable,
they bought the shares.
Members of Parliament
vote automatically with their parties,
the limit for the division being
six minutes.
Так как ситуация была благоприятной, они купили эти акции.
Члены (английского) Парламента
голосуют автоматически со своей партией, причем голосование
не должно занимать более шести минут.
Свойства причастия
1. Причастие имеет ряд глагольных свойств:
а) залог;
b) относительное время;
c) имеет прямое дополнение;
d) определяется наречием.
Залог
What is the name of the police
inspector questioning this woman?
What’s the name of the woman
being questioned?
Having questioned the woman,
the inspector no longer doubted
that she was the murder.
Having been questioned a second
time, the woman realized, that
she was suspected of the murder.
Как фамилия полицейского инспектора, допрашивающего эту
женщину?
Как зовут женщину, которую допрашивают?
Допросив женщину, инспектор
больше не сомневался, что убийцей является она.
После того, как женщину допросили еще раз, она поняла, что ее
подозревают в совершении этого
убийства.
2. Причастие имеет формы относительного времени, то есть выражает одновременность или предшествование по отношению к другому
действию, выраженному глаголом-сказуемым. Неперфектная форма причастия I обозначает действие, одновременное с действием глаголасказуемого, независимо от времени последнего.
Она смотрит на мальчиков, игShe is looking at the boys playing
in the yard.
рающих во дворе.
She looked at the boys playing in
Она посмотрела на мальчиков,
the yard.
игравших во дворе.
Перфектная форма причастия I обозначает действие, предшествующее действию глагола-сказуемого.
Причастия от глаголов hear, see, notice, learn, understand, realise,
come, arrive и некоторых других имеют неперфектную форму, если выражаемое ими действие непосредственно предшествует действию глагола-сказуемого.
Hearing the news (when I heard
the news), I called him at once.
255
Услышав эти новости (когда я
услышал эти новости), я сразу
же позвонил ему.
256
Arriving at the station (when she
arrived at the station), she called me
up at once.
Приехав на вокзал (когда она
приехала на вокзал), она сразу
же мне позвонила.
Значение причастия II определяется контекстом.
If treated by a good specialist the
Если больного будет лечить
thick man will recover
хороший врач, он выздоровеет
When treated by a good specialist,
Когда больного начал лечить
the sick man began to feel better.
хороший врач, он почувствовал
себя лучше.
3. Причастие переходного глагола имеет дополнение
He sat at his desk writing something.
Он сидел за столом и что-то
писал.
2. Обстоятельство
Обстоятельство (времени, причины, условия, образа действия и
др.), часто в сочетании с союзом (when, while, if, with).
When asked, he couldn’t answer anything.
If asked, answer that you are busy.
When addressed, you have to stand up.
When changed, the article will be published.
В функции обстоятельства Participle II переводится придаточным
обстоятельственным предложением либо “при” + существительное.
4. Причастие может определяться наречием
Supported unanimously, the project
Получив единогласную подwas approved.
держку, проект был одобрен.
3. Часть сказуемого
Во временах группы Perfect и Passive Voice.
He has done it.
The article was published.
5. Причастию свойственны также некоторые черты прилагательного и наречия. Оно может выступать в роли тех же членов предложения,
что и прилагательное и наречие: является определением, именной частью
сказуемого и обстоятельством.
Функции Participle II
1. Определение
В функции определения Participle II может стоять до и после определяемого слова и переводится на другой язык страдательным причастием или придаточным определительным предложением.
We entered the deserted house.
Мы вошли в дом, который был
покинут жильцами.
The machine constructed by him is
Машина, сконструированная им,
very effective.
очень эффективна.
The engineers invited to our
Инженеры, приглашенные в нашу
Laboratory work very well.
лабораторию, работают хорошо
(или: Инженеры, которых пригласили в нашу лабораторию …)
Функции причастия I (Present Participle)
1. Определение (все формы, кроме перфектных форм причастия I).
Причастие отвечает в этом случае на вопрос: какой? какая? какое?
какие?
На русский язык Participle I переводится:
а) причастием действительного залога на -щий, -щийся, -щая, -щее,
-щие, иногда -вший, -вшие, независимо от времени действия, выраженного сказуемым.
We often speak about our friends Мы часто говорим о наших друзьliving in the south.
ях, живущих на юге.
b) определительным придаточным предложением.
The President said that one of the
Президент сказал, одной из главmain tasks facing humanity was to
ных задач, которые стоят перед
create a nuclear-free world.
человечеством – создать мир без
ядерного оружия.
2. Часть сказуемого
The boys are running now.
257
Когда его спросили, он не мог
ничего ответить.
Если тебя спросят, ответь,
что ты занят.
Когда к тебе обращаются, ты
должен встать.
При внесении изменений статья будет напечатана.
Мальчики сейчас бегут.
258
3. Обстоятельство (времени, причины, образа действия и др.).
When (while) arriving at the station
Приехав на вокзал, он снова свеhe consulted he time-table again.
рился с расписанием поездов.
Being asked
he couldn’t Когда его спросили, он не мог ничего ответить.
Having been asked
answer
When asked
anything
Being in London (as I was in Lon- Будучи в Лондоне (поскольку я был
don), I could not help them.
в Лондоне), я не мог им помочь.
He asked questions looking at
Он задавал вопросы, глядя на нас с
me suspiciously.
подозрением.
}
На русский язык Participle I в функции обстоятельства переводится
деепричастием несовершенного вида, оканчивающимся на -а, -я (например: лежа, сидя) или деепричастием совершенного вида с суфиксами -ав,
-ив (например: сказав, решив).
Reading English books you enlarge
Читая английские книги, вы увеyour vocabulary
личиваете свой словарный запас
Studying a foreign language students Изучая иностранный язык, стуshould learn the words
денты должны учить слова
Перед Participle I в функции обстоятельства часто стоят союзы
when или while. Такие причастные обороты соответствуют придаточным
предложениям времени.
While studying a foreign language
Когда студенты изучают иноstudents should learn new words
странный язык, они должны
учить новые слова
Допустим такой перевод: При изучении иностранного языка …
(т.е. при + существительное).
Функции причастия II (Past Participle)
Participle II имеет только одну форму. Образуется добавлением
суффикса -ed к основе правильных глаголов, а причастие II неправильных
глаголов см. в третьей колонке неправильных глаголов.
Participle II на русский язык переводится страдательным причастием совершенного и несовершенного вида с суффиксами-окончаниями
(-анный, -енный, -имый, -тый), а также причастиями, образованными от
переходных глаголов (invented – изобретенный, изобретаемый, изобретавшийся).
259
The house built in our street is very
beautiful.
Houses built in Moscow every year
make our capital more and more
beautiful.
Дом, построенный на нашей улице, очень красив.
Дома, строящиеся в Москве каждый год, делают нашу столицу
все более красивой.
Причастие II переходных глаголов выражает состояние или качество предмета, явившееся результатом воздействия на предмет извне (a
locked door – закрытая дверь, a stolen book – украденная книга).
Причастие II непереходных глаголов самостоятельно не употребляется, а служит для образования глагольных форм группы Perfect.
She has smiled. He has been living here for 20 years.
Причастие II переходных глаголов всегда пассивно по назначению
(given – заданный, told – рассказанный).
Глаголы, в которых заложена необходимость сочетаться с дополнением, без которых значение самого глагола остается незавершенным,
называются переходными (to tell a story, the truth, to give a book, to buy
food).
Глаголы, которым не требуется дополнения, называются непереходными (to walk, to live, to smile).
Инфинитив
(Infinitive)
Инфинитив – это неличная форма глагола, т.е. он не изменяется по
лицам и числам (не спрягается).
Формы инфинитива
Active
Passive
Indefinite (Non-Perfect)
to try
tо be tried
Perfect
to have tried
to have been tried
Неперфектные формы to try и to be tried обозначают действия, одновременные с действием, выраженным глаголом-сказуемым, или будущие по отношению к нему.
Перфектные формы to have tried и to have been tried обозначают
действия, совершенные ранее действия, выраженного глаголом-сказуемым.
Формы действительного залога to try и to have tried обозначают
действия, совершаемые лицом (предметом). Формы страдательного зало260
га to be tried, to have been tried обозначают действия, совершаемые над
лицом (предметом).
Для перевода необходимо также устанавливать функцию инфинитива, т. е. каким членом предложения является та или иная форма инфинитива (по месту в предложении и вопросу). Инфинитив может быть
любым членом предложения.
1. Подлежащее. Стоит в начале предложения с последующим сказуемым.
То consider cases honestly is the Рассматривать дела честно –
duty of every judge.
долг каждого судьи.
2. Сказуемое. Сказуемое может быть частью сказуемого: а) составного глагольного и б) составного именного.
а) Как часть составного глагольного сказуемого инфинитив употребляется:
– после модальных глаголов:
You must read a lot.
Вы должны много читать.
– после глаголов, которые без инфинитива не имеют законченного
значения (to begin, to continue, to finish, to end и некоторых других):
He began to read.
Он начал читать.
б) Как часть составного именного сказуемого инфинитив обычно
употребляется после глагола-связки to be. Глагол-связка to be переводится
словами быть (есть); значить, состоять в том, чтобы.
То live is to learn.
Жить – значит учиться.
5. Определение.
Инфинитив в функции определения стоит после определяемого
существительного и отвечает на вопрос какой?
а) Не had a great desire to interro- У него было огромное желание
gate the offender immediately.
допросить правонарушителя немедленно.
Many measures to eliminate juve- Много мер для ликвидации (по лиnile delinquency are taken in this квидации) преступности несоcountry.
вершеннолетних принимается в
этой стране.
Инфинитив в Active Voice в функции определения переводится существительным в косвенном падеже с предлогом или неопределенной
формой глагола.
б) The problem to be solved is impor- Проблема, которую надо решить,
tant.
важна.
Инфинитив в Passive Voice в функции определения переводится
придаточным определительным предложением с союзом который и одним из слов: нужно, можно, должно, следует, будет.
Сложное подлежащее (Complex Subject)
4. Обстоятельство цели.
Инфинитив в функции обстоятельства цели может стоять как в начале предложения (перед подлежащим), так и в конце предложения. Перед инфинитивом в этой функции часто стоит подчинительный союз in
order. При переводе такого инфинитива употребляется союз чтобы.
I have come here to study.
Я пришел сюда, чтобы заниматься.
То eradicate crime it is necessary Чтобы искоренить преступность,
to study all causes of crimes.
необходимо изучать все причины
преступлений.
Сложное подлежащее представляет собой сочетание существительного (в общем падеже) или местоимения (в именительном падеже) с
инфинитивом.
Глаголами-сказуемыми в таких предложениях бывают следующие
группы глаголов.
I. В страдательном залоге.
1. Глаголы, выражающие умственную деятельность: to know –
знать; to believe – считать, полагать; to consider – считать; to expect –
ожидать; to suppose – предполагать; to understand – понимать и др.
2. Глаголы, выражающие чувственное восприятие: to see – видеть; to hear – слышать и др.
3. Глаголы, выражающие сообщение: to announce – объявлять; to
report – сообщать; to say – сказать; to tell – говорить, сказать; to state –
сообщать и др.
Примеры (выделено сложное подлежащее):
The delegation is known to arrive Известно, что делегация скоро
soon.
прибудет.
The delegation was announced to Объявили, что делегация прибыла.
have arrived.
261
262
3. Дополнение (стоит после сказуемого).
I like to walk.
Я люблю ходить пешком.
При переводе инфинитива Passive в функции дополнения необходимо
брать союзы что, чтобы, когда и др. (по смыслу).
Не wanted to be invited there.
Он хотел, чтобы его пригласили туда.
The delegation was expected to be
met at the station.
The delegation was reported to
have been met.
Ожидали, что делегацию встретят на вокзале.
Сообщили, что делегацию уже
встретили.
II. В действительном залоге.
to seem – казаться, to happen – случаться; to prove – оказываться,
доказывать; to appear – оказываться.
Примеры:
She seems to work much.
Кажется, (что) она много работает.
She appears to study at the Law Она, оказывается, учится в юриInstitute.
дическом институте.
III. Фразы, состоящие из глагола to be и прилагательных likely –
вероятно, unlikely – маловероятно, sure – определенно, certain – несомненно. Примеры:
The lecture is likely to be in Hall 7.
Вероятно, лекция будет в седьмой
аудитории.
The delegation is unlikely to arrive Маловероятно, что делегация
soon.
скоро прибудет.
He is sure to come.
Он обязательно придет.
Перевод таких предложений следует начинать со сказуемого; глагол этот берется в русском языке в неопределенно-личной форме (говорят, сообщают, видели); затем берутся союзы что, чтобы, как; затем переводится первый элемент сложного подлежащего, т.е. существительное
или местоимение, стоящие перед сказуемым; затем переводится инфинитив глаголом в форме времени, при этом необходимо учитывать смысл
формы инфинитива.
сложное подлежащее
The boy
was reported
сказуемое
to have committed
Сообщили, что подросток совершил незначительное правонарушение.
(Perfect Infinitive указывает, что действие to commit совершилось
раньше действия to report)
263
Сложное дополнение (Complex Object)
Сложное дополнение представляет собой сочетание существительного (в общем падеже) или местоимения (в объектном падеже) с инфинитивом. Стоит на обычном (третьем) месте дополнения в предложении,
после сказуемого. Употребляется со следующими группами глаголов.
Глаголы-сказуемые,
после которых употребляется
Примеры
сложное пополнение
I группа
Глаголы, выражающие желание (нежелание)
to want, to wish,
I want you to come
to like, should (would)
tomorrow. I like
like, to dislike, to hate
people to tell the
truth.
II группа
Глаголы, выражающие умственную деятельность
To expect, to think,
They expect us to
to believe, to suppose,
come.
to consider, to find,
to know, to suspect, to understand
III группа
Глаголы, выражающие побуждение, допущение
To make (заставлять)
He made me do it
to get, to order,
again.
to ask, to allow, to let
They ordered us to
come.
Перевод
Я хочу, чтобы вы
пришли завтра. Мне
нравится, когда люди
говорят правду.
Они ожидают, что мы
приедем
Он заставил меня
сделать это еще раз.
Они приказали нам
прийти
Предложения со сложным дополнением переводятся на русский
язык сложноподчиненными предложениями с придаточными, вводимыми
союзами что, чтобы, когда, как, в которых существительное в общем падеже или местоимение в объектном падеже (первая часть) является подлежащим, а инфинитив (вторая часть) – сказуемым в личной форме глагола.
264
Герундий
(Gerund)
1
Герундий – это неличная форма глагола, которая имеет признаки
глагола и существительного. Герундий образуется: Inf. (без to) + ing.
Функция
1
1. Подлежащее
2. Часть сказуемого
а) составного
глагольного
б) составного
именного
3. Дополнение
а) прямое
б) косвенное
Функции
Пример
Примечание
2
3
Reading English books
helps to master English.
Чтение английских книг
помогает овладевать
английским языком
За герундием с относящимися к нему словами идет сказуемое (глагол в Present
Indefinite)
The student stopped
talking at last.
Студент, наконец,
перестал разговаривать.
Our task is studying
well.
Наша задача состоит в
том, чтобы хорошо
учиться.
Не avoids meeting his
friends,
Он и избeгает встречаться
с друзьями.
Не is interested in reading books.
Он интересуется чтением
265
Герундий идет за глаголами
to begin, to go on, to finish, to
stop, to continue.
Герундий стоит за to be,
который переводится быть
(есть), значить, состоять в
том, чтобы.
После глаголов to remember,
to avoid, to mention, to suggest.
В функции косвенного
дополнения герундий
употребляется после:
to be disappointed at –
быть разочарованным в
to be surprised at – удивляться ч.-л.
to prevent from – препятствовать
to consist in – заключаться
to persist in – настаивать на
ч.-л.
4. Обстоятельство:
а) времени
б) образа действия
2
3
to result in – приводить к
ч.-л.
tо spend in – тратить (время)
на ч.-л.
to succeed in – удаваться
to be engaged in –заниматься
ч.-л.
to be interested in – интересоваться
to ассuse of – обвинять
в ч.-л.
to approve of – одобрять ч.-л,
to hear of – слышать ч.-л.
to inform of – сообщать
о ч.-л.
to suspect of – подозреватъ в
ч.-л.
to think of – думать о
lo be afraid of – бояться ч.-л.
to be (in) incapable of – быть
(не)способным
to be fond of – любить ч.-л.
to be proud of – гордитъся
ч.-л.
to count on (upon) – рассчитывать
to depend on (upon) – зависеть от ч.л.
to insist on – настаивать
to object to – возражать против ч.-л.
Перед герундием употребляются предлоги on, in, after,
defore.
On coming home I had a Герундий употребляется с
rest. Придя домой, я
предлогами by, without, beотдохнул.
sides, instead of.
You саn master English
by reading English
books. Вы можете
266
1
5. Определение
2
3
овладеть английским
языкам читая английские книги.
I like the idea of going
there
Мне нравится мысль
пойти туда
267
Герундий имеет предлоги
of, for, in, at.
В функции определения
герундий
употребляется после сушествительных:
astonishment (at) – удивление
disappointment (at) – разочарование
surprise (at) – удивление
plan (for) – план
preparation (for) – приготовление
reason (for) – причина, основание
experiencе (in) – опыт
interest (in) – интерес
skill (In) –мастерство
art (of) – искусство
chance (of) – удобный случай
opportunity [of) – возможность
fear (of) – страх
habit (of) – привычка
hope (of) – надежда
idea (of) –мысль, идеи
importance (of) – важность
intention (of) – намерение
means (of) – средство
method (of) – метод
necessity (of) – необходимость
pleasure (of) – удовольствие
possibility (of) – возможность
right (of) – право
objection ((о) – возражение
Герундий с относящимися к нему словами является одним членом
предложения.
На русский язык герундий переводится существительным, неопределенной формой глагола, деепричастием или придаточным предложением.
Герундий имеет четыре формы, которые образуются от соответствующих форм инфинитива:
Indefinite (Non-Perfect)
Perfect
to abolish
to have abolished
Active
abolishing
having abolished
Passive
to be abolished
being abolished
to have been abolished
having been abolished
Таким образом, герундий имеет те же сложные формы, что и Participle I. Эти формы сохраняют тот же смысл. Переводятся они в зависимости от функции в предложении. Иногда даже сложная форма герундия
может переводиться одним словом.
Пример:
After having been discussed by the
После обсуждения парламентом
Parliament the law was adopted.
закон был принят.
Самостоятельный герундиальный оборот (СГО)
Когда перед герундием стоит существительное или притяжательное местоимение, имеет место самостоятельный герундиальный оборот
(СГО). Запятой СГО не отделяется. СГО переводится придаточным предложением (союзы берутся по смыслу, герундий переводится сказуемым в
личной форме глагола).
Пример:
The teacher objects to the group takПреподаватель возражает
ing the exam ahead of time.
против того, чтобы группа сдавала экзамен досрочно.
Условные предложения
(Conditional sentences)
В английском языке придаточные предложения условия соединяются с главным при помощи следующих союзов:
268
If – если:
If you graduate from the faculty of Law you will become a lawyer.
Unless – если ... не:
We will fail the investigation unless we hurry with evidence.
Supposing (that) – предположим (что), допустим (что):
Supposing the case is initiated, shall we arrest the suspect?
On condition (that), provided (that) – при условии если, при условии что:
We were called to give testimony on condition that we were the only
eye-witnesses of the crime.
(Последние два союза в разговорной речи не употребляются)
Придаточные условные предложения I типа. Реальные условия.
(Probable Condition)
Придаточные предложения условия I типа чаще всего выражают
реальные условия выполнения действия в будущем времени. При этом
глагол-сказуемое придаточного предложения употребляется в Present
Indefinite, а главного – в Future Indefinite:
Suppose the verdict is brought in, then we shall have to give up our
business.
Если действие относится к настоящему или прошедшему времени, то времена в английском языке совпадают с русскими:
If I have time I collect evidence of each case.
If I had time I collected evidence of each case.
В придаточном предложении условия наряду со временем Present Indefinite для выражения меньшей вероятности совершения действия употребляется сочетание глагола should с инфинитивом без частицы to:
If he should testify we shall be prosecuted.
Придаточные условные предложения II типа
Нереальное условие в настоящем или будущем времени
(Improbable Condition)
Предложения этого типа выражают нереальное условие совершенного действия в настоящем или будущем времени.
269
В придаточном предложении употребляется Past Indefinite, а в
главном – сочетание глагола should (1-е лицо ед. и мн. числа) или would
(для остальных лиц и чисел) или could и might с инфинитивом без частицы to.
If we had time we would conclude the contract.
Условные предложения II типа переводятся на русский язык сослагательным наклонением.
Если сказуемое придаточного предложения выражено глаголом
to be, то наряду с его обычными формами прошедшего времени (was,
were) может употребляться форма were для всех лиц и чисел.
If I were you, I should (would) plead guilty.
Придаточные условные предложения III типа
Нереальное условие в прошедшем времени (Impossible Condition)
Придаточные условные предложения III типа выражают нереальное условие совершенного действия в прошедшем времени. В придаточном предложении употребляется время Past Perfect, а в главном – сочетание глаголов should и would или could и might с перфектным инфинитивом.
If he had been here yesterday, he could have seen the robbery.
Придаточные условные смешанного типа
Придаточные условные смешанного типа бывают двух видов:
1) условие относится к прошедшему, а следствие – к настоящему
или будущему времени:
If you had not followed the instructions of the hijackers we were dead now.
2) условие относится к определенному времени, а следствие – к
прошедшему:
If I lived in the country such an accident would never have happened to me.
Инверсия в придаточных условных предложениях
Во всех трех типах условных предложений союзы if, provided могут быть опущены; при этом в придаточном предложении условия вспомогательный или модальный глагол выносится на место перед подлежащим.
Предложения условия I типа:
Should I know the truth, I will testify in court.
Предложения условия II типа:
Were Jack here now, the jury would not deliberate so long.
270
Предложения условия III типа:
Had you read this article you could have told us about the serial murderer.
Сослагательное наклонение (Subjunctive Mood)
Указывает на то, что действие является предполагаемым или желательным, а также возможным при известных условиях.
Формы Subjunctive переводятся на русский язык формами русского
сослагательного наклонения – сочетание глагола в форме прошедшего
времени с частицей бы (или без частицы бы, если она входит в состав
союза чтобы, если бы).
В современном английском языке употребляются две формы сослагательного наклонения: синтетическая (простая) и аналитическая
(сложная).
Синтаксические формы сослагательного наклонения dсех глаголов
за исключением глагола to be, совпадают с формами изъявительного наклонения в настоящем времени (Present Indefinite) без окончания -s в
третьем числе единственного числа (he ask). Глагол to be имеет две формы: be (архаичная форма) и were для всех лиц единственного и множественного числа (хотя в современном английском языке есть тенденция
употреблять обычные формы прошедшего времени – was для единственного числа, were для множественного числа).
Аналитические формы сослагательного наклонения образуются
при помощи глаголов should (для 1-го лица ед. и мн. числа) и would (для
2-го и 3-го лица ед. и мн. числа) + инфинитив без частицы to или не изменяющихся по лицам глаголов should, may, might + инфинитив без частицы to.
Употребление форм сослагательного наклонения
Формы сослагательного наклонения употребляются:
1) в простых предложениях:
I should like to investigate a crime.
There would be no fingerprints on the gun.
2) в восклицательных предложениях:
So that may be! (Да будет так!)
3) в придаточных предложениях после безличных предложений
типа it is necessary:
It is important that they should know their rights.
It is necessary that he be present.
4) в дополнительных придаточных предложениях, зависящих от
глаголов в главном предложении со значением:
271
a) приказания, предложения и т. д. или b) удивления, сожаления и т. д.;
b) They suggested that the article be printed in their magazine.
5) в придаточных предложениях цели после союзов so that (чтобы), lest (чтобы не):
You should revise the material lest you forget it.
6) в придаточных предложениях сравнения после союзов as if, as
though (как будто, как если бы):
I feel as if I were judged.
7) в уступительных придаточных предложениях. В этих случаях
глаголы may и might на русский язык не переводятся:
Whenever they may write to me I will be glad.
8) в придаточных предложениях цели:
They spoke as though they had seen it with their own eyes.
После выражения It is (about, high) time обычно употребляется Past
Indefinite в значении сослагательного наклонения.
It is (about, high) time you caught the criminal.
Сослагательное наклонение после глагола to wish
В придаточном предложении после глагола to wish для выражения
сожаления, неосуществленного желания употребляются следующие формы:
1) форма, совпадающая с Past Indefinite, для выражения действия,
относящегося к настоящему времени:
I wish I were a lawyer.
2) форма, совпадающая с Past Perfect, для выражения действия,
относящегося к прошлому:
I wished he had not been sentenced to imprisonment.
3) для выражения сожаления, относящегося к будущему времени,
после глагола to wish употребляются модальные глаголы would и could:
They wish the criminal would stop committing crimes.
Относительные местоимения
(Relative Pronouns)
Для связи придаточных предложений с главным употребляются
союзные местоимения Who-Whom, Whose, Which, That, What, Where.
Who относится к лицам (вместо he, she, they)
A person who works at the Bar is a lawyer.
272
Whom употребляется вместо who в том случае, если это слово в
предложении является дополнением.
The person whom I wanted to talk to has already left.
Слова which и that относятся к неодушевленным предметам и отвлеченным понятиям.
What is the profession that/which you study at the Law Faculty?
Мeстоимение whose используется в сложных предложениях вместо
притяжательных his, her, their, our.
We saw the person whose car had been broken down.
Where используется в придаточных предложениях, когда мы указываем на обстоятельство места.
The hotel where we stayed wasn’t very comfortable.
That∗ может использоваться для указания не только на неодушевленные предметы, но и на лица.
The man who/that is talking to you is my friend.
Если местоимения who, which, that являются в предложении подлежащим, мы не можем их опустить.
The woman who lives next door is a doctor.
Who (the woman) является подлежащим.
Where is the cake that was in the fridge?
That (the cake) – тоже подлежащее.
Если же эти слова являются в предложении дополнением, мы их
можем опустить.
Нave you found the keys (that) you lost?
The woman (who(m)) I wanted to talk to was busy.
Оглавление
Предисловие ................................................................................................. 3
Part I
The Article (Э.В. Акаева, Б.А. Мартынов).......................................... 4
The Noun (Б.А. Мартынов)................................................................ 11
Adjectives and adverbs (С.Д. Оськина)............................................... 24
The Verb The Active Present Simple (Ю.Б. Дроботенко) ................. 35
Present Continuous (Ю.Б. Дроботенко)............................................. 40
Stative Verbs (Ю.Б. Дроботенко) ...................................................... 45
Present Perfect (Ю.Б. Дроботенко).................................................... 51
Past Simple (Ю.Б. Дроботенко)......................................................... 55
Used to (Ю.Б. Дроботенко) ............................................................... 61
Past Continuous (Ю.Б. Дроботенко).................................................. 66
Present Perfect Continuous (Ю.Б. Дроботенко)................................. 71
The Past Perfect Tense (С.Н. Голерова).............................................. 77
The Past Perfect Continuous Tense (С.Н. Голерова) .......................... 82
The Future Tenses (Т.Н. Дорофеева) .................................................. 89
The Passive (С.Д. Оськина)............................................................... 102
Modals (М.Х. Рахимбергенова) ........................................................ 127
Reported speech 1 (Р.Р. Мавлиева)................................................... 135
Reported speech 2 (Р.Р. Мавлиева)................................................... 137
Part II
The non-finite forms of the verb The Infinitive (О.Н. Глазер).......... 149
The Gerund (О.Н. Глазер) ................................................................. 160
The Participle (Э.К. Сопелева).......................................................... 169
Conditional Sentences (И.Г. Оконешникова) ................................... 184
Note: Если в предложении дается дополнительная информация, нельзя
использовать that, вместо этого местоимения необходимо употребить либо who,
либо which, в зависимости от ситуации.
John, who (not “that”) speaks English and French, works as a tourist guide.
Colin told me about the new job, which (not “that”) he’s enjoying.
Грамматический справочник
Артикль (The article)......................................................................... 208
Имя существительное (The noun).................................................... 211
Прилагательное (The Adjective) ..................................................... 218
Наречие (The Adverb)....................................................................... 222
Настоящее неопределённое (Present Simple) ................................ 224
Настоящее продолженное (Present Continuous) ............................. 226
Настоящее совершенное (Present Perfect) ..................................... 229
Настоящее перфектно-длительное (Present Perfect Continuous).. 232
Прошедшее неопределённое (Past Simple)..................................... 234
Прошедшее продолженное (Past Continuous) ............................... 237
273
274
∗
Прошедшее совершенное (The Past Perfect Tense).........................239
Прошедшее совершенное продолженное (The Past Perfect
Continuous Tense)..........................................................................................240
Будущие времена (Future) ................................................................241
Страдательный залог (The Passive Voice) ......................................243
Модальные глаголы (The Modals) ...................................................245
Косвенная речь (Reported Speech) ..................................................249
Неличные формы глагола (Non-finite forms of verb) ......................253
Инфинитив (Infinitive) ......................................................................260
Герундий (Gerund) ...........................................................................265
Условные предложения (Conditional sentences) ............................268
Относительные местоимения (Relative Pronouns) ..........................272
Cоставители:
Элеонора Вячеславовна Акаева, Ольга Николаевна Глазер,
Светлана Николаевна Голерова, Татьяна Николаевна Дорофеева,
Юлия Борисовна Дроботенко, Рушана Руслановна Мавлиева,
Борис Александрович Мартынов, Ирина Геннадьевна Оконешникова,
Светлана Дмитриевна Оськина, Майра Хаджимуратовна Рахимбергенова,
Элеонора Кузьминична Сопелева
СБОРНИК
ГРАММАТИЧЕСКИХ УПРАЖНЕНИЙ
ПО АНГЛИЙСКОМУ ЯЗЫКУ
для студентов I и II курсов
дневного и заочного отделений
юридического факультета
Технический редактор Е.В. Лозовая
Редактор Л.М. Кицина
Дизайн обложки З.Н. Образова
Подписано в печать 25.10.05. Формат 60х84 1/16.
Печ. л. 17,25. Уч.-изд. 21,8. Тираж 200 экз. Заказ 477.
Издательство ОмГУ
644077, Омск, пр. Мира, 55а, госуниверситет
275